100-10073 - Service Manual, A64 ANFO Charger

A64 ANFO CHARGER
SERVICE MANUAL
read introduction and safet y section thoroughly

Updated
Copyright © 2016 GETMAN CORPORATION JUNE 2019
WWW.GETMAN.COM
INDEX
Section 1.
INTRODUCTION & IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Model and Serial Number Location...................................................................................... 1-3
Instructions for Ordering Replacement Parts......................................................................... 1-4
Section 2.
HAZARD WARNING LABELS, SAFETY STATEMENTS ,& PROCEDURES
HAZARD & INFORMATION LABELS
Safety & Warning Labels.................................................................................................... 2-2
Important Chassis Label Location....................................................................................... 2-3
Pictogram Explanations..................................................................................................... 2-5
Enclosed Cab Operator Field of Vision.................................................................................. 2-6
General Safety Statements................................................................................................ 2-7
Operation Safety & Hazards............................................................................................... 2-8
Ventilation & Carbon Monoxide Hazard...............................................................................2-12
Fuel, Oil & Solvents Hazard...............................................................................................2-13
STOP
Electrical System Hazards.................................................................................................2-14
Hydraulic System Hazard..................................................................................................2-14
Fire Hazard.....................................................................................................................2-14
Canopy..........................................................................................................................2-15
Parking & Service Position.................................................................................................2-15
Lockout/Tagout Procedure.................................................................................................2-16
Lockout Procedure Padlock Method....................................................................................2-18
Section 3.
SPECIFICATIONS, TORQUE TABLES, & SPECIAL TOOLS
Fuel, Tires & Capacities .................................................................................................... 3-2
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations................................................................................ 3-3
Component Fluid and Lubricant Specifications (example only)................................................. 3-3
Standard Bolt Torque Table................................................................................................ 3-5
Metric Bolt Torque Table.................................................................................................... 3-6
A64 ANFO CHARGER

2 Copyright © 2016 SERVICE MANUAL
INDEX
Section 4.
COMPONENT LOCATIONS & ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDES
Chassis & Drive System Component Locations...................................................................... 4-2
Hydraulic System Component Locations............................................................................... 4-3
Boom, Basket & Stabilizer component Locations................................................................... 4-4
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Service Position................................................................................................................ 4-5
Lubrication...................................................................................................................... 4-7
Auto Lube Electric Grease Pump......................................................................................... 4-7
Truck End Grease Point Locations & Chart............................................................................ 4-9
Boom & Basket Grease Points............................................................................................4-10
Daily Maintenance Items .................................................................................................4-11
Park Brake Test Procedure w/ Murphy Engine Data Display....................................................4-14
Park Brake Test Procedure w/ Getman Controller Data Display...............................................4-15
Hydraulic Accessory Mode Park Brake Test .........................................................................4-16
Service Brake Test...........................................................................................................4-17
Checking Fluid Levels.......................................................................................................4-17
Inspection and Maintenance Every 50 Hours of Operation.....................................................4-17
Exhaust ECS Catalytic Air Purifier......................................................................................4-19
Engine Air Cleaner...........................................................................................................4-21
Inspection and Maintenance Every 250 Hours of Operation....................................................4-22
Inspection and Maintenance Every 500 Hours of Operation ...................................................4-24
Inspection and Maintenance Every 1000 Hours of Operation..................................................4-27
Maintaining Lexgard Glass Windows (Cab Option).......................................................................4-28
Wiper Washer System......................................................................................................4-28
Air Conditioning & Heating System (Cab Option).................................................................... 4-28
Boom & Basket Maintenance.............................................................................................4-29
Air Compressor Maintenance.............................................................................................4-33
Compressed Air System Maintenance.................................................................................4-36
ANFO Delivery Equipment Maintenance..............................................................................4-39
Equipment Storage Procedure...........................................................................................4-43
Maintenance Schedule & Check Lists..................................................................................4-44
Section 5.
DISABLED MACHINE TOWING PROCEDURE
Towing a Disabled Machine................................................................................................ 5-2
Preparing a Vehicle To Be Towed......................................................................................... 5-2
Brake Release Procedure................................................................................................... 5-2
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SERVICE MANUAL Copyright © 2016 I
INDEX
Section 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES
FAULT TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Diagnostic Faults Introduction............................................................................................ 6-2
Checking a Wire Cable...................................................................................................... 6-3
CAN Faults ...................................................................................................................... 6-4
Throttle Control Faults ...................................................................................................... 6-4
Transmission Faults ......................................................................................................... 6-5
Brake System Faults ........................................................................................................ 6-5
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Engine............................................................................................................................ 6-6
Transmission.................................................................................................................... 6-7
Drivetrain........................................................................................................................ 6-8
Parking Brake ................................................................................................................. 6-8
Steering System............................................................................................................... 6-9
Hydraulic System ............................................................................................................ 6-9
Section 7.
CHASSIS COMPONENTS
Seat Assembly................................................................................................................. 7-2
Frame Articulation Joint..................................................................................................... 7-5
Osculating Axle Cradle Pins & Bushings..............................................................................7-11
Wiper/Washer System......................................................................................................7-14
Section 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & GETMAN CONTROLLER
Electrical Schematic Tips & Symbol Definitions..................................................................... 8-2
Circuit Breaker & Relay Locations........................................................................................ 8-4
Control/Junction Box Circuit Breakers.................................................................................. 8-5
Battery Service, Removal and Installation............................................................................ 8-7
Battery Box, Main Circuit Breaker & Battery Switch..............................................................8-11
Murphy Electronic Data Display Panel Circuit Breakers..........................................................8-14
Getman Controller Panel Circuit Breakers............................................................................8-16
Getman Controller Interface..............................................................................................8-18
Proximity Detection - Connection and Installation................................................................8-20
Section 9.
ENGINE & ACCESSORIES
Fan Belt and Fan.............................................................................................................. 9-2
Engine Radiator................................................................................................................ 9-5
Exhaust System............................................................................................................... 9-8
A64 ANFO CHARGER

II Copyright © 2016 SERVICE MANUAL
INDEX
Section 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Filters.....................................................................................................................10-2
Fuel Tank.......................................................................................................................10-7
Section 11.
CONTROL COMPONENTS
Throttle Control Pedal......................................................................................................11-2
Steering Wheel and Column..............................................................................................11-5
Section 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Changing Differential & Hub Fluid......................................................................................12-2
Drive Shafts and Components...........................................................................................12-4
Front and Rear Drive Axles...............................................................................................12-9
Section 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
Brake Valve and Pedal Assembly .......................................................................................13-2
Axle Brake Disc Assembly.................................................................................................13-5
Brake Accumulator Cylinders.............................................................................................13-6
Axle Brake Conditioning (Kessler Axles Only).......................................................................13-8
Section 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic System Symbols................................................................................................14-2
Preventable Premature Pump Failure..................................................................................14-3
Controlling Hydraulic System Contamination.......................................................................14-5
Hydraulic Fluid & Filters....................................................................................................14-8
Hydraulic Pump.............................................................................................................14-11
Hydraulic Hoses............................................................................................................14-14
Hydraulic Cylinders........................................................................................................14-18
Mechanical Hydraulic Control Valves.................................................................................14-22
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SERVICE MANUAL Copyright © 2016 III
INDEX
Section 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Inspection.............................................................................................................15-2
Replacing Boom Outer Slide and Wear Pads........................................................................15-7
Boom Disassembly & Replacing Inner Slide and Wear Pads.................................................. 15-11
Boom Extension Cylinder Assembly..................................................................................15-18
Synchronizing Basket Leveling Cylinders...........................................................................15-23
Boom Pivot Pin and Bushing Tolerance..............................................................................15-26
Boom Removal and Installation.......................................................................................15-29
Boom Turret & Gear Assembly.........................................................................................15-36
Boom Lift Cylinder.........................................................................................................15-42
Basket Lift Controls........................................................................................................15-47
Setting Boom Relief Pressures ........................................................................................15-51
Basket Engine Controls...................................................................................................15-53
Section 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Automatic Fire System Inspection......................................................................................16-2
Air Compressor Hydraulic Motor and Drive Belt....................................................................16-5
Compressed Air System...................................................................................................16-9
Anfo Pot Sealing Cap......................................................................................................16-17
Earth Grounding System.................................................................................................16-19
A64 ANFO CHARGER

IV Copyright © 2016 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1.
INTRODUCTION &
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
SECTION CONTENTS
Model and Serial Number Location.................................................................................. 1-3
Instructions for Ordering Replacement Parts..................................................................... 1-4
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SERVICE MANUAL Copyright © 2016 1-1
SECTION 1.
INTRODUCTION
DISCLAIMERS
All information, illustrations, and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available
at the time of publishing. The illustrations used in this manual are intended as representative reference
views only. Moreover, because of our continuous product improvement policy, we may modify information,
illustrations, and/or specifications to explain and/or exemplify a product, service or maintenance
improvement. We reserve the right to make any change at any time without notice. Getman products are
registered trademarks of Getman Corporation, in the United States and/or other countries.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form by any means – graphic, electronic,
or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping or information storage and retrieval systems –
without the written permission of Getman Corporation.
CONTACT GETMAN
Getman Corporation - Bangor Facility/Corporate Headquarters

59750 34th Avenue
Bangor MI 49013 USA
Getman Corporation - Kalamazoo Facility

3030 Kersten Ct.
Kalamazoo MI 49048 USA
Phone Contacts
Phone: +1 269-427-5611
General Fax: +1 269-427-8781
Parts Department Phone: +1 269-427-5611 x302
Parts Department Fax: +1 269-427-2028
Service Department Phone: +1 269 427-5611 x313
Email and Web Contacts
Getman Website: www.getman.com
General Information: info@getman.com
Parts Department: parts@getman.com
Service Department: service@getman.com
A64 ANFO CHARGER

1-2 Copyright © 2016 SERVICE MANUAL
SECTION 1.
INTRODUCTION
Model and Serial Number Location
MODEL SERIAL NO.
BANGOR, MICHIGAN U.S.A.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 1.
INTRODUCTION
Instructions for Ordering Replacement Parts
To avoid delays and ensure the most efficient handling of your parts orders and request for quotes, please
provide the following information:
• Truck model and serial number

• Manufacturer, model, and serial number of the major component (Engine, Transmission, Axle,
Compressor, Boom, etc.) for which the part is required.
• Part number and part description
• Quantity of parts required
• Purchase order number
• Shipping instructions (Include special handling if required)
• Billing Instructions
Please place all orders with your local Getman dealer or by emailing the Getman Parts Department at
“parts@getman.com”
For questions or assistance you may contact a Getman Parts Department Customer Support Representative
at 1-800-533-1110 or 269-427-5611 x3.
MODEL SERIAL NO.
A64 ExC 3000 ANFO Charger 100-10073
BANGOR, MICHIGAN U.S.A.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 2.
HAZARD WARNING LABELS, SAFETY
STATEMENTS ,& PROCEDURES
THIS SECTION INCLUDES IMPORTANT SAFETY
INFORMATION, POLICIES, AND PROCEDURES.
PLEASE READ THOROUGHLY
DANGER
WARNING CAUTION
SECTION CONTENTS
Safety & Warning Labels................................................................................................. 2-2
Important Chassis Label Location..................................................................................... 2-3
Pictogram Explanations................................................................................................... 2-5
Enclosed Cab Operator Field of Vision............................................................................... 2-6
General Safety Statements.............................................................................................. 2-7
Operation Safety & Hazards............................................................................................ 2-8
Ventilation & Carbon Monoxide Hazard.............................................................................2-12
Fuel, Oil & Solvents Hazard............................................................................................2-13
Electrical System Hazards..............................................................................................2-14
Hydraulic System Hazard...............................................................................................2-14
Fire Hazard..................................................................................................................2-14
Canopy........................................................................................................................2-15
Parking & Service Position..............................................................................................2-15
Lockout/Tagout Procedure..............................................................................................2-16
Lockout Procedure Padlock Method..................................................................................2-18
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Safety & Warning Labels
The A64 Series models are advanced machines equipped with powerful mechanical components. High
pressure hydraulic systems and rotating mechanical components can cause serious injury or even death
if they are not operated or maintained properly. Operation and Service Manuals have been written to
include a number of safety instructions to ensure the safe operation and maintenance of this equipment.
There are also CAUTION, WARNING AND DANGER LABELS located at the operator station and on
some components. Anyone operating or servicing this machine should read these warnings carefully and
make sure they understand the nature of the hazard and the precautions and/or recommended procedures
required to ensure their safety. Please read this section of the Service Manual for examples of typical
warning labels and the nature of the hazard their color indicates.
“Lockout/Tagout (LOTO)” refers to specific OSHA approved practices and procedures to safeguard person-
nel from the unexpected energization or startup of machinery and equipment or the release of hazardous
energy during service or maintenance activities. All personnel involved in the operation or maintenance
of this equipment should be trained in Lockout/Tagout procedures before operating or servicing this
equipment.
Pay close attention to DANGER, WARNING, and DANGER labels that will call attention to items that
can cause harm or damage to the equipment and personnel. The following definitions apply:
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
INDICATES A HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED,
COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
CAUTION
INDICATES A HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED,
COULD RESULT IN MINOR OR MODERATE INJURY AND
EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This safety alert symbol appears with many safety statements and labels. It means attention,
become alert, your safety is involved! Please read and abide by the message that follows the
safety alert symbol.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Every precaution has been taken by Getman to reduce the risks associated with possible injury and damage
from electrical faults, high pressure hydraulic components or mechanical failure. However, your own pre-
caution and good maintenance procedures are necessary in order to maintain a safe working environment.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Important Chassis Label Location
Locate and understand all name information labels, including the Getman Model/Serial Number tag,
Warning and Caution labels. These are placed for your safety and protection. A few of them are shown
below and on the next page (note location is only a general reference). Should any of these labels require
replacement, please notify your local Dealer or Getman Corporation to order the appropriate label. Please
be sure to provide the correct vehicle serial number with your order.
WARNING WARNING
TO PREVENT SERIOUS BURNING OR SCALDING: HIGH-PRESSURE FLUID HAZARD
• PRESSURIZED COOLING SYSTEM. TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• ALLOW SYSTEM TO COOL.
RELIEVE PRESSURE ON SYSTEM BEFORE REPAIRING OR
• REMOVE CAP SLOWLY WITH GLOVES ON. ADJUSTING OR DISCONNECTING.
WEAR PROPER HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN SEARCHING

FOR LEAKS. USE WOOD OR CARDBOARD INSTEAD OF HANDS.
KEEP ALL COMPONENTS IN GOOD REPAIR.
WARNING
NEVER FREE WHEEL THIS VEHICLE
CAUTION
TO AVOID INJURY OR MACHINE DAMAGE:
• WHEN SERVICING MACHINE USE PROPER TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT.
• REFER TO OPERATORS MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS.
WARNING
WARNING ROLL OVER HAZARD
• CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH.
NO ROOM FOR A MAN IN THIS AREA WHEN MACHINE IS TURNED. • KEEP BOOM IN DRIVING POSITION WHILE TRAMMING.
SECURE SAFETY BAR WHEN SERVICING. • DO NOT EXCEED ALLOWED MAXIMUM ANGLES WHILE
TRAMMING.
WARNING WARNING
TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH FROM EXPLODING
GASES: • AVOID UNSAFE OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE.
DO NOT WORK ON BATTERIES WITHOUT PROPER INSTRUCTION • DO NOT OPERATE OR WORK ON THIS MACHINE
AND TRAINING. WITHOUT UNDERSTANDING THE OPERATOR’S MANUAL
SEE OPERATOR’S MANUAL. • IF MANUAL IS LOST, CONTACT YOUR NEAREST DEALER

FOR A NEW MANUAL.
WARNING CAUTION
DO NOT WELD UNTIL BATTERIES ARE DISCONNECTED.
ACCUMULATOR CHARGED TO 600 PSI. USE CARE WHEN
WORKING WITH THE ACCUMULATORS.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
DANGER
EXPLOSIVES
DANGER
• DO NOT OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHOUT DOOR
SECURED.
• READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING OR
SERVICING LIFT.
• STAND CLEAR WHILE BOOM IS MOVING.
• DO NOT STAND OR SIT ON SAFETY RAILS
WARNING
• BASKET LIFT MAXIMUM CAPACITY
• EXTEND STABILIZER JACKS AND LEVEL TRUCK PRIOR TO
RAISING BASKET.
• O P E R AT E H Y D R A U L I C C O N T R O L S S L O W LY A N D
DELIBERATELY FOR SMOOTH BOOM OPERATION.
WARNING
TO PREVENT SERIOUS LEG AND FOOT INJURY
DANGER • CHECK AROUND THE TRUCK AND MAKE SURE ALL

PERSONNEL ARE CLEAR BEFORE DEPLOYING STABILIZER
JACKS.
EXPLOSIVES • ALERT ALL PERSONNEL TO STAND CLEAR BEFORE

DEPLOYING STABILIZER JACKS
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Pictogram Explanations
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Enclosed Cab Operator Field of Vision
Operators should be aware of visibility limitations on vehicles with the enclosed cab option. While the
windows provide adequate visibility for normal tramming operations, there are limitations and blind spots
that all operators should be aware of.
The shaded areas in the drawing below shows the field of visibility. The non shaded areas indicate blind
spots. Operators should be aware of blind spot areas and be prepared to make necessary adjustments
to ensure there are no objects or people in these areas.
Typical A64 Operator Field of Visibility
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
SAFETY STATEMENTS & PROCEDURES
General Safety Statements help avoid accidents. Listed in the following pages
Use Safety and Operator Training are some basic safety precautions which should be
Only trained personnel should be allowed to setup, read, understood and practiced. It is impossible to
operate or maintain this equipment. Operators cover every condition. Always be alert, work safely
should be made aware that most components of this and use common sense.
equipment are powered by high pressure hydraulic
or compressed air power and that there are moving Getman recommends that anyone that comes into
mechanical components that can cause serious bodily close contact with its products be it to operate,
injury or even death if they are not operated and maintain, or service Getman products, exercise
maintained properly. care, common sense and comply with the safety
information in this manual and on the machine’s
We highly recommend that supervisory personnel safety labels.
and operators are properly trained before operating
this equipment. Getman Repairs and Replacements
Take special care when making repairs and selecting
Do not allow anyone to operate this equipment replacement parts. Use only new parts supplied by
without proper training. Getman. Make sure all mating surfaces are clean
and in proper condition.
Follow Safety instructions
This manual and other manuals from component Engine Repairs and Replacements
manufacturers include important operation and Replace any faulty part with OEM manufacturer’s
safety information. Read the manuals carefully and parts.
pay attention to all safety messages in the manuals
and safety labels on components. Keep safety labels Never Alter A Getman Product
on equipment in good condition. Replace missing Do not alter any product without written consent from
or damaged safety labels. Be sure new equipment, Getman Corporation or the component manufacturer.
components and repair parts include the current Any alterations could have serious consequences
safety labels. including bodily harm or death.
Inspect Equipment
Inspect the condition of all components prior to NOTICE:
use. Do not use any item that is in questionable ANY MODIFICATION NOT SUPPLIED BY GETMAN CORPORATION
OR A COMPONENT OEM SHOULD BE APPROVED PRIOR TO
condition. Use only replacement components which CHANGE BY GETMAN.
are recommended by Getman Corporation.
Frequently inspect to ensure all engine intake and

exhaust parts, electrical components, wiring and Work Area Safety
the fuel system are in proper operating condition. Remember, safety is first! Outfit all operators with
There must be no openings in any part of the engine proper safety apparel, including steel toed, non-
exhaust system except the original exhaust pipe skid boots, hard hats with safety shields or safety
outlet. glasses, gloves, ear protection and other equipment
required by the mine, OSHA and local, federal or
Fasteners state regulations.
Keep all bolts, nuts, screws and other fasteners for
electrical enclosures in place. Properly tighten and Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry when working
secure them. Similarly, keep fasteners for the engine near rotating machinery. Loose clothing or jewelry
cylinder head, intake and exhaust systems in place, can get caught in the machinery causing severe
properly tightened and secured. injury or death.
Your machine is capable of generating noise levels

Proper Maintenance and Operation
above 90 db during operation which can cause
Safety depends on well maintained properly operated
permanent hearing loss. Hearing protection is
equipment. Observing operating procedures can
required in accordance with OSHA standards.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
• Always ensure that excess grease, oil, etc., are
WARNING cleaned up immediately to prevent a potential
fire hazard.
SOME OPERATIONS PRODUCE NOISE LEVELS THAT EXCEED
90 DB WHICH CAN CAUSE PERMANENT HEARING LOSS. • Avoid smoking or an open flame around fuel.
ALL OPERATORS AND SUPPORT PERSONNEL MUST WEAR EAR • Recognize and avoid potential hazard areas,
PROTECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS AND
such as the articulation area, lift area, etc.
PROVISION SHOULD BE MADE FOR REGULAR INSPECTION
AND MAINTENANCE.
• Perform all recommended checks and report all
ALL PERSONNEL EXPOSED TO 90 DB OR GREATER NOISE vehicle defects.
LEVELS SHOULD RECEIVE INSTRUCTION IN THE CORRECT
USE OF EAR PROTECTION SO THAT THEIR NOISE EXPOSURE • Check the area around entire vehicle prior to
LIES WITHIN THE LIMITS SPECIFIED BY OSHA. NEVER ALLOW entering the operator compartment.
ANYONE NEAR THE WORK AREA WITHOUT PROPER EAR
PROTECTION. • Never allow riders in vehicles not designated
to carry passengers. Operator and passengers
must be seated in proper seats with seat belts
fastened.
OSHA’s Permissible Noise Exposure
• Enter and exit operator compartment carefully.
90 dB 8.0 hours Never utilize operating controls as hand holds
92 dB 6.0 hours to assist entering or exiting a vehicle.
95 dB 4.0 hours • Do not operate equipment while under the

influence of alcohol or drugs.
97 dB 3.0 hours
100 dB 2.0 hours • Do not operate a vehicle with a defective exhaust
system.
102 dB 1.5 hours
• Sound horn before starting engine.
105 dB 1.0 hours
110 dB 30 minutes • Ensure that all instruments, indicators and
operating controls are functioning before
115 dB 15 minutes operating the vehicle.
Operation Safety & Hazards • Check operation of brake circuit prior to

Safety Rules and Statements beginning of each shift.
Before operating or performing any maintenance on • Do not allow pedestrians near vehicle when
the vehicle, review the following safety precautions. engine is in operation.
These are included for your protection and safety.
• Always ensure components such as the platform,
Always observe the general safety rules during booms, basket, booms, lifts, etc… are secured
operation of the vehicle. Also observe the safety or supported in the full down position to prevent
rules set forth in the work place. The need for uncontrolled movement while tramming. This
additional rules for safe operation may arise due to will avoid unexpected movement of the vehicle,
particular mine applications. The following safety which could cause injury or death.
rules should only be used as a general guide.
• Never stand when operating a vehicle in motion.
• Read and carefully follow all instructions as • Never dismount from a vehicle unless brakes
outlined in the vehicle manuals. are set. Do not enter or exit a vehicle when in
motion.
• Avoid wearing loose, baggy clothing or jewelry
when working around engines or other rotating • Never remove any elements of the engine’s
or moving equipment. exhaust system or any safety guards when
vehicle is in operation.
• Always be aware of location of nearest fire
extinguisher.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
• Do not re-fuel the vehicle with engine running. Use Only Thoroughly Trained Personnel to
Perform Maintenance or Repairs
• Do not drive the vehicle over electrical cables.
• Do not pump the brake pedal.
WARNING
• Never stand under an unsupported structure
(boom, boom, basket, scissor deck, etc…). FAILURE TO WEAR A SEAT BELT CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY
OR DEATH. THE SEAT BELT IS AN IMPORTANT PART OF THE
• Place transmission in neutral (N) and engage MSHA CANOPY SAFETY SYSTEM. ALWAYS MAKE SURE THE
OPERATOR AND PASSENGER ARE PROPERLY SEATED WITH
the parking brake when the vehicle is not in use. THE SEAT BELT FASTENED BEFORE MOVING THE VEHICLE.
• Steering and drive train functions are NOT
functional with park brake applied.
• Park vehicle on level surface, if possible. WARNING
• Always lower stabilizers and utilize wheel chocks
STEERING IS NOT FUNCTIONAL WHEN ENGINE IS NOT
when the vehicle is parked. If parking on a grade RUNNING WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VEHICLE OR
is unavoidable, point the vehicle towards the rib. INJURY TO PERSONNEL. ALWAYS MAKE SURE THE ENGINE IS
RUNNING TO PROVIDE STEERING CONTROL BEFORE MOVING
• Always lower the boom and man basket to the THE VEHICLE. IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT RUN, PROPER
full down position when vehicle is parked. STEPS MUST BE TAKEN TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY STEERING
BEFORE MOVING THE VEHICLE.
• Use proper tools for service.
• Do not arc weld on vehicle without first turning Articulating Steering Hazard
master power switch to the OFF position. Articulating steering systems operate differently
than typical truck steering systems that steer the
vehicle by turning the front wheels. The chassis is
NOTICE:
WHEN WELDING ON A UNIT EQUIPPED WITH A CUMMINS hinged at the articulation joint just behind the engine
ENGINE, DISCONNECT THE 50-PIN OEM CONNECTOR AND and hydraulic cylinders move the front end of the
4-PIN POWER CONNECTOR FROM THE ENGINE ECM, AS vehicle to the right or left of the articulation joint,
WELL AS DISCONNECT BATTERY POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE
causing the vehicle to turn. This type of steering
TERMINALS. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE COULD
RESULT IN DAMAGE TO ECM (ENGINE CONTROL MODULE) AND action causes the vehicle to move in unexpected
VOID THE ENGINE WARRANTY. IT IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO ways to people unfamiliar with this steering and,
ALWAYS DISCONNECT OEM CONNECTOR FROM THE ENGINE consequently, creates hazards that operators and
ECM IN ADDITION TO DISCONNECTING THE BATTERIES
service personnel need to be aware of.
REGARDLESS OF ENGINE MANUFACTURER.
The articulation zone is located on each side of

the vehicle at the articulation joint in the chassis
• Never utilize a vehicle for an application other
just behind the engine. This area is particularly
than what it was originally designed for.
dangerous because a person located next to the
• Operate vehicle with caution. Be aware of your hinged joint can be crushed when the vehicle
surroundings. steering is turned. Always make sure all personnel
are clear and sound the horn before starting the
• Watch out for others. They may not be watching engine.
out for you.
Be Prepared
If the equipment malfunctions or a malfunction
is suspected, immediately stop all operations and
shutdown the vehicle until proper repairs are made.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Man
Basket
ANFO POT
Articulation Zone on Each Side of Truck
ARTICULATION STABILIZER
ZONE
Articulation Zone - Both Sides of Truck
on level ground and/or the basket is overloaded.

DANGER Common sense and good judgement must be used
whenever the basket is raised. Always be alert to
PERSONNEL STANDING OR WORKING IN THE ARTICULATION unforeseen problems as the boom and basket are
ZONE CAN BE SEVERELY INJURED OR EVEN KILLED IF THE raised and be prepared to stop immediately if a
VEHICLE STEERING IS TURNED. NEVER ALLOW ANYONE TO
problem occurs.
BE IN THE ARTICULATION ZONE FOR ANY REASON WHILE
THE ENGINE IS OPERATING. ALWAYS SHUTDOWN THE
ENGINE, LOCKOUT/TAGOUT THE MACHINE AND INSERT THE The following safety precautions apply
ARTICULATION JOINT SAFETY BAR BEFORE ALLOWING whenever operating the boom and basket:
ANYONE TO INSPECT OR SERVICE EQUIPMENT IN OR NEAR • All operators should be trained in the safe
THE ARTICULATION ZONE.
operation of the ANFO truck before operating the
vehicle or raising boom and man basket.
Stabilizer, Boom and Basket Hazard • Always park the vehicle so the chassis is as straight
Raising the boom and man basket can be hazardous. position as possible. Some vehicles can become
Operation requires special precautions that must be unstable if the basket is raised with the chassis
observed to reduce the possibility of severe injury turned more than 15O or 30O, depending on the
to personnel and damage to equipment. Remember options installed. Therefore, a lockout system
that raising the boom also raises the vehicle center prevents the activation of the lift and stabilizers if
of gravity which can cause the truck to become the truck is turned more than the allowed angle.
unstable or even tip over if it is not operating
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
• Always apply vehicle park brake and place wheel
chocks under wheels then lower stabilizers and
level the vehicle prior to raising boom and basket.
The vehicle should be placed on ground that is as
close to level as possible. The stabilizers can be
adjusted to level the vehicle if necessary.
• Never operate stabilizers when the man basket
is raised or occupied. Always lower the basket to
the full down position before adjusting the vehicle
with the stabilizers.
• Never exceed maximum capacity stated on basket
capacity plate.
• Always look up and be aware of overhead
clearance when raising lift.
• To avoid the possibility of electric shock, do not
raise the boom and man basket under or near
any overhead electrical cables or wires. Failure to Accessory Control Lever (PTO) in Operator Compartment
follow this warning could lead to injury or death.
• Keep working area clear of all pedestrians when
operating the lift. Never allow anyone to walk,
stand, or perform work near or below a raised •
DANGER
boom and basket.
ELECTRIC SHOCK FROM POWER LINES CAN CAUSE SEVERE
• As the lift moves up and down, “pinch points” INJURY OR DEATH IF THEY COME IN CONTACT WITH THE METAL
are formed. Make sure to keep hands, feet, hair, FRAME FOR THE BOOM, BASKET OR PEOPLE OCCUPYING THE
jewelry, loose clothing, etc. away from these pinch BASKET. ALWAYS CHECK THE AREA AND MAKE SURE THE
points. If any of these items become caught, BOOM AND BASKET ARE A SAFE DISTANCE AWAY FROM ANY
serious personal injury or death could occur. POWER LINES BEFORE RAISING THE BASKET.
• All personnel in the man basket must wear a

harness attached to a fall arrestor. Never allow
anyone to work in the basket without being WARNING
attached to a fall arrestor.
PINCH POINTS ARE FORMED AS THE BOOM MOVES UP AND
• When working in the basket, never allow anyone DOWN THAT CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR EVEN DEATH
to sit or stand on basket railing. IF HANDS, FEET, HAIR, JEWELRY, LOOSE CLOTHING, ETC.
GET CAUGHT IN THESE PINCH POINTS. ALWAYS MAKE SURE
• After completing operations, always lower the man ALL PERSONNEL ARE WELL CLEAR OF BOOM COMPONENTS
basket to the full down position and disengage AND LINKAGE BEFORE RAISING THE BASKET AND NEVER
the PTO using the lever in operator compartment. WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING OR JEWELRY WHILE OPERATING
THE TRUCK.
• Never move or tram the vehicle with boom and
basket raised. RAISING THE BOOM WITH THE TRUCK ON GROUND THAT IS NOT
LEVEL COULD CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO BECOME UNSTABLE
• Always make sure the boom is retracted in the AND TIP OVER ON ITS SIDE UNEXPECTEDLY, CAUSING DAMAGE
TO THE TRUCK AND SEVERE INJURY OR EVEN DEATH TO
full down position with the basket secured in the
PERSONNEL. ALWAYS MAKE SURE THE TRUCK IS LEVEL WITH
brackets on the chassis before tramming the THE STABILIZERS DOWN BEFORE RAISING THE BASKET.
machine.
THE HEAT FROM WELDING CAN CHANGE THE TEMPER OF
STEEL AND WEAKEN THE BOOM. NEVER WELD ON THE BOOM
STRUCTURE WITHOUT WRITTEN PRIOR APPROVAL FROM
GETMAN OR A GETMAN APPROVED SERVICE FACILITY.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
ANFO Hazard • Always wear safety glasses and gloves when
operating or working near compressed air and
ANFO material.
DANGER
• Never disconnect compressed air hose fittings
A N F O I S A H I G H LY E X P L O S I V E M AT E R I A L T H AT C A N while they are under pressure.
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH IF IT ACCIDENTALLY
DETONATES. TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL DETONATION, ALL • Always make sure the pot and all ANFO delivery
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES STATED IN hoses and equipment are properly grounded to
THIS MANUAL, BY THE MATERIAL SUPPLIER AND THE
SAFETY PROCEDURES IN EFFECT FOR YOUR MINE MUST BE an approved earth ground before filling pots or
FOLLOWED WHEN HANDLING ANFO. activating ANFO charging equipment.
The handling of ANFO material and operation of ANFO WARNING

transportation and delivery equipment requires
STATIC ELECTRICITY GENERATED WHILE FILLING POTS
specialized knowledge and precautions that must be O R D U R I N G C H A R G I N G O P E R AT I O N S C A N C A U S E A N
observed to reduce the possibility an explosion that EXPLOSION THAT WILL RESULT IN SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH
could result in severe injury or death to personnel TO PERSONNEL AND MAJOR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. TO
PREVENT STATIC SPARKS MAKE SURE THE GROUNDING
and damage to equipment. Persons operating ANFO
REEL SAFETY CABLE IS PROPERLY ATTACHED TO THE
charging equipment must be properly trained and VEHICLE CHASSIS AND CONNECTED TO AN APPROVED
aware of the unique hazards associated with the use EARTH GROUND BEFORE FILLING POTS OR CONDUCTING
of ANFO. Remember that ANFO moving in pots and CHARGING OPERATIONS.
delivery lines will generate static electricity that can
cause an explosion if components are not properly
grounded to an approved earth ground and all other • Always make sure air pressure is released from
precautions are observed. pots before opening the lid or attempting to
service delivery components.
Common sense and good judgement must be used
whenever loading or delivering ANFO. Always be • ANFO absorbs water and will clog the delivery
alert to unforeseen problems during ANFO charging system if it is exposed to moisture. Always
operations and be prepared to stop immediately clear mine air supply hoses before connecting to
the truck and drain water from air filters before
if a problem occurs. Make sure to understand the
activating the ANFO delivery system.
hazards and follow all safety precautions before
operating ANFO equipment. • Never leave ANFO in the pot or hoses overnight.
After completing daily operations, always remove
The following safety precautions are in ANFO from the pots and activate the hose clean
addition to the precautions for raising the out valve to clear ANFO from delivery hoses.
boom and basket. These additional precautions
• Always remove ANFO from pots and hoses prior
apply whenever handling ANFO material or
to allowing the truck to enter a garage or service
operating ANFO charging equipment:
shop for repairs or welding.
• Follow all safety precautions and procedures to
properly position the vehicle and safely raise
the basket before operating ANFO equipment.
Ventilation & Carbon Monoxide Hazard
Ventilation
• To avoid the possibility of electric shock or an The volume of moving fresh air for ventilation at any
explosion, do not raise the basket under or near place underground where a vehicle is working must
any overhead electrical cables or wires. Failure to meet the Mine Safety and Health Administration
follow this warning could lead to an explosion and/ (MSHA), local, federal and engine manufacturer’s
or severe injury or death. minimum requirements or regulations. This
• Keep working area clear of all pedestrians ventilation must be supplied in addition to that
when operating the boom and ANFO charging required for other diesel powered vehicles to
equipment. Never allow anyone to walk, stand, prevent the accumulation of carbon monoxide and
or perform work near or below the basket while other toxic gases. Shut off the engine whenever
ANFO charging operations are underway. underground ventilation stops for any reason. It
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
is recommended the engine be shut off any time the machine, endangering the operator and other
the vehicle is not in use. Do not idle engine for personnel. Operators should be alert for the smell
excessively long periods. of exhaust fumes and be prepared to shutdown
the machine and move to fresh air immediately if
Exhaust System exhaust fumes are detected.
Inspect the exhaust system before each shift. Keep
exhaust piping tight at all times. Do not allow piping
to become blocked.
DANGER
CARBON MONOXIDE IS COLORLESS, ODORLESS AND
Blocked or loose exhaust system components will DANGEROUS. ALL ENGINES, GENERATORS AND FUEL
cause dangerous exhaust fumes to accumulate BURNING APPLIANCES EXHAUST CARBON MONOXIDE (CO).
around the vehicle and operator. DIRECT AND PROLONGED EXPOSURE TO CO WILL CAUSE
BRAIN DAMAGE OR DEATH.
Carbon Monoxide
A by-product of combustion, carbon monoxide (CO)
is an invisible, tasteless and odorless gas that is Fuel, Oil & Solvents Hazard
produced by all diesel engines. Use only diesel fuel recommended by the engine
manufacturer for satisfactory engine operation.
A slight buildup of carbon monoxide over several
hours causes headache, nausea and other symptoms All fuel and most oils and solvents are
that are similar to food poisoning, motion sickness or flammable and must be handled with care. The
flu. High concentrations can be fatal within minutes. following precautions apply:
Many cases of carbon monoxide poisoning indicate • When filling underground fuel storage tanks,
that while victims are aware they are not well, they transport fuel in secure metal containers.
can become so disoriented they are unable to save Store fuel containers in closed, incombustible
themselves by either exiting the area or calling for compartments while awaiting transfer to the
help. fuel tank of the diesel vehicle. Keep fuel in
ventilated area.
The following are symptoms which may signal • Flowing fuel generates static electricity. When
exposure to CO: (1) Headache (2) Tightness of chest filling the vehicle, make sure the fuel truck
or hyperventilation (3) Flushed face (4) Nausea (5) ground is properly connected to the vehicle
Drowsiness (6) Fatigue or Weakness (7) Inattention being fueled and that the fuel nozzle is in contact
or confusion (8) Lack of normal coordination. with the fuel fill at all times.
Low levels of carbon monoxide over an extended • Ensure all oil and/or fuel soaked rags are stored
period of time can be just as lethal as high doses in an appropriate container.
over a short period.
• Use non-flammable cleaning solvent to clean
parts.
Persons who have been exposed to carbon monoxide
should be moved into fresh air immediately. Have • Maintain a fully charged fire extinguisher on
the victim breath deeply and seek immediate the vehicle at all times. If extinguisher is used,
medical attention. have it serviced.
Carbon monoxide is normally not a problem when

the equipment is properly maintained and the
WARNING
mine is properly ventilated. However, operators STATIC ELECTRICITY CAN BE GENERATED WHILE FUELING
should be made aware of the hazard and symptoms AND CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION. TO PREVENT STATIC
associated with CO, particularly while operating SPARKS WHEN FILLING THE TANK, MAKE SURE THE FUEL
TRUCK SAFETY GROUND IS PROPERLY ATTACHED TO THE
the machine in tight or poorly ventilated areas. VEHICLE CHASSIS AND THAT THE NOZZLE IS IN CONTACT
Under certain conditions, a faulty engine exhaust WITH THE FUEL OPENING AT ALL TIMES.
system or poor mine ventilation could allow carbon
monoxide to accumulate to dangerous levels around
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Electrical System Hazards • Stretched or abused hose can fail prematurely
The electrical system on your vehicle is powered by and unexpectedly, which could cause injury to
a high amperage 24 volt DC electrical system. To personnel. Hoses that have been exposed to
avoid short circuits and circuit overloads that can excessive stretching, kinks or chaffing should
damage the electrical system or cause a fire, the be replaced.
following precautions apply: • Always make sure all personnel maintain a safe
distance from all hydraulic components and
• Turn the engine ON/OFF/START and master hoses whenever the unit is in operation.
disconnect switches both to the OFF position
when the vehicle is unattended. • Always depressurize the hydraulic system
(hydraulic tank and vehicle accumulators)
• All circuit breakers for overload protection in “before” removing any hydraulic components,
electrical circuits must be kept in good condition. hoses or fittings. Failure to do so could result in
• Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first serious injury or death.
and when reconnecting, connect the negative
(-) cable last. WARNING
• Do not grind, weld or have open flame near INJURIES FROM HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
batteries. Sparks can cause explosion. COMPONENT FAILURES ARE VERY SERIOUS AND CAN RESULT
IN SEVERE INJURY OR A FATALITY. ALWAYS MAKE SURE
• Do not weld on truck without turning off the ALL PERSONNEL ARE A SAFE DISTANCE FROM HYDRAULIC
master disconnect switch and disconnecting SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND HOSES WHENEVER THE VEHICLE
IS OPERATING.
batteries.
• Do not short across battery terminals. Sparks
can cause an explosion. Fire Hazard
Fire is a potential hazard with all fuel powered
• Batteries supplied and recommended by Getman equipment. Your machine is equipped with fire
are maintenance free and do not need to be extinguishers and could also be equipped with
opened. automatic fire suppression equipment.
Hydraulic System Hazard Manual and automatic fire suppression equipment

The hydraulic systems for the brakes, steering and operate differently. Operators should be properly
lift cylinders operate at extremely high pressure trained in the use of all fire suppression equipment
(up to 6000 PSI). Always use extreme caution and be prepared to react quickly if a fire occurs.
when working around hydraulic systems. A high
pressure fluid leak from a damaged hose or fitting All fire suppression equipment requires regular
can cause severe lacerations to a person’s skin or inspections to ensure that:
inject hydraulic fluid into the blood stream, which • Seals & tamper indicators are not broken or
can be fatal. missing.
The following precautions apply whenever the • Pressure gauges or indicators read in the
vehicle is operating: operable range.
• Hydraulic hoses and connections must be • The suppression equipment is properly charged
inspected frequently to ensure they are in good and ready for activation if needed.
condition and that there are no signs of chaffing
or deterioration. • There is no obvious physical damage, corrosion,
leakage or clogged nozzles.
• Make sure hoses are protected from contact with
sharp objects or chaffing.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Canopy Service Position
Your Getman vehicle could be equipped with a Properly shutting down and securing the machine is
canopy or cab option that is approved by MSHA critical to the safety of the operator and/or service
and that meets the OSHA requirements for ROPS/ personnel. Throughout this manual, you will be told
FOPS. These are designed to provide protection to to “place vehicle in service position”.
the operator in the event of a vehicle rollover or
from foreign objects falling on the operator area. Use the following procedure to place the
There will be a label attached to the structure which machine in the service position.
includes the structure serial number, vehicle weight 1. Park vehicle on level area.
and vehicle model number.
2. Apply parking brake.
Modifications such as adding attachments to the 3. Chock wheels.
cab/canopy or welding, cutting, and/or drilling holes
can weaken the structure which will lessen operator 4. Lower the stabilizers until they are in firm
protection and void certification. Should your vehicle contact with the ground and the vehicle is level.
sustain damage to the structure, contact your local 5. Lock frame articulation joint by installing safety
dealer or Getman Corporation prior to performing bar.
repairs.
6. Make sure the boom is fully retracted and that
the boom and basket are in the full down and
Parking & Service Position stored position.
Parking Procedure
Your A64 series machine is powered by a diesel 7. Remove all ANFO from pots and charging hoses.
engine with a powershift transmission. Make sure
8. Stop engine.
the transmission is in the neutral position with the
park brake set when the vehicle is parked. 9. Bleed air pressure from pots and all compressed
You should always use the following procedure air tanks and components.
when parking your vehicle.
1. Park vehicle away from traffic and turn into the 10. Disconnect batteries by turning off the Battery
rib. switch.
2. Apply the parking brake and place transmission 11. Close fuel line valve at tank ports and/or the
lever in neutral (N). valve near fuel water separator (if equipped).
3. Chock wheels. WARNING

4. Lower the stabilizers to the ground.
SEVERE INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO THE
5. Make sure the boom is fully retracted and that EQUIPMENT CAN RESULT IF THE VEHICLE ROLLS OR IS
STARTED UNEXPECTEDLY DURING SERVICE. ALWAYS
the boom and basket are lowered to the full FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE TO PLACE THE
down position. UNIT IN THE SERVICE POSITION BEFORE ALLOWING ANYONE
TO SERVICE COMPONENTS.
6. If the vehicle has been operating in a working
condition just prior to parking, allow the engine
to idle for 1 to 2 minutes to allow internal engine
components to cool.
7. Stop engine.
Vehicle Out of Service

Each out of service vehicle must have an “OUT OF
SERVICE” tag displayed.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Lockout/Tagout Procedure Removing Equipment from Service
1. Equipment that is to undergo maintenance or
repair must be removed from service by an
NOTICE: authorized employee.
THESE LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES ARE A SUGGESTED
METHOD. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OPERATOR TO 2. The authorized employee shall have knowledge
FOLLOW THEIR COMPANY’S LOCKOUT PROCEDURES.
of the type and magnitude of the energy, the
hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the
method or means to control the energy before
Purpose locking out or tagging out the equipment.
This procedure establishes requirements for
the lockout and tagout of equipment whenever 3. Prior to isolation, the equipment shall be shut
maintenance or service is performed on a Getman down in an orderly fashion that avoids additional
vehicle. The procedure shall be used to ensure that or increased hazards.
equipment is stopped, isolated from all potentially
4. All equipment undergoing maintenance or
hazardous energy sources and locked and tagged
repair must have all power and energy sources
out before employees or contractors perform
locked out or tagged out in the OFF position by
equipment repairs or maintenance.
each authorized employee who will be working
on the equipment. Power and energy sources
Compliance with This Procedure and isolation methods may include, but are not
All employees must comply with the requirements
limited to, the following:
of this procedure. Only authorized employees may
lockout or tagout equipment. All employees, upon 5. Disconnect or isolate equipment from electric
observing that a piece of equipment is locked out supply and lock isolation device.
or tagged out, shall not attempt to start, energize
or use that piece of equipment until all lockout/ 6. Bleed off water pressure; divert water utilizing
tagout devices are removed by an authorized valves and lock valve.
employee who has verified that the equipment is 7. Bleed off hydraulic fluid pressure to cylinders
safe to operate. and rams to return to no stored energy state
and lock oil source.
Application of Lockout Control
A. Preparation for shutdown – Personal safety locks 8. Valve off accumulators and remove oil or gas
(red) and keys will be kept by each mechanic or and lock valves.
electrician. Supervisors will also have their own 9. Lock out energy to pump drivers.
locks and keys.
10. Lock out the air service valve.
B. Authorized employees shall review the
written lockout procedure to have complete 11. Bleed off air pressure.
understanding of the type(s) and magnitude
12. Disassemble or remove spring mechanisms to
of the energy, the hazards of the energy to be
relieve stored energy.
controlled and the methods or means to control
the energy. 13. Ensure that all items are in their lowest stored
energy position and lock them in place.
C. Notification of employees – Affected employees
shall be notified by the authorized employees 14. Block any items that have the potential to move.
that the machine or equipment is going to be
locked out. 15. Consult equipment manuals when available to
determine hazardous energy sources.
D. Machine or equipment shutdown – The machine
or equipment shall be turned off or shut down
using the energy control procedures established
for the machine or equipment.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
16. Tagouts may only be used when there is no Restoring Equipment to Service
isolation device that can be locked out to prevent 1. The authorized employee who applies a lockout/
equipment operation or release of stored energy. tagout device to a piece of equipment is the only
If a tagout is used, tags must be placed at person authorized to remove the device, except
all potential sources of equipment operation in case of emergency.
and energizing. The tags must indicate the
authorized employee(s) who placed the tag(s); 2. In an emergency, the area manager may
the energy isolating device being tagged out and designate another authorized employee to
that the equipment cannot be operated. remove the lockout/tagout device if the following
conditions are met:
17. When repairs are performed by a contractor, • It is verified that the authorized employee
an authorized employee must be designated to who applied the lockout/tagout device is not
ensure that equipment is properly shut down, at the facility.
isolated and locked out or tagged out. The
authorized employee is also responsible for • Reasonable effort has been made to contact
ensuring that the contractor complies with the the authorized employee concerning the
requirements of this procedure. removal of the lockout/tagout device.
18. If a lock is used to lock out equipment, the • Provisions have been made to ensure that
authorized employee that applies the lockout the authorized employee is informed of the
device should retain one key for the device. removal of the lockout/tagout device before
he/she resumes work at the facility.
3. The following procedure will be used to return
equipment to operation:
• Verify that the all non-essential items
(tools, etc.) have been removed from the
equipment and its work area.
• Verify that all equipment components are
operationally intact.
• Verify that all employees are safely positioned
or removed from the equipment operating
area.
• Verify that the equipment controls are in
neutral.
• Remove the lockout/tagout devices and re-
energize the equipment. NOTE: The removal
of some forms of blocking may require that
the equipment be re-energized.
• Notify affected employees that the equipment
is ready for use.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 2.
Figure 1 Figure 2
Lockout Procedure Padlock Method

Tools Required WARNING
Padlock with key; E.G., the most effective method
of preventing the accidental starting of the machine THE PADLOCK METHOD IS ESTABLISHED SO ANY PERSON
during servicing or maintenance activities is to WHO MAY BE REQUIRED TO WORK ON THE MACHINE
RECEIVES A LOCK WITH HIS OR HER NAME STAMPED ON IT
shut off battery power to the vehicle by locking AND (1) KEY TO FIT THAT LOCK ONLY. NO ONE EXCEPT THE
the battery disconnect switch. Place the “DANGER PERSON WHO LOCKED THE BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
LOCKOUT PROCEDURE IN EFFECT” tag onto the WILL BE ABLE TO UNLOCK IT TO RESTORE POWER TO START
safety lockout and place the lockout through the TRUCK. IF MORE THAN ONE PERSON IS WORKING ON THE
SAME MACHINE, EACH PERSON MUST PUT HIS OWN PADLOCK
splined hole of the battery disconnect switch in the ONTO THE MULTI-LOCK LOCKOUT, (6 MAXIMUM), LIKE THE
off position. Attach padlock(s) as shown in Figure 1. ONE SHOWN IN FIGURE 2.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 3.
SPECIFICATIONS, TORQUE
TABLES, & SPECIAL TOOLS
BOLT TORQUE TABLES
SECTION 3.
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Bolt Torque Table
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations
SAE 5 SAE 8 SOCKET HEAD Whenever performing service on this vehicle, make certain it has first been placed in service position. Basic
CAPSCREWS service and maintenance procedures are illustrated in this manual. These are to be performed at regular
intervals based on hours of operation. For further details on service and necessary major component adjust-
ments (i.e. engine, transmission, axles, etc.) refer to Service Manual or contact Getman Technical Support.
STEEL GRADE
The viscosity of the oil is greatly influenced by the
ambient temperature, the choice of SAE-grade
should be governed by the ambient temperature
of the engine site (see diagram). If temperatures
temporarily fall below the limit of the SAE grade
MINIMUM TENSILE 1/4-1/2” 180,000
selected, engine will not be damaged. However,
120,000 150,000 starting performance will be affected. During win-
STRENGTH (PSI) 5/8-1” 170,000 ter operation viscosity grade should be governed
by ambient temperature when starting engine.
Synthetics may be an option.
Nominal Diameter
& Dry Lubed Dry Lubed Dry Lubed
Thread Pitch
1/4-20 (101) (76) (143) (107) (168) (120)
1/4-28 (116) (87) (147) (123) (192) (144)
Component Fluid and Lubricant Specifications
5/16-18 (209) (157) (295) (221) (348) (264)
COMPONENT SYMBOL FLUID
5/16-24 (231) (174) (327) (245) (284) (288) Transmission & Torque Converter TF Hydraulic Transmission Fluid, Type TO-4, J20 C, D, MIL-L-
3/8-16 (372) (276) 44 33 51 38 2104C, C-4
Examples: Citgo Transgard Torque Converter 250, Shell
3/8-24 (420) (312) 49 37 58 43 Donax T, Mobil Trans HD, Texaco Texamatic 4291
7/16-14 49 37 70 52 81 61 Hydraulic System (Steering and HO Use only an “MS” API (MS-DG) oil, MIL-L244459
Component Cylinders) Examples: Citgo AW 68 Hydraulic Oil, Shell Tellus 68,
7/16-20 55 41 78 58 91 68 Mobil DTE 26, Texaco Rando HD 68
1/2-13 75 57 106 80 124 93 Drive Axle Differential Mineral Base Oil
(Front and Rear) Examples: Citgo Transgard Tractor Hydraulic Fluid, Shell
1/2-20 85 64 120 90 140 105 Donax TD, Mobil Mobil Fluid 424, Texaco Super Universal
Tractor Oil.
5/8-11 150 113 212 159 238 179
All Grease Fittings including EPG Grade 2 Lithium Base Extreme Pressure Grease, MIL-G-
5/8-18 170 127 240 180 270 202 Upper & Lower Hinge Pins, 10924A
Bearings Oscillating Trunnion Examples: Citgo Overdrive HD, Shell Super Duty Lithium
3/4-10 267 200 376 282 423 317 MDS, Mobil Mobilegrease Special,
3/4-16 297 223 420 315 472 354 Texaco Multifak All-Purpose EP-2
All Linkage EO Hand Oil as Required
7/8-9 429 322 606 455 682 511
Fuel System D2 #2 Diesel Fuel, Cetane 40 Minimum
7/8-14 474 355 669 502 752 564
1-8 644 483 909 681 1022 767 NOTICE:
THIS CHART IS INTENDED ONLY AS A GENERAL REFERENCE. ALWAYS REFER TO THE COMPONENT MANUFACTURER’S
1-12 722 542 1020 765 1147 860 MANUALS TO CONFIRM FLUID SPECIFICATIONS FOR YOUR EQUIPMENT OR CONTACT GETMAN CUSTOMER SUPPORT.
Bolt torque specifications shown in (inch pounds) or foot pounds.
A64 FLUSH/FLAT DECK

A64 SL SERIES 3-4 Copyright © 2013
Copyright © 2013 1 SERVICE MANUAL
P/F HANDLER OPERATION MANUAL
SECTION CONTENTS
Fuel, Tires & Capacities ................................................................................................ 3-2
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations............................................................................ 3-3
Component Fluid and Lubricant Specifications (example only)............................................. 3-3
Standard Bolt Torque Table............................................................................................ 3-5
Metric Bolt Torque Table................................................................................................. 3-6
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 3.
SPECIFICATIONS
FUEL
Use diesel fuel with a sulfur content of less than USE NO. 2 DIESEL FUEL, CETANE 40 MINIMUM
0.5%. Use care when re-fueling to avoid fuel sys-
tem contamination. Use a winter-grade fuel when CAUTION
operating vehicle in low temperatures.
USING DIESEL FUEL WITH LOWER THAN RECOMMENDED
CETANE NUMBER CAN CAUSE HARD STARTING, INSTABILITY,
AND EXCESSIVE WHITE SMOKE. TO MAINTAIN SATISFACTORY
OPERATION AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES, IT IS
IMPORTANT TO SPECIFY DIESEL FUEL OF THE CORRECT
NOTICE:
CETANE NUMBER. FOR COMPLETE DETAILS SEE ENGINE
TO AVOID DRAWING AIR INTO THE FUEL SYSTEM, DO NOT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OR CONTACT YOUR
ALLOW VEHICLE TO RUN OUT OF FUEL AS THIS CAN CAUSE
LOCAL GETMAN DISTRIBUTOR.
EXTREME HARD STARTING.
TIRES
SIZE PLY RATING TYPE PSI BAR
9.00*20 12 LCM 120 8.3 NOTICE:
10.00*20 16 LCM 120- 8 . 3 - THIS CHART INDICATES TIRE PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS
ONLY. THE SIZES ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE. ALWAYS
130 9.0 REPLACE WITH TIRES OF SAME SIZE, TYPE, AND PLY RATING
12.00*20 28 LCM 1 2 0 - 8.3- ORIGINALLY SUPPLIED WITH VEHICLE
145 10.0
12.00*24 16 LCM 120 8.3
14.00*24 28 LCM 1 2 0 - 8.3-

145 10.0
PRESSURES
Pressure Type PSI BAR
Engine Oil Pressure at 1000 RPM 45-60 3.1-4.1
Steering Hydraulic System (at low idle
1500-2000 103-138
with vehicle turned and against stops)
Hydraulic Brake Charging Pressure
John Deere Axles 1650-2200 114-151
Ford/New Holland D45 & D65 1650-2200 114-151
Carraro 28.43 & 28.60 1650-2200 114-151
Pressure from Brake Treadle Valve
John Deere Axles 1000 69.0
Ford/New Holland D45 & D65 1500 130.5
Carraro 28.43 & 28.60 700 48.3
NOTE: Checks made at 150°F (65°C) oil temperature.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 3.
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations
Whenever performing service on this vehicle, make certain it has first been placed in service position. Basic
service and maintenance procedures are illustrated in this manual. These are to be performed at regular
intervals based on hours of operation. For further details on service and necessary major component adjust-
ments (i.e. engine, transmission, axles, etc.) refer to Service Manual or contact Getman Technical Support.
The viscosity of the oil is greatly influenced by the

ambient temperature, the choice of SAE-grade
should be governed by the ambient temperature
of the engine site (see diagram). If temperatures
temporarily fall below the limit of the SAE grade
selected, engine will not be damaged. However,
starting performance will be affected. During win-
ter operation viscosity grade should be governed
by ambient temperature when starting engine.
Synthetics may be an option. See the next page

for component-specific lubricants and coolants.
Component Fluid and Lubricant Specifications (example only)

COMPONENT SYMBOL FLUID
Transmission & Torque Converter TF Hydraulic Transmission Fluid, Type TO-4, J20 C, D, MIL-L-
2104C, C-4
Examples: Citgo Transgard Torque Converter 250, Shell
Donax T, Mobil Trans HD, Texaco Texamatic 4291
Hydraulic System (Steering and HO Use only an “MS” API (MS-DG) oil, MIL-L244459
Component Cylinders) Examples: Citgo AW 68 Hydraulic Oil, Shell Tellus 68,
Mobil DTE 26, Texaco Rando HD 68
Drive Axle Differential Mineral Base Oil
(Front and Rear) Examples: Citgo Transgard Tractor Hydraulic Fluid, Shell
Donax TD, Mobil Mobil Fluid 424, Texaco Super Universal
Tractor Oil.
All Grease Fittings including EPG Grade 2 Lithium Base Extreme Pressure Grease, MIL-G-
Upper & Lower Hinge Pins, 10924A
Bearings Oscillating Trunnion Examples: Citgo Overdrive HD, Shell Super Duty Lithium
MDS, Mobil Mobilegrease Special,
Texaco Multifak All-Purpose EP-2
All Linkage EO Hand Oil as Required
Fuel System D2 #2 Diesel Fuel, Cetane 40 Minimum
NOTICE:
THIS CHART IS INTENDED ONLY AS A GENERAL REFERENCE. ALWAYS REFER TO THE COMPONENT
MANUFACTURER’S MANUALS TO CONFIRM FLUID SPECIFICATIONS FOR YOUR EQUIPMENT OR CONTACT GETMAN
CUSTOMER SUPPORT.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 3.
SPECIFICATIONS
Lubricant and Coolant Cross Reference AXLES – FORD, JOHN DEERE, NAF
Shell Donax TD
ENGINE & AIR CLEANER (OIL BATH) Gear Oil 90 LS
(Engine Manufacturers Specifications) Citgo Transgard Tractor
Shell Rotella Conoco Power Trans. 11 Fluid
BP Vanellus C-Extra Gulf Universal Tractor Fluid
Citgo C-500 Motor Oil Mobil Mobil Fluid 424
Conoco HD Fleet Mobillube SHC-LS
Gulf Super Duty Sunoco TH Tractor Fluid
Mobil Delvac 1300 Texaco Super Universal Tractor Oil
Sunoco Super-C Exxon Hydraul 560
Texaco Ursa Super Premium BP Energear LS 90
Exxon XD-3 AXLES- CARRARO AND KESSLER
Citgo Gear Lube 80W-90
POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION OIL AXLES- KESSLER/COOLING (USE LS)
CLARK/DANA, JOHN DEERE/FUNK ATF C-3 or Dexron
(TYPE C-3, TO C-4)
Hydraulicoil HLP DIN 51524 Teil 2
Shell Donax T
Motoroil API SE/CD, MIL-L-46152C/
BP Autran C-4/TO-4) MIL-L-2104 Co.D
Citgo Transgard Torque Citgo Transguard 10WHD
Converter 250 HYDRAULIC OIL
Conoco Powerdrive Fluid Shell Tellus 68
Gulf HT C-3 Fluid BP AW 68
Mobil Trans HD Citgo AW 68 Hydraulic Oil
Sunoco TO-4 Transmission Conoco Hydroclear AW 68
Texaco Texamatic 4291 Gulf Harmony AW 68
Torque converter/transmission lubricant must be Mobil DTE 26
qualified by one of the following specifications.
Sunoco Sunvis 800
ORDER OF PREFERENCE PER SPICER OFF HIGHWAY:
Texaco Rando HD 68
1. Caterpillar TO-4
Exxon Nuto H68
2. John Deere/Funk J20 C, D
CHASSIS GREASE
3. Military MIL-PRF-2104G
Shell Super Duty Lithium MDS
4. Allison C-4
BP Energrease LC
5. Dextron II Equivalent Unless using graphite
Citgo Overdrive HD
TRANSMISSION LUBRICANTS NOT RECOMMEND:
Conoco Super Lube
DEXTRON III, ENGINE OIL, ANY GL-5 OILS
Gulf Crown LC3
Mobil Mobilegrease Special
COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE (Ethylene- Glycol Base)
Sunoco Ultra Prestige
Mobil Delvac (50/50) CAT EC-1
Texaco Multifak All-Purpose EP-2
Exxon Ronex Extra Duty Moly 2
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 3.
BOLT TORQUE TABLES
Standard Bolt Torque Table

SAE 5 SAE 8 SOCKET HEAD
Cap screws
STEEL GRADE
MINIMUM TENSILE 1/4-1/2” 180,000

120,000 150,000
STRENGTH (PSI) 5/8-1” 170,000
Nominal Diameter
Thread Pitch
1/4-20 (101) (76) (143) (107) (168) (120)
1/4-28 (116) (87) (147) (123) (192) (144)
5/16-18 (209) (157) (295) (221) (348) (264)
5/16-24 (231) (174) (327) (245) (284) (288)
3/8-16 (372) (276) 44 33 51 38
3/8-24 (420) (312) 49 37 58 43
7/16-14 49 37 70 52 81 61
7/16-20 55 41 78 58 91 68
1/2-13 75 57 106 80 124 93
1/2-20 85 64 120 90 140 105
5/8-11 150 113 212 159 238 179
5/8-18 170 127 240 180 270 202
3/4-10 267 200 376 282 423 317
3/4-16 297 223 420 315 472 354
7/8-9 429 322 606 455 682 511
7/8-14 474 355 669 502 752 564
1-8 644 483 909 681 1022 767
1-12 722 542 1020 765 1147 860
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 3.
BOLT TORQUE TABLES
Metric Bolt Torque Table

12.9 SOCKET
8.8 10.9
HEAD Cap screw
STEEL GRADE
MINIMUM TENSILE M6–M16: 800

1040 1220
STRENGTH (MPa) M20–M30: 830
Nominal Diameter
Thread Pitch
M5 x 0.80 (54) (41) (78) (59) (91) (68)
M6 x 1.00 (92) (69) (133) (99) (156) (116)
M7 x 1.00 (156) (116) (222) (167) (260) (195)
M8 x 1.25 (225) (169) (333) (242) (377) (284)
M10 x 1.5 37 (28) 53 40 62 47
M12 x 1.75 65 49 93 69 108 81
M14 x 2.00 104 78 148 111 173 130
M16 x 2.00 161 121 230 172 269 202
M18 x 2.50 222 167 318 238 372 279
M20 x 2.5 314 235 449 337 525 394
M22 x 2.50 428 321 613 460 716 537
M24 x 3.00 543 407 776 582 908 681
M27 x 3.00 796 597 1139 854 1331 998
M30 x 3.50 1079 809 1543 1158 1804 1353
M33 x 3.50 1468 1101 2101 1576 2455 1842
M36 x 4.00 1886 1415 2699 2024 3154 2366
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 4.
COMPONENT LOCATIONS & ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
SECTION CONTENTS
Chassis & Drive System Component Locations.................................................................. 4-2
Hydraulic System Component Locations........................................................................... 4-3
Boom, Basket & Stabilizer component Locations............................................................... 4-4
Service Position............................................................................................................ 4-5
Lubrication.................................................................................................................. 4-7
Auto Lube Electric Grease Pump..................................................................................... 4-7
Truck End Grease Point Locations & Chart........................................................................ 4-9
Boom & Basket Grease Points.......................................................................................4-10
Daily Maintenance Items .............................................................................................4-11
Park Brake Test Procedure w/ Murphy Engine Data Display................................................4-14
Park Brake Test Procedure w/ Getman Controller Data Display...........................................4-15
Hydraulic Accessory Mode Park Brake Test .....................................................................4-16
Service Brake Test.......................................................................................................4-17
Checking Fluid Levels...................................................................................................4-17
Inspection and Maintenance Every 50 Hours of Operation.................................................4-17
Exhaust ECS Catalytic Air Purifier..................................................................................4-19
Engine Air Cleaner.......................................................................................................4-21
Inspection and Maintenance Every 250 Hours of Operation................................................4-22
Inspection and Maintenance Every 500 Hours of Operation ...............................................4-24
Inspection and Maintenance Every 1000 Hours of Operation..............................................4-27
Maintaining Lexgard Glass Windows (Cab Option)..................................................................4-28
Wiper Washer System..................................................................................................4-28
Air Conditioning & Heating System (Cab Option)................................................................ 4-28
Boom & Basket Maintenance.........................................................................................4-29
Air Compressor Maintenance.........................................................................................4-33
Compressed Air System Maintenance.............................................................................4-36
ANFO Delivery Equipment Maintenance..........................................................................4-39
Equipment Storage Procedure.......................................................................................4-43
Maintenance Schedule & Check Lists..............................................................................4-44
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
Chassis & Drive System Component Locations
9
3
2
5 4 1
6 6
7 10
10 8
Typical A64 ANFO Drive System Components
1. Engine Compartment 6. Drive Axles and Brakes

2. Batteries and Battery Compartment 7. Forward Drive Shaft
3. Engine Coolant Reserve Tank 8. Rear Drive Shafts
4. Engine Exhaust System 9. Operator Compartment
5. Articulated Steering Joint & Cylinders 10. Tires & Wheels
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
Hydraulic System Component Locations
14
13
2
11
8 1
3
4 6
15
12
5
10
12 10
16
Major Hydraulic System Components
1. Hydraulic Fluid Tank 9. Basket Controls

2. Engine Driven Hydraulic Pumps 10. Hydraulic Brakes
3. Low Pressure Filters 11. Hydraulic Accessory Control Lever (PTO) Next to operator seat
4. High Pressure Filters (Optional) 12. Stabilizer Jacks
5. Steering Cylinders 13. Stabilizer and Lower Boom Controls
6. Man Basket 14 Counterbalancing Basket Leveling Cylinders
7. Boom Lift Cylinders 15. Air Compressor Hydraulic Motor
8. Operator Compartment 16. Mine Air Hydraulic Motors (Optional)
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
Boom, Basket & Stabilizer component Locations
16 17
14
11
8 10
1
4
6 5 3
13
12
15
7 18
2 2
10
Boom Lift, Stabilizers & Hydraulic Accessories
1. Hydraulic Accessory Control Lever 10. Mine Air System

2. Stabilizer Jacks 11. Boom
3. Stabilizer Control Levers & Diverter Valves 12. Telescopic Inner Boom
4. Lower Boom Controls 13. Man Basket
5. Chassis Emergency Stop Button 14. Basket Counter Balancing Leveling Cylinders
6. Electric Emergency Lowering Pump Location (optional) 15. Basket Turret Base Rotation Cylinder
7. Boom Lift Cylinders 16. Basket Engine Start/Shutdown
8. Boom Turret 17. Basket & Boom Controls
9. Air Compressor & Hydraulic Motor 18. Basket Tramming Brackets
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Service Position
General
Before operating or performing any maintenance
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
shutdown and secured in the service position.
Service Position
Properly shutting down and securing the machine is
critical to the safety of the operator and/or service
personnel.
Use the following procedure to place the

machine in the service position.
ARTICULATION ZONE
1. Park vehicle on level area and block wheels.

Articulation Zone on the A64 Series
2. Apply park brake.
3. Lock frame articulation joint by installing safety
bar.
Safety bar installation procedure:
• Remove safety bar pins from the outboard end
of the safety bar.
• Swing safety bar to the safety bar bracket on
the engine end.
• If necessary, start the engine at idle and
move the steering slightly to align the hole
in the safety bar with the hole in the engine
end bracket. Make sure all personnel stand
clear of the articulation joint during steering
adjustments.
• With the holes aligned, insert the pin to secure
Typical Articulation Joint Safety Bar in the Stored Position.
the bar to the engine end.
• Secure the safety bar pin with the cotter pin.
4. Lower the stabilizers until they are in firm
contact with the ground.
WARNING
IF BASKET AND BOOM MUST BE RAISED TO PROVIDE
CLEARANCE OR ACCESS TO SERVICE COMPONENTS, THEY
MUST BE SUPPORTED WITH SAFETY STANDS AND OVERHEAD
LIFTING EQUIPMENT.
Typical Safety Bar in the Steering Lockout Position.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Typical ANFO Truck with Boom & Basket in Service Position
5. Make sure the boom is fully retracted and that

the boom and basket are in the full down and WARNING
stored position.
SEVERE INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO THE
6. Remove all ANFO from pots and charging hoses. EQUIPMENT CAN RESULT IF THE VEHICLE ROLLS OR IS
Then thoroughly wash truck and blow dry. STARTED UNEXPECTEDLY DURING SERVICE. ALWAYS
FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES TO PLACE
7. Stop engine. THE UNIT IN THE SERVICE POSITION AND APPLY LOCKOUT/
TAGOUT PROCEDURES BEFORE ALLOWING ANYONE TO
8. Bleed air pressure from pots and all compressed SERVICE COMPONENTS.
air tanks and components.
9. Disconnect batteries by turning off the Battery
switch.
10. Close fuel line valve at tank ports and/or the
valve near fuel water separator (if equipped).
11. Follow all Lockout/tagout procedures to complete
the service position.
Battery Main Disconnect Switch Location Battery Main Disconnect Switch Locked & Tagged
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Lubrication
You should become familiar with the location of all
components that require frequent lubrication and
include them in the routine maintenance schedule.
Some of these lubrication points require specialized
lubricants. The lubrication points shown in the
photos and listed in the Grease Charts on the
following pages in this section provide a guide to
the location of the grease points on your machine.
NOTICE:
THE BOOM MUST BE RAISED AND SUPPORTED BY THE
SAFETY STANDS OR OVERHEAD LIFT EQUIPMENT TO ACCESS
THE GREASE POINTS FOR SOME BOOM COMPONENTS.
Refer to the Lubrication Cross Reference Chart

in Appendix 5 of this manual and component
manufacturer’s operating or maintenance manuals
for lubricant specifications and maintenance
schedules.
Most lubrication points require grease daily or

weekly. In extremely muddy and dirty conditions
the requirements could increase. The lubrication Electric Grease Pump
frequency outlined in this section should be
considered the minimum requirement.
Auto Lube Electric Grease Pump

An optional electric grease pump provides automatic
lubrication for selected and hard to reach grease fittings. MAX
The pump consists of a pump housing, electric gear
motor, timer and a plastic reservoir with stirring paddle.
Feed lines deliver grease from the pump reservoir to the
fittings. The system is designed to supply lubricant up
to NLGI 2 grease.
Timer
MIN
The timer is factory programmed to run the pump once
every three hours of vehicle run time for approximately
6 min. The lubrication cycle can also be started manually
by pressing a button on the side of the pump housing.
Lubrication frequency and cycle times can be changed

to accommodate different operating conditions. Refer
to the pump manufacturer’s manual for instructions to
change the pump timer programming.
Fill the reservoir through the grease fitting located at

the base of the reservoir using a hand-operated grease
pump. Monitor the grease level in the reservoir daily. Minimum & Full Marks on Grease Reservoir
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Refill reservoir when grease reaches the minimum mark
located on the reservoir. Fill the reservoir to the “Max”
mark on the reservoir.
NOTICE:
THE AUTO LUBE ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP IS OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT AND MAY NOT BE INSTALLED ON YOUR MACHINE.
Clogged Lines or Grease Fittings

It is important to monitor all bearings and
components that are greased by Auto Lube system
at least daily. If one of the fittings becomes blocked
the pump will sense the blockage and will stop.
Consequently, if a blockage exists in any of the
lines or fittings, none of the components greased by
the Auto Lube system will receive grease until the Typical Auto Lube Pump Controls
blockage is corrected. Grease pooling on surfaces
beneath the truck is an indication that a fitting is
blocked. LINE FITTINGS
If a clogged grease line or fitting is preventing the

Auto Lube system from operating, the system can
quickly be returned to operation by bypassing the
clogged circuit until permanent repairs can be made.
To temporarily bypass a clogged or damaged circuit,
remove the grease line for the clogged circuit GREASE BLOCK
from the grease block, located between the pump
and grease fittings. Cap the line fitting to prevent
contamination and secure it to prevent damage
during operation. Insert one of the special bypass
plugs supplied with the Auto Lube system in the
open port on the grease block and tighten the plug.
Bypass plugs are designed allow grease to flow past
the port inside the grease block. The shutdown
BYPASS PLUGS
circuit will sense normal grease flow and allow the
system to operate and provide normal lubrication
to the remaining grease lines. Make sure to correct
the clogged line or fitting as soon as possible to
prevent excessive component wear and damage
Grease Block Showing Typical Line Fittings & Bypass Plugs
from lack of lubrication.
Replacing Grease Lines Use a grease gun attached to one end of the line and
When a grease line is replaced for any reason, it pump until all air is purged and a steady stream of
must be pre-filled with grease to enable the system grease is flowing from the other end. Attach the line
to provide immediate lubrication to the component to the grease block and component. Then tighten the
when the system cycles. If the line is not pre-filled fittings. Activate the pump manually until lubricant
with grease during installation it could take several flows from the component bearing.
days for the Auto Lube system to fill the line and
provide lubrication. Refer to the manufactures manual for additional
information on the operation and maintenance
procedures for the Auto Lube System.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Truck End Grease Point Locations & Chart
5 4
1
3
Truck End Grease Chart

ITEM# QUANTITY COMPONENT DESCRIPTION LUBRICANT FREQUENCY
1. 2 Articulation Bearings Grease Daily

2. 2 Rear Chassis Steering Cylinder Pins Grease Daily
3. 2 Truck End Steering Cylinder Pins Grease Daily
4. 2 Forward Axle Cradle Pins Grease Daily
5. 5 Universal Grease Weekly
6. 8 Optional Rear Outrigger Cylinder & Hinge Pins Grease Weekly
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Boom & Basket Grease Points
3 1
2 2 1
1
4
3 1
4 3
5
Boom and Basket Grease Chart

ITEM# QUANTITY COMPONENT DESCRIPTION LUBRICANT FREQUENCY
1. 3 Basket Tilt/Leveling Cylinder Pins and Hinge Grease Weekly

2. 2 Inner Boom Bearings Grease Weekly
3. 3 Boom Lift Cylinder Pins and Turret Hinge Grease Weekly
4. 2 Lower Leveling Cylinder Pins Grease Weekly
5. 1 Boom Turret Base Grease Daily
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Daily Maintenance Items
Daily maintenance should be performed each day or ENGINE OIL
DIP STICK
at the beginning of each shift. Remember to make
sure the machine is parked in the service position
before performing the following daily maintenance
inspections and service procedures.
Daily inspections and procedures - Engine

Shutdown:
1. Check diesel fuel level. Fill tank if required.

2. Check engine oil level. Add oil if required.
3. Empty and clean air cleaner pre-cleaner dust
bowl. Check filter for dirt and restrictions. FUEL TANK
SIGHT GLASSES
4. Check the fluid level in the hydraulic tank using
the sight glasses on the side of the tank.
NOTICE:
IF YOUR MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH THE OPTIONAL Pre-Cleaner Dust Bowl & Engine Oil Dip Stick
HYDRAULIC TANK HEATING SYSTEM, MAKE SURE IT IS
ACTIVATED WHENEVER THE TEMPERATURE IS BELOW
45O F (7O C).
5. Verify that all wheel lug nuts are present and

tight.
6. Inspect tires for damage and general condition.
Note that if tires are Trojan Core filled, they do
not require air.
Tire, Wheel & Lug Nuts Pre-Cleaner Dust Bowl
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
WARNING
OPERATING THE MACHINE WITH BADLY WORN AND/OR
GOUGED OR DAMAGED TIRES CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY TO
PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO THE MACHINE. NEVER OPERATE
BELT TENSIONER
THE MACHINE WITH WORN OR DAMAGED TIRES.
7. Inspect axle oscillation pins and bearings for

excessive wear and damage.
8. Inspect the articulated joint pins and keepers
on the chassis. Make sure there are no cracked
welds on the joints, the joint pins are in good
condition and that the keepers are tight.
9. Inspect steering cylinders, cylinder pins and
keepers for damage and leaks.
10. Make sure all rock debris is cleaned from
the platform deck, steering cylinders, and
articulation joint.
11. Check all hydraulic hoses and components for
leaks, chaffing or damage. Repair or replace Typical Engine Belt & Automatic Belt Tensioner
questionable hoses or components before Push the belt at center between pulleys with finger. Belt
movement should be 3/8” to 5/8” (10-15 mm).
operating the machine.
12. Check for missing or loose bolts, nuts or screws.
13. Make sure engine mounting bolts are in place and
tight.
14. Check engine water pump and belt(s) for tension
and condition. Worn or damaged belt(s) should
be replaced immediately.
WARNING
MOVING BELTS, COMPONENTS, OR HIGH TEMPERATURE
AREAS ON THE ENGINE OR DRIVETRAIN CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. ALWAYS MAKE
SURE THE ENGINE IS OFF WITH THE MACHINE SECURED IN
THE SERVICE POSITION AND ALLOWED TO COOL FOR AT
LEAST 30 MINUTES BEFORE INSPECTING COMPONENTS OR
CHECKING BELTS.
Coolant Recovery Tank & Handheld fire extinguisher
15. Check engine coolant level and hoses for leaks. Add 18. If the machine is equipped with the automatic
coolant or tighten or replace hoses if necessary. lube pump, make sure the reservoir is full.
16. Make sure the handheld fire extinguisher is 19. Verify green “POWER ON” light flashing once
charged and secure. every 3 seconds and no other lights lit or flashing
on the automatic fire extinguishing system
17. Grease all articulation pins, steering cylinder monitor.
pins and all lubrication points on the chassis per
the lubrication charts. 20. Verify that seat belt & buckle are in good
condition and working properly.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
21. Check that seat adjustments work properly and
lock the seat in position.
22. Check control pedals and steering controls. Make
sure they operate smoothly and return to neutral
position when released.
23. Activate the main battery switch and check
lights, horn and all electrical accessories to
ensure they are operational.
NOTICE:
PERFORM ENGINE MAINTENANCE AS INDICATED IN THE
ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL LOCATED IN THE SERVICE
MANUAL. CONTACT GETMAN TECHNICAL SUPPORT FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
Engine Running at Idle

The following items must be checked with the engine
running at idle speed. Make sure the operator is
seated in the operator’s seat with the park brake
set, wheels blocked and the articulation joint safety
bar installed while inspecting the following items.
1. Inspect all hydraulic hoses, fittings and

components for leaks. Transmission Fluid Level Dip Stick
2. Check engine fuel systems for leaks.

3. Check transmission fluid level. Fluid should
be checked at normal operating temperature
with engine running at idle and transmission in
neutral. For detailed information, refer to the
Transmission Service and Maintenance Manual.
Fill as required.
4. Control System Check. With all other inspections
complete stop the engine and place the machine
in service position. Then perform the following
steps to test the control systems.
• Remove the articulation joint safety bar and

secure it in the storage bracket.
• Remove the wheel blocks and make sure all
personnel are well clear.
• Start the engine and apply the service brake.
• Release the park brake.
• Check all controls for free and proper movement
and that all control functions are normal.
• Perform a park brake system test.
• Perform a service brake system test.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Instrument Panel Showing Park Brake & Park Brake Test Buttons
Tramming Park Brake Test

Park Brake Test Procedure w/ Use the following steps to test the operation of the
Murphy Engine Data Display park brake system:
Before operating the machine it is important to test 1. Set Park Brake. (A)
the park brake system to make sure it is working
properly. This will ensure the park brake system 2. Depress & hold Park Brake Test Button. (B)
will be available if you need it in an emergency or 3. Place the gear selectors lever in Forward and 2nd
to secure the machine when it is parked. This test or 3rd gear.
should be performed daily at the start of each
shift. 4. If 2nd gear, hold engine speed at 1500 RPM. If 3rd
gear, depress throttle pedal fully. THE MACHINE
SHOULD NOT MOVE.
If the vehicle moves when the throttle is pressed,
the machine failed the test and the park brake is not
working properly. Contact maintenance to correct
the problem before operating the machine.
A64 ANFO CHARGER
SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Getman Controller Display & Instrument Panel
Park Brake Test Procedure w/ Getman Controller Main Screen

Getman Controller Data Display
Tramming Park Brake Test
1. Press the button to go to the Main
Screen.
2. Push down Park Brake Button (A) to set the
Brake.
3. Press the button to go the Information
Screen.
4. Press the button to go to the Setup/
Testing Screen.
5. Press the button to advance to the
Brake Test Screen.
6. Press the button to activate Brake Test.
• Blue icon = brake test available
Getman Controller Information Screen
• Red icon = Brake test unavailable (Park
brake button not pushed in)
• Green icon = brake test in progress
7. Place the gear selectors lever in Forward and 2nd
or 3rd gear.
8. If in 2nd gear, hold engine speed at 1500 RPM.
If in 3rd gear, depress throttle pedal fully. THE
MACHINE SHOULD NOT MOVE.
NOTICE:
ALL CONDITIONS OUTLINED IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE
MET BEFORE THE SYSTEM WILL GO INTO PARK BRAKE TEST
MODE.
If the vehicle moves when the throttle is pressed,

the machine failed the test and the park brake is not
working properly. Contact maintenance to correct
the problem before operating the machine. Getman Controller Testing Screen
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Park Brake LED Illuminated Accessory Control Lever - Move Up to Accessory Position
Hydraulic Accessory
1. Press the button to go to the Main
Mode Park Brake Test Screen.
If this machine is equipped with hydraulic accessories
such as a scissor lift, boom basket, boom, cable 2. Move the Accessory Control Lever to accessory
reel, etc. it will have an accessory mode that will position.
automatically engage the park brake when selected.
It is important to ensure that the park brake is 3. Release the Park Brake
functioning properly when Hydraulic Accessory 4. The PARK BRAKE LED should illuminate in the
Mode is activated before operating the machine. Warning Panel and the park brake should be
reapplied automatically.
Use the following steps to test the operation of the
park brake system when Hydraulic Accessory Mode
is selected: If the PARK BRAKE LED does not illuminate
Murphy Engine Data Display red on the main screen and/or the park brake does
1. Move the Accessory Control Lever to accessory not automatically apply, the system is not working
position. properly. Contact maintenance to correct the
problem before operating the machine.
2. Release the Park Brake
3. The PARK BRAKE LED should illuminate in the
Warning Panel and the park brake should be
reapplied automatically.
If the PARK BRAKE LED does not illuminate and/or the
park brake does not automatically apply, the system
is not working properly. Contact maintenance to
correct the problem before operating the machine.
Getman Controller Data Display
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Service Brake Test
The service brakes are activated by the brake pedal
to stop the machine while tramming. The service
brake test should be performed daily at the
start of each shift.
Use the following steps to test the operation

of the service brake system:
1. Test the service brake by fully depressing the
service brake pedal.
2. Place the gear selectors lever in Forward and 2nd
or 3rd gear.
3. If 2nd, hold engine speed at 1500 RPM. If 3rd,
depress throttle fully. THE MACHINE SHOULD
NOT MOVE.
If the machine moves, it has failed the test and
the service brakes are not working properly. Park
the machine, apply wheel chocks and contact
maintenance to correct the problem before
operating the machine.
Brake & Throttle Pedals

WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE ANY MACHINE WITH A FAULTY PARK BRAKE Inspection and Maintenance
OR SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM. SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY
OR DAMAGE TO MACHINE MAY RESULT.
Every 50 Hours of Operation
Perform all daily and as required maintenance along
with the items outlined in this section.
Checking Fluid Levels Engine Running

1. Check engine coolant when the engine is cool. The following items must be checked with the engine
2. Check engine oil with the engine off, and follow running at idle speed. Make sure the operator is
the marks on the dipstick. Before checking seated in the operator’s seat with the park brake
engine oil, allow the engine to sit (not running) set, wheels blocked and all personnel are well clear
for approximately 5 minutes in order for the oil of the machine.
to settle into the bottom end.
1. Check and record hydraulic system pressures
3. Check the transmission fluid with the engine with engine at idle speed. Hydraulic fluid
running. Shift through the gears and follow the temperatures should be between 150° - 180°
marks on the dipstick. Put the vehicle in neutral F (65° - 82° C).
when checking transmission fluid.
2. Check steering hydraulic pressure at low idle
4. Hydraulic fluid is visible in the second sight rpm with steering turned and held against stops.
gauge with all cylinders in the retracted position. Pressure should read 1750 PSI (120 Bars).
5. Axles should be checked after they have had a 3. Check engine exhaust back pressure in neutral
chance to cool. at full throttle. Back pressure in the normal
range indicates that the ECS catalytic particulate
6. Planetary should be checked after it has had a
filter is not blocked and cleaning or additional
chance to cool.
service is not required. Excessive back pressure
indicates a blocked particulate filter that requires
cleaning.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Refer to Exhaust ECS Catalytic Air Purifier section
in this chapter and the engine operation manual
for additional information on the ECS Catalytic Air
Purifier system and back pressure specifications for
your engine.
Engine Shutdown
Remember to make sure the machine is parked in
the service position before performing the following
maintenance inspections and service procedures.
1. Check wheel lug nut torque. Torque to

specifications (479 FT LBS - 650 NM).
2. Check engine air cleaner service indicator.
3. Check all engine air intake connections. Tighten
as required.
4. Clean the cooling fins for the radiator, oil cooler
and transmission cooler with compressed air.
• Remove air cowl on injector side of engine by Service Brakes & Throttle Control
releasing retainer snaps.
• Make sure compressed air pressure does not
exceed 100 PSI to avoid damaging components.
• Blow out the cooling fins.
5. Clean battery tops, battery terminals and inspect
cables.
• Release and open the battery box lid to access
batteries.
• Replace corroded or damaged battery cables.
WARNING
A BATTERY CAN EXPLODE IF A FLAME OR SPARK IGNITES THE
HYDROGEN GAS THE BATTERY EMITS WHILE BEING CHARGED.
BE AWARE OF HYDROGEN GAS BUILD UP UNDER BATTERY
ACCESS PLATE. KEEP OPEN FLAME AND SPARKS AWAY FROM
BATTERY.
ALWAYS REMOVE THE GROUND TERMINAL FROM THE BATTERY

POST FIRST TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY FOR SPARKS WHEN
REMOVING BATTERY CABLES.
Air Cleaner Service Indicator
BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS. DO NOT GET
BATTERY ACID ON SKIN.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
6. Check water separator filter for water by turning
the drain valve counterclockwise approximately
3½ turns until fuel or water starts to drain. When
only fuel is flowing, close the drain valve. Do not
over tighten the valve as this can damage
the threads.
7. Inspect all major components for corrosion or
deformation.
8. Grease upper and lower chassis articulation
joint bearings.
Exhaust ECS Catalytic Air Purifier

Battery Box Lid
Overview
The ECS Catalytic Air Purifier (diesel particulate
filter) must be inspected at least every 50 hours.
The unit should be visually inspected for damage
or corrosion.
Exhaust flow restriction determines the condition

of the particulate filter. This is determined by
checking exhaust back pressure with a back
pressure gauge. Excessive back pressure indicates
a blocked particulate filter that requires cleaning.
Back pressure in the normal range indicates that
the particulate filter is not blocked and cleaning or
additional service is not required.
Most modern diesel engines are equipped with

an ECS Catalytic Particulate filter in the exhaust
system that requires specific operation and
maintenance procedures. It is important that the
engine is operated under load at normal operating
RPM at least 70% of the time to keep the exhaust
temperature high enough for the catalyst to be
effective. Extended periods (over 5 minutes) at
idle or operation at low engine RPM will cause the
catalyst to cool and become clogged with carbon
particles. After a few hours of operation with a
clogged ECS particulate filter the exhaust will begin
to smoke, indicating that the catalyst needs to be
Typical Water Separator Fuel Filter & Drain Valve
cleaned and regenerated.
NOTICE:
AVOID ALLOWING THE ENGINE TO IDLE MORE THAN FIVE
(5) MINUTES AT A TIME. EXTENDED PERIODS AT IDLE OR
OPERATION AT LOW ENGINE RPM WILL CAUSE THE CATALYST
TO COOL TO THE POINT WHERE IT WILL BE INEFFECTIVE AND
BECOME CLOGGED WITH CARBON PARTICLES.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Checking Exhaust Back Pressure
EXHAUST PRESSURE
Before vehicle is put into service and during every 50 GAUGE PORT
hour maintenance, check exhaust back pressure at
full throttle by connecting a back pressure or water
gauge to the 1/8” NPT test port between the purifier
and exhaust manifold. If back pressure exceeds the
engine manufacturer’s specifications or has risen 5”
(127mm) or more since the last regeneration, the
purifier must be regenerated.
Some trucks could be equipped with an optional

exhaust back pressure gauge in the operator EXHAUST
PURIFIER
compartment and don’t require an external gauge
to check back pressure.
Cleaning and Regenerating the Purifier

The following tools, equipment and solvents will be
EXHAUST
required to clean the purifier: SILENCER
• Nylon, hard-bristle parts cleaning brush.

• Solvent-air, parts cleaning gun.
• Super concentrate degreasing solution and
Stoddard solvent or high grade kerosene (sulfur
free).
• Mix 5 parts Stoddard or kerosene to 1 part
super concentrate.
• High pressure air source with regulator set to
30 PSI.
• Pressure Washer (3000 PSI Max) Exhaust Silencer, ECS Purifier & Back Pressure Gauge Port
• Proper sized wrenches to remove the center 6. Completely soak catalyst in solvent/decreasing
section of the purifier. solution for one hour.
7. Solvent-air clean through outlet face of catalyst
WARNING for 10 minutes.
CLEANING SOLUTIONS ARE FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE 8. Air clean through outlet face.
SEVERE BURNS IF THEY IGNITE. USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS IN A PROPERLY 9. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until purifier is clean.
VENTILATED AREA.
10. High pressure water wash purifier through outlet
face and air dry (3000 PSI Max)
Cleaning Procedure: 11. Replace purifier and reassemble exhaust system.
1. Remove exhaust system heat guard.
12. Check back pressure at full throttle to verify
2. Remove center section of purifier. exhaust flow.
3. Dry brush inlet face of catalyst. 13. If an external back pressure gauge was attached
to the exhaust system for testing, remove the
4. Air clean through outlet face of catalyst.
gauge and tighten test port plug.
5. Repeat steps 2 & 3 until inlet face is clean.
14. Reinstall exhaust system heat guard.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
NOTICE:
IF HIGH PRESSURE STEAM IS AVAILABLE, IT MAY BE
SUBSTITUTED FOR SOLVENT SOLUTION. STEAM CLEAN
THROUGH OUTLET FACE, KEEPING NOZZLE 2” (51 MM)
AWAY FROM CATALYST FACE. IF PURIFIER HAS BEEN
REGENERATED BUT ENGINE CONTINUES TO SMOKE, ENGINE
MUST BE SERVICED OR AIR CLEANER FILTERS REPLACED TO
MAINTAIN SAFE EXHAUST CONDITIONS.
NOTICE:
IF EXHAUST THE SYSTEM IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMBIFILTER
THAT REQUIRES A REGENERATION STATION, REFER TO THE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM’S REGENERATION PROCEDURES
IN THE ENGINE MANUALS INSTEAD OF THE PROCEDURES
OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION.
Catalyst Inlet Face
Engine Air Cleaner 3. Clean inside housing and inspect safety element.
The air cleaner should be cleaned at intervals Replace if necessary.
recommended by the engine manufacturer.
Suggested service intervals may need to be adjusted 4. Install new primary element.
depending on operating conditions. In severe
conditions, the air cleaner may require daily service. 5. Check cover O-ring to ensure a good seal.
Reposition cover and thumbscrew.
Servicing the Air Cleaner 6. Reset service indicator.
This vehicle is equipped with a dry type air cleaner
filter element. Lack of engine power and/or 7. Replace safety filter element at least every
excessive exhaust smoke during operation are signs 5th primary filter change or more frequently if
the air filter elements require service. necessary. Safety filter element is replaced using
the same procedure as the primary element.
During normal operating conditions, check service
indicator and clear the dust collector discharge slot Refer to the engine operation manual for additional
daily. Service air cleaner only when indicator locks information on service intervals and changing the
in red position. air cleaner on your machine.
The following procedure is typical for servicing

most air cleaners. These are general disassembly
instructions. The procedure for your equipment
may differ slightly depending on the engine and air
cleaner system installed on your machine.
Typical air cleaner service procedure:

1. Loosen cover clamp by unscrewing support
clamp and remove cover.
2. Unscrew filter support thumbscrew and remove
and discard primary filter element.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
O-RING
SUPPORT SCREW
BAFFLE
HOUSING
CLAMP HOLD DOWN
COVER PRIMARY FILTER ELEMENT
VACULATOR VALVE
Typical Air Cleaner Assembly - Change Elements as Required

Note: The air cleaner assembly on your equipment may differ from this drawing.
Inspection and Maintenance

Perform all daily, as required and 50 hour maintenance
along with the items outlined in this section.

1. Check hydraulic fluid level and filters.
WARNING
PRE-CLEANER
A LWAY S D E P R E S S U R I Z E T H E H Y D R A U L I C S Y S T E M DUST BOWL
(H Y DRAULIC SYSTEM AND ACCUM ULATORS) B E FOR E
REMOVING ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS, HOSES OR
FITTINGS. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS Typical Air Cleaner Housing, Service Indicator &
INJURY OR DEATH. Pre-Cleaner Dust Bowl
2. Check radiator coolant, change if needed. Refer

to the engine operation and service manuals for
additional information for servicing the engine.
3. Grease driveshaft universal joints, slip yokes
and center bearing.
4. Check lubricant level in both differential housings
and in all four reduction gears (hubs). Add fluid
as required.
• The differential housing fluid and the fluid that
lubricates the reduction gears in the hubs is
separate.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
• Make sure the area around the fill and level
plugs is clean.
• To check the fluid level in the differential,
remove the fill and level plug at the top of the
differential. The fluid level should be within
1/4” of the bottom of fill plug threads.
• To check the fluid level in the reduction gears
(hubs), the wheels must rotated such that the
hub drain/fill plug is positioned at 900. The
reduction gear fluid level should be within 1/4”
of the bottom of fill plug threads.
• Remove axle breather, clean in solvent
and dry with compressed air. Re-install
breathers.
Typical Hydraulic Tank Filler Cap
NOTICE:
REFER TO THE LUBRICANT CROSS REFERENCE CHART IN
THIS MANUAL OR THE AXLE SERVICE MANUAL FOR PROPER
FLUID AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
5. Fill and check transmission using the following

procedure:
• Fill transmission to low mark on dipstick.
• Run engine at idle 500-600 RPM to prime the
torque converter, transmission fluid hoses and
cooler. Typical Hydraulic System Filter
• Re-check fluid level with engine at idle and

transmission in neutral. Bring fluid level to low
mark on dipstick.
• Allow the engine to run at idle to raise the
temperature of the transmission fluid to
normal operating temperature, 58° to 248°F
(70°-120°C.)
• Check the fluid level and add as required to
raise fluid level to the full mark on the dipstick.
• Check for oil leaks.
Refer to the Transmission Service & Maintenance

Manual for detailed instructions for changing the
fluid and servicing the transmission.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Inspection and Maintenance
Perform all daily, as required, 50 hour and 250 hour
maintenance along with the items outlined in this
section.

1. Inspect automatic fire extinguishing system

components for damage, debris buildup and
corrosion.
Coolant Recovery Tank
• Inspect monitor and manual discharge button
mounting brackets. Make sure they are tight
and not damaged or cracked.
• Make sure the manual discharge safety pins
are in place and attached to the tether chain.
DRAIN/FILL
PLUG
DRAIN PLUG
Typical A64 Front or Rear Axle Hub Drain/Fill Plug at the 900 Location to Check Fluid Level
Typical A64 Front or Rear Axle

1. Differential Oil Fill and Level Plug 3. Axle Breather
2. Differential Oil Drain Plug 4. Reduction Gear (Hub) Fill, Level & Drain Plug
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
FILL FITTING
DIP STICK
Typical Transmission Transmission Fluid Level Dip Stick & Fill Fitting
• Verify green “POWER ON” light flashing once

every 3 seconds and no other lights lit or WARNING
flashing on the monitor. The system must be
serviced if the green light is not flashing or SOME COMPONENTS OF THE AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM ARE ACTIVATED BY HIGH PRESSURE NITROGEN GAS
other lights are lit or flashing. THAT CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONNEL. ONLY
CERTIFIED ANSUL TECHNICIANS SHOULD REPLACE TANKS,
• Check that all nozzles are tight in the mounting PRESSURIZED GAS CARTRIDGES, HOSES OR ANY OTHER
brackets. Tighten if necessary. COMPONENTS IN THE AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM.
• Make sure the blow-off caps are on all nozzles.
Replace any missing caps.
• Make sure nozzles are not clogged or covered • Inspect the agent tank and pressure gas
with debris. Clean if necessary. cartridge. Make sure they are securely
mounted and there is no obvious signs or
• Inspect all discharge and high pressure corrosion or damage.
hoses for abrasions and deterioration. If
replacement is necessary, contact a certified • Make sure the certification tag is attached to
Ansul technician. the system and is current.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
2. Check brake disc lining wear. The wet disc
brake linings and brake system are checked MANUAL
by performing a park brake and service brake DISCHARGE BUTTON
test. Refer to Park Brake and Service Brake test SAFETY PIN
procedures in the Daily Maintenance section for
the procedures to test the brake system.
3. Check hydraulic tank and filters.
WARNING
A LWAY S D E P R E S S U R I Z E T H E H Y D R A U L I C S Y S T E M
(HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND VEHICLE ACCUMULATORS)
“BEFORE” REMOVING ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS,
HOSES OR FITTINGS. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
NOTICE:
GREEN POWER
TO AVOID CONTAMINATION, CLEAN THE TOP OF THE TANK
LIGHT
BEFORE SERVICING.
Ansul Fire Extinguishing System Monitor
Manual Discharge Button & Safety Pin
Typical Discharge Nozzle & Blow-Off Cap
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Inspection and Maintenance 4. Differentials are equipped with magnetic
drain plugs that attract metal particles and
Every 1000 Hours of Operation remove them from the lube oil. Metal particles
Perform all daily, as required, 50 hour, 250 hour accumulating on drain plugs is normal. These
and 500 hour maintenance along with the items particles must be removed at each oil change.
outlined in this section.
• Clean the area around the fill and drain plugs.
Remember to make sure the machine is parked in Remove the drain plug at the bottom of the
the service position before performing the following differential to drain the fluid.
maintenance inspections and service procedures. • When axle is empty of all fluid, clean and re-
install drain plug.
1. Drain, clean and flush hydraulic tank.
• Remove fill plug. Add specified lubricant until
fluid level reaches bottom of fill plug threads.
WARNING Clean and re-install differential fill plug.
A LWAY S D E P R E S S U R I Z E T H E H Y D R A U L I C S Y S T E M 5. Drain and replace the fluid in the hubs. The fluid
(HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND VEHICLE ACCUMULATORS) in the hubs should always be changed when the
“BEFORE” REMOVING ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS,
HOSES OR FITTINGS. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN differential fluid is changed.
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
Changing Hub Fluid
Before changing the fluid in the hubs, it is important
that the wheels are rotated such that the drain plug
NOTICE: is directly at the top of the hub so it can be loosened
TO AVOID CONTAMINATION, CLEAN THE TOP OF THE TANK to relieve any accumulated pressure.
BEFORE SERVICING.
• Clean the area around the hub drain/fill plug.
• Remove reservoir fill cap and empty the • Make sure the wheel is rotated so the drain/fill
hydraulic reservoir tank by removing drain plug is directly at the top of the hub. Loosen
the plug and allow any pressure to vent.
plug.
• Rotate the wheel so the drain/fill plug is at the
• When the tank is drained, remove the inspection
bottom. Remove the plug and allow the fluid
plate and disconnect the sump strainer.
to drain completely.
• Remove the strainer and plug the suction port with • When hub is empty of all fluid, clean and re-
a 1 1/2” NPT cap to prevent contamination that install drain plug.
could cause damage to hydraulic components.
• Rotate the wheel so the drain/fill plug is at 900.
• Inspect the tank for sludge buildup and other
contaminates. Steam clean and or flush the tank • Add specified lubricant through the fill hole
with solvent as required. until fluid level reaches bottom of fill plug hole.
Clean and re-install drain/fill plug.
• Thoroughly clean or replace the sump strainer.
6. Check tolerance in articulating steering and
• Remove the cap from the suction port and install oscillating axle cradle pins and bushings for
the strainer in the tank. excessive wear, cracks or other signs of fatigue.
Replace worn or damaged components.
• Fill hydraulic reservoir with fresh fluid.
7. Check tolerance in steering cylinder pins and
• Monitor the fluid level using the sight gauges. bushings for excessive wear, cracks or other
Add fluid until the tank is full. signs of fatigue. Replace worn or damaged
2. Replace hydraulic system filter. components.
3. Drain and replace front and rear axle differential 8. Have automatic fire extinguishing system
and fire extinguishers inspected by a certified
drain fluid.
technician.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Maintaining Lexgard Washer Reservoir
The washer reservoir is located in the operator
Glass Windows (Cab Option) compartment below the passenger seat. It is
Lexgard plastic glass can be scratched and requires
specific procedures for maintenance and cleaning. translucent to enable the operator to monitor the
Solvents and products containing ammonia can fluid level. Remove the cap and fill the reservoir
permanently damage plastic glass. whenever the washer fluid level drops below 1/2
tank.
Do not use the following on Lexgard glass:
• Abrasive cleaners Wiper Blades
Wiper blades should be replaced if they are worn or
• Acetone
damaged. The blades are changed as an assembly by
• Solvents removing the cap nut and bolt that secures the blade
assembly to the wiper arm as shown in the photos.
• Cleaners containing ammonia
• Typical glass cleaners Air Conditioning &
• MEK Heating System (Cab Option)
• Gasoline The optional air conditioner condenser and the filter
for the air handler must be cleaned regularly to keep
• Any other solvent not specifically approved for the air conditioning system operating efficiently.
Lexgard by Getman Corporation. Poor air flow from the vents in the cab and reduced
cooling output are indicators that the condenser
Cleaning Lexgard glass:
and/or air handler filter need to be cleaned.
• Never wipe dirty glass with a dry cloth. Always
flood the glass with plenty of fresh water to
The air conditioner condenser is located on the
rinse off most dirt.
chassis behind the cab or on top of the cab. It should
• Use a soft cloth and a liberal solution of mild be cleaned using a garden hose, soft brush and mild
soap and water to clean the glass. detergent frequently.
• Rinse thoroughly with clean fresh water. The filter for the air handler is located at the base of
• Dry with a soft cotton cloth, flannel cloth or the air handler assembly above the operator seat.
chamois. The washable filter element is removed by releasing
the screws filter housing. Use a soft brush with mild
Fine scratches can be removed with a fine soap and water to clean the filter. Allow it to dry,
automotive clear coat polishing compound. A coat then secure in position with clips.
of automotive or plastic wax is beneficial to protect
the surface.
For deep scratches, badly scratched glass or

additional information on solvents approved for
Lexgard, contact Getman Corporation for assistance.
Wiper Washer System

If your machine is equipped with the cab option, it
will be equipped with a window wiper and washer
system. Using the wipers on a dry window or with
damaged blades will scratch the window. You should
fill the washer reservoir and inspect the blades at
the beginning of each shift.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Boom & Basket Maintenance
ANFO Truck Boom & Basket
Daily Maintenance & Inspection Engine Shutdown

Remember to make sure the machine is parked in 1. Check basket floor. It must be clear of debris,
the service position with the boom and basket in and not damaged or in need of repair.
the full down position with the basket secured in the
2. Inspect safety rails, posts and chains or door.
tramming brackets before performing the following
All must be in good condition and not damaged
or in need of repair.
Refer to the Service Position and Lubrication chapter 3. Inspect fall arrestor/safety harness attachment
for instructions on putting the machine in service rings and hardware for wear, damage and loose
position. bolts. Replace components or tighten loose bolts
as required.
WARNING 4. Check hoses and fittings for signs of leaks.
IF BASKET AND BOOM MUST BE RAISED TO PROVIDE 5. Check hose and cable pathways for signs of
CLEARANCE OR ACCESS TO SERVICE COMPONENTS, THEY rubbing and wear.
MUST BE SUPPORTED WITH SAFETY STANDS AND OVERHEAD
LIFTING EQUIPMENT. 6. Check Boom and lift components for cracks and
stress fissures.
Refer to Boom and Basket Grease Point Locations & 7. Check for loose or missing bolts on the boom
Charts for lubrication points and schedule. and turret.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Typical Boom Components
Engine Running
1. Lower and raise stabilizers, they should work
smoothly. Be sure each one has a foot plate.
2. Secure and level the chassis with the stabilizers.
3. Using the lower controls, raise basket to full
height and extension. Swing boom right and
left, then move back to center. Monitor hydraulic
hoses, cables and air lines for tight bends, kinks
and chaffing as the boom moves.
4. Center boom above the chassis, then retract
and lower the basket until it is 5 feet above the
chassis. Monitor hydraulic hoses, cables and air
lines for tight bends, kinks and chaffing as the
boom retracts and lowers.
5. Rotate basket right and left. Tilt basket out and Typical Boom To Basket Hose Routing - Boom Retracted
in. Monitor hydraulic hoses and air lines for tight
bends, kinks and chaffing as the basket moves.
6. Make sure the leveling cylinders are operating
smoothly and that the basket maintains level
throughout the full boom lift range.
7. Check all hydraulic cylinders and control valves
for leaks and proper operation. Verify that the
boom and basket move smoothly thru the full
range of each motion.
8. Lower the boom and basket to the full down
position.
9. Repeat steps 3 thru 6 using the basket controls.
Verify smooth operation of the basket control
Typical Turret End Hose Routing - Boom & Basket Down
levers.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
10. Lower the boom and basket to the full down
position with the basket on the chassis and
secured in the tramming brackets.
11. Make sure all controls levers operating smoothly.
Lubricate, repair or replace controls that stick
or are not operating smoothly.
12. Inspect basket tramming brackets on chassis.
Make sure they are in good condition, fit the
basket properly and that all bolts are tight.
Report any damaged or kinked hoses, control
problems or any unusual or suspected conditions
to maintenance and put an “out of service” tag on
the machine until repairs are completed.
Weekly/50 Hr Maintenance & Inspection

the service position with the boom and basket in
tramming brackets before performing the following Basket in Cradle
Refer to the Service Position and Lubrication chapter

for instructions on putting the machine in service
position.
Lubrication
Refer to Boom and Basket Grease Point Locations &
Charts for lubrication points and schedule.
Maintenance & Inspection - Engine Shutdown Typical Chassis Mounted Lower Boom & Basket Controls
1. Perform all daily maintenance along with the
items outlined in this section.
2. Lubricate all boom lift linkage, hinges, inner
booms, and turret grease fittings.
3. Lubricate all basket linkage grease fittings.
4. Test all boom and basket control levers for free
and proper movement. Make sure the levers
return to the neutral position.
5. Lubricate control levers with oil.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
250 Hour Maintenance & Inspection
the service position with the boom and basket in
tramming brackets before performing the following
position.
Lubrication
Refer to Boom and Basket Grease Point Locations &
Charts for lubrication points and schedule.
Maintenance & Inspection - Engine Shutdown

1. Perform all daily and weekly/50 hour maintenance
2. Inspect inner boom Delron wear pads. Replace if
worn to the thickness of the bolts heads securing
the pads. Indicators of worn pads are as:
• Wear pads are worn to within 1/16” of pad
mount bolt heads.
• Excessive boom sag at full extension.
• Excessive bounce when an extended boom is
moved.
• Unusual scraping sounds while extending or
retracting the boom.
4000 Hr/5 year Maintenance & Inspection

Every 4000 operating hours or 5 years, whichever
come first, the boom and basket must be completely Lower Boom Wear Pads
disassembled and inspected to ensure reliability and
safety. This inspection is highly detailed and must
be performed by qualified technicians. Refer to
the service manual for information and instructions
for performing the 4000 hour/5 year inspection
procedure.
Upper Boom Wear Pads
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Air Compressor Maintenance
the service position with the boom and basket in the
full down position before performing the following

position.
The air compressor is optional and many different

types are available. Therefore, the maintenance
instructions in this section are general and for
reference purposes only. Air Compressor operating
and service manuals are included with the literature
package. Refer to those manuals for specific safety
and maintenance instructions for the air compressor Typical Air Compressor, Drive Belt & Hydraulic Motor
on your unit.
Daily Maintenance & Inspection

Many air compressors have quick reference
maintenance and information labels on the inside
of the shroud. Refer to the labels for specific daily
points of inspection and other routine maintenance
required for the compressor on this machine.
Truck engine and compressor not running

1. Make sure the truck is level and check the air
compressor fluid level in the sight glass. Refer
to the air compressor operating manual for the
location of the sight glass.
2. Check the drive belt tension. Refer to Checking
and Adjusting Drive Belt Tension in this section
and the compressor manuals for instructions. Typical Information & Maintenance Labels Inside Shroud
3. Check compressor components for fluid leaks

and loose bolts.
4. Drain water from compressed air receiver tank.
Make sure to close the valve when draining is
complete.
50 Hour Inspection and Maintenance

(New Air Compressors Only)
Most air compressors require special maintenance
and inspections after the break in period. Refer to
the air compressor operating and service manuals
for information on the maintenance required after
the break in period.
Typical Compressed Air Receiver Drain Valve
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
500 Hour Maintenance & Inspection
Most air compressors require the following component DRIVE BELT DEFLECTION
inspection and maintenance. Always refer to the air 0.39” (.99 cm) @ 12-13 lbf
compressor operating and maintenance manual for
maintenance intervals and procedures for the air
compressor on this truck.
1. Change the fluid and filter.

2. Replace the intake air filter.
3. Inspect and clean the fluid cooler.
4. Check the drive belt tension. Tighten or replace
belts if necessary.
Checking and Adjusting Dive Belt Tension Compressor Drive Belt Deflection
(Force Deflection Method)
The air compressor drive belt must be checked
weekly and adjusted or replaced as necessary.
Proper belt tension is extremely important. The
belts are strong enough to cause severe damage to
bearings, shafts and other components if they are
set too tight. Additionally, if the belts are too loose
they will slip on the pulleys causing slow compressor
speed, low air pressure and damage to belts and
pulleys.
Depending on the air compressor installed on this

truck, the belt tension for your air compressor
may be different than the tension stated in these
instructions. Make sure you follow the instructions
in this section and in the air compressor operating
and service manuals when adjusting the drive belts.
Always set the tension to proper specifications and
never overtighten them. Typical Spring Tension Belt Tension Gauge
CAUTION
O V E R T I G H T E N E D D R I V E B E LT S C A N C A U S E S E V E R E
DAMAGE TO PULLEYS, SHAFTS AND BEARINGS IF THEY ARE
ADJUSTED TOO TIGHT OR MISALIGNED. ALWAYS MAKE SURE
THE BELTS ARE PROPERLY ALIGNED AND SET TO PROPER
SPECIFICATIONS WHEN THEY REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT AND
NEVER OVERTIGHTEN THE BELTS.
Refer to the belt manufacturer’s manual for
additional maintenance information on drive belt
installation and tension.
The proper way to check belt tension is to use a
belt tension tester. A simple spring scale gauge type Spring Scale Tester - Force Deflection Method
tester will do the job. The spring scale type tester is used by measuring
how much force is required to deflect the belt at
New belts should be rechecked for tension after 50 the center of its span by a specified distance (force
hours of operation. Then check the tension at least deflection method) as shown in the sketch in this
once every 250 hours. section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Checking belt tension using the force deflection 3. Loosen the locknut on the adjustment stud and
method: back it off 3 full turns.
1. Make sure the truck is in service position
and locked and tagged out. Make sure the 4. Rotate the adjusting stud to adjust the belt to the
compressor is cool. proper specification. Use a belt tension gauge to
achieve proper tension. Refer to Checking Belt
2. Open the air compressor shroud. Tension in this section and the air compressor
manuals for belt tension specifications.
3. At the center of the span use a belt tension
gauge to apply a deflection force of 12-13 lbf 5. With the belt tension within specifications, check
perpendicular to the span. At least one pulley the pulley alignment with a straight edge against
should be free to rotate. Be sure the force is the outside face of the drive and driven pulleys
applied evenly across the entire belt width. to make sure the pulleys are parallel.
4. Monitor the scale on the tension gauge closely. 6. Align the hydraulic motor by loosening the four
A properly tensioned belt will deflect 0.39” (.99 mount bolts in the slotted mounting plate holes
cm) at 12-13 lbf. and sliding the motor as required. Then tighten
the mounting bolts. Refer to the service manual
5. If it the deflection is more than the recommended for the compressor/hydraulic motor alignment
distance, the belt should be tightened. If it is procedure.
less than the recommend distance, the belt
should be loosened. 7. When proper tension in achieved and alignment
is verified, tighten the locknut on the adjustment
Refer to Drive Belt Adjustment in this section for stud and mounting bolts to proper specifications.
instructions on adjusting the drive belt tension.
8. Recheck belt tension and alignment. Readjust
Drive Belt Adjustment if necessary.
The compressor hydraulic drive motor is mounted on
9. Close the shroud.
a hinged, adjustable mount. A threaded adjusting
stud on the mount is used to adjust the drive belt 10. Reactivate the machine and start the engine.
tension.
11. Engage the hydraulic system and set engine
Drive Belt Adjustment Procedure: speed.
1. Make sure the truck is in service position 12. Activate and run the compressor for 30 seconds
and locked and tagged out. Make sure the to verify proper operation and belt alignment.
compressor is cool.
13. If operation is normal, the air compressor is
2. Open the air compressor shroud. ready for operation.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Compressed Air System Maintenance
General
The optional mine air system uses air driven motors
to run a hydraulic pump that supplies pressurized
fluid to the stabilizer jacks, the boom/basket and to
an alternator that maintains the batteries while the
engine is not running. This saves fuel and reduces
emissions during operations.
The ANFO material delivery system is also air

powered and can be supplied compressed air from
OILER
an onboard air compressor or the mine air system.
FILTER/DRYER
Other than the air driven motors that power the
hydraulic pump and alternator in the mine air
system, the components in both compressed air
systems are similar and require the same routine
maintenance.
Refer to the service manual for detailed repair and

replacement procedures for compressed air powered
components.
Daily Maintenance & Inspection

Before performing any maintenance procedure
System not pressurized

1. Before performing routine maintenance on any
component in the pneumatic system, open the ANFO Tree Filter/Dryer & Oiler Drain Valves
air drain ball valves to ensure all pressure is bled
from the system. Also make sure compressed air
components are cool. 7. Check all air hoses and connections for damage,
2. Open the drain valve on the filter/dryers and loose connections and chaffing. Repair or replace
the compressed air receiver tank and drain any questionable components.
any accumulated water. Close the valves when 8. Check pneumatic control valves in the basket or
draining is complete. on the remote control panel for free and proper
3. Remove the bowl on the oiler. Make sure the operation.
bowl is clean and fill with 10 weight motor oil System Pressurized by the air compressor or
and reinstall. mine air
4. Check the pressure regulator valves and make 1. Activate the air compressor and allow pressure
sure they operate easily. to build to normal operating pressure or if
connected to mine air, open the ANFO air supply
5. Open and close all manual ball valves and make ball valve to pressurize the system.
sure they are operating properly.
2. Check the main supply air pressure. Most
6. Manually activate the high pressure relieve systems are designed to operate at a maximum
valve on the air compressor tank to ensure it is main air working pressure of 100 PSI (6.9 BAR).
operating properly.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Typical Mine Air Filter/Dryer & Oiler
3. Make sure the ANFO system pilot air regulator is 1000 Hour Inspection and Maintenance
set to 70 PSI (4.8 BAR). If the truck is equipped 1. Before performing routine maintenance on any
with mine air, check the following: component in the pneumatic system, open the
• Make sure that there is no more than 100 PSI air drain ball valves to ensure all pressure is bled
(6.9 BAR) being supplied to the air motors that from the system. Also make sure compressed air
power the air driven hydraulic and alternator components are cool.
motors.
2. Perform all daily maintenance along with the items
• Activate the air hydraulic and alternator outlined in this section.
motors and monitor the oiler sight glass for
proper oil flow. Flow should be 1 drop every 3 3. Clean or replace filters in the filter/dryers using
seconds. Adjust flow if necessary. the following procedure:
• Remove the bowl by unscrewing the bowl
4. Briefly activate the ANFO pot vibrator motor or loosing the clamping ring. Turn the bowl
and monitor the flow of oil from the oiler. Flow upsidedown and tap on a hard surface to loosen
should be 1 drop every 3 seconds. Adjust flow contaminates.
if necessary.
• Use an air gun to blow out residual dirt and
5. Turn all air motors off when testing and moisture. Wipe the bowl clean.
adjustments are complete.
• Inspect bowl and seals. Replace if damaged or
6. Use the pneumatic control levers to turn all cracked.
pneumatically activated valves on and off to
verify proper operation. • Tap filter element on a hard surface and blow off
with an air gun to clean. Replace if necessary.
• Lubricate the bowl seal with oil and install the
filter. Tighten the bowl or retaining ring.
4. Disassemble inspect and clean oiler using the
following procedure:
• Contaminants from dirty oil can collect on
bottom of bowl or on the siphon tube inlet filter.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
• Drain all oil from the bowl.
• Remove the bowl by unscrewing the bowl
or loosing the clamping ring. Turn the bowl
upsidedown and tap on a hard surface to loosen
contaminates.
• Use an air gun to blow out residual dirt and
contaminated oil. Wipe the bowl clean.
• Inspect bowl and seals. Replace if damaged
or cracked.
• Make sure the oiler siphon tube is not clogged.
Remove and clean if necessary.
• Remove flow-guide variable orifice screw and
clean the passage with a small wire.
• Check orifice screw’s bore for contaminants
and clean it if necessary.
• Be sure that the passage downward from sight
dome cavity into the flow guide variable orifice
post is open. Clean as required.
• Remove adjusting screw, clean the needle and
seat in the body. Inspect and clean the passage
from needle seat to the siphon tube adapter.
Typical Tree Oiler Bowl
• Reassemble the flow control valve.
• Refill the bowl and coat the bowl seal with SAE
10 weight detergent motor oil. Then install and
tighten the bowl or retaining ring. SIGHT GLASS
• Pressurize the compressed air system and

activate the air motors. Monitor the oiler sight
glass for proper oil flow. Flow should be 1 drop
every 3 seconds. Using the adjustment screw,
adjust flow of oil until the proper flow rate is
achieved.
5. Lubricate all manually activated ball valves with
oil to keep them free.
6. Lubricate the pneumatic control levers in the
basket and/or the remote control panel.
7. Check the tree and all mounted pressurized air
equipment for loose bolts and screws. Tighten
as required.
8. Check all pressure gauges in the system to
ensure they are reading properly. SIPHON TUBE
Refer to the service manual for additional instructions

for servicing and maintaining the air motors and
other compressed air components. Typical Oiler Sight Glass & Siphon Tube
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
ANFO Delivery Equipment Maintenance
Ammonium nitrate absorbs moisture and is
extremely corrosive. Therefore, components of the
ANFO delivery system require special maintenance
procedures to reduce the possibility of corrosion
and clogs. Always remember to wash the truck
and ANFO delivery equipment as stated in this
chapter at the completion of each shift or work day.
WARNING
MATERIAL OR RESIDUE LEFT IN POTS OR OTHER COMPONENTS
COULD CAUSE A FIRE OR EXPLOSION DURING SERVICE OR
WELDING OPERATIONS. TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF A
FIRE OR EXPLOSION, ALL LOADING AND CHARGING SYSTEM
P O T S, P L U M B I N G, D E L I V E RY H O S E S A N D O T H E R
COMPONENTS MUST BE THOROUGHLY PURGED OF MATERIAL
THEN WASHED WITH CLEAN FRESH WATER AND BLOWN DRY
WITH COMPRESSED AIR AT END OF EACH SHIFT OR WORK
DAY.
Daily Maintenance and Inspection

Before performing any maintenance procedure
Engine and Compressed Air System Shutdown

1. Open the tank drain ball valve to ensure all
pressure is bled from the pot and delivery system.
2. Inspect the earth ground bonding cable from the ANFO Pot & Delivery System
pot to the chassis. Make sure the connections are
free of corrosion and tight.
3. Inspect the ground reel assembly. Make sure the
TANK DRAIN
assembly mounting bolts are tight. Also make sure BALL VALVE
that the chassis end of the earth grounding cable
and the connector are free of corrosion and tight.
4. Make sure the cable clamp is free of corrosion and
that the clamp hinge is free and working properly.
5. Open the pot lid and remove the screen. Using a
powerful light, inspect the inside of the pot. Make
sure it is clean, dry and free of material. Clean
if necessary. TANK SUPPLY
BALL VALVE
6. Inspect the sealing cap. Make sure it is pliable and
free of material or debris.
7. Make sure the screen is in good condition. Replace
the screen and close the lid. ANFO Lid, Drain & Supply Ball Valves
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
POT SUPPLY AIR
BALL VALVE
CLEAN OUT AIR

BALL VALVE
BOOST AIR
BALL VALVE
ANFO System Components
8. Open and close all ball valves on the pot and 2. Open the boost and clean out air ball valves.
delivery elbow. Make sure the valves are free and
operating properly. 3. Activate the ANFO SUPPLY lever and make sure
the boost air, supply valve and vibrator activate
9. Check for loose or missing bolts on the air control and are working properly. Also make sure the
valve tree, pot and other chassis mounted boost valve opens and delivers compressed
components. air to the delivery hose. Then close the ANFO
SUPPLY lever.
10. Inspect delivery hose clamps. Make sure they
are in good condition and tight. Tighten or 4. Activate the CLEAN OUT control lever and make
replace as required. sure the clean out valve opens and delivers
compressed air to the delivery hose. Then close
11. Inspect the delivery hose. Make sure it is in good the CLEAN OUT lever.
condition and not damaged.
5. Reset the ball valves to the operating settings.
Compressed Air System Activated and ANFO Then deactivate the compressed air system and
Delivery System Pressurized bleed off pressure.
1. Make sure the pilot air pressure is set to 70 PSI
(4.8 BAR).
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
After operation and Shutdown
Make sure ANFO delivery pots and hoses are
completely purged of material.
1. Use clean, fresh water to flush all material
residue from the inside of the pots and delivery
elbow.
2. Wash residue from the outside of the pots,
chassis, boom, basket and all ANFO system
components.
3. Use compressed air to blow dry all ANFO
components.
4. Briefly activate the compressed air system and
pressurize the pots.
5. Make sure the boost and clean out ball valves
are open and activate the ANFO SUPPLY AND
CLEAN OUT valve to blow moisture from the
pots, delivery elbow, and delivery hose. Then
close the SUPPLY AND CLEAN OUT valves.
Reset the boost and clean out ball valves to the
operating setting.
6. Shutdown the compressed air system and
prepare the truck for shutdown.

Before performing any maintenance procedure Earth Grounding Reel, Cable & Connection Clamp
1. Perform all daily maintenance along with the

items outlined in this section.
2. Fully extend the earth ground cable and inspect
for damage or corrosion. Replace the cable if
necessary.
3. Make sure the spring loaded reel operates and
retracts automatically when released. Replace
the reel assembly if problems are found.
4. Check the earth grounding and bonding system
for continuity by a qualified technician or
electrician. Correct any problems found.
5. Uncoil the delivery hose and carefully inspect for
damage. Also check for corrosion at the delivery
elbow connection. Clean corrosion or replace
delivery hose if necessary.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
1. Perform all daily and 250 hour maintenance
2. Disconnect the earth ground cable from the
chassis.
• Clean corrosion from the wire connector and
chassis.
• Coat the connector with die electric grease,
reconnect and tighten the fastener.
3. Clean the electrical connectors on the earth
ground cable clamp.
4. Remove the pot to chassis ground bonding cable.
• Clean corrosion from the connector on each
end of the cable and at the pot and chassis
connection points.
• Coat the connectors with die electric grease .
• Reinstall the cable and tighten the fasteners.
Earth Ground Bonding Cable
• Have the earth grounding system tested
for continuity by a qualified technician or
electrician.
5. Open the pot lid and inspect the sealing cap for
wear, cracks and pliability. Replace if damaged,
cracked or stiff.
6. Inspect ANFO pot to chassis mounting bolts
and isolators. Make sure isolators are in good
condition and bolts are tight. Tighten bolts or
isolators if necessary.
7. Lubricate all ball valves with oil.
8. Check all hose clamps for corrosion and damage.
Replace as required.
ANFO Pot Isolators & Mounting Bolts
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Equipment Storage Procedure Transmission and Hydraulics
The following storage instructions are intended to No special care is required except exposed cylinder
help ensure optimum performance from Getman rods should be covered with grease.
equipment that will not be utilized for a period of
three months to one year. Axle
Axle housings should be filled completely to
eliminate the change of moisture condensation.
CAUTION
THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE FOLLOWED AS
Brake System
DESCRIBED IN ORDER TO KEEP YOUR WARRANTY VALID. IF Drain all air reservoirs of moisture.
THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS, PLEASE CONTACT GETMAN
TECHNICAL SUPPORT. Batteries
Remove batteries, clean off tops and store in a well-
ventilated battery storage area. Do not store on
CAUTION concrete or metal and make sure the battery charge
is maintained during the storage period.

AMMONIUM NITRATE ABSORBS MOISTURE AND IS EXTREMELY
CORROSIVE. TO AVOID DAMAGE FROM CORROSION, MAKE Short Term Storage
SURE THE TRUCK, BOOM, BASKET AND ALL ANFO DELIVERY When storing equipment for less than three months,
SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE THOROUGHLY WASHED WITH
CLEAN FRESH WATER BEFORE STORING THE TRUCK. MAKE vehicles should be started and driven for a minimum
SURE TO COMPLETELY FLUSH THE INSIDE OF THE POT AND of two minutes every two weeks.
DELIVERY ELBOW. THEN BLOW DRY WITH COMPRESSED AIR.
NOTICE:
Long Term Storage ANY FURTHER QUESTIONS PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL
Engine GETMAN DISTRIBUTOR OR GETMAN CORPORATION.
• Change oil using an oil with corrosion preventing
properties of a least a HD-S1 oil. Listed are
some of the oils that have been approved: Esso
MZ20X20V7N; Texaco EKM 162; Shell V6828.
• Change oil and fuel filters.
• Fill fuel tank completely with a mixture of diesel
fuel and 10% corrosion inhibiting motor oil.
• Run engine for at least 10 minutes to fill fuel
lines, fuel filters, injection pump and nozzles
with preservative mixture.
• If engine is to be stored over six months, seal
intake and exhaust system to keep moisture out.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Schedule & Check Lists
Perform all daily and shift change inspections at each scheduled maintenance period. Some inspection or service
items listed are superseded by component replacement or by instructions in the operating and service manuals.
Maintenance Schedule
FREQUENCY REGULAR MAINTE-
NANCE INTERVAL
MAINTENANCE ITEMS 50 250 500 1000
HRS HRS HRS HRS
ENGINE AIR CLEANER NOT DIRTY OR RESTRICTED X X X X
EMPTY AIR CLEANER DUST BOWL X X X X
TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULIC FLUID COOLERS - COOLING FINS CLEAN & NO DAMAGE X X X X
ENGINE RADIATOR - COOLING FINS CLEAN & NO DAMAGE X X X X
ENGINE & FUEL SYSTEM FOR LEAKS X X X X
HORN AND LIGHTS OPERATING X X X X
SEAT BELT AND BUCKLE IN GOOD CONDITION X X X X
SEAT ADJUSTMENTS & LOCKS WORKING PROPERLY X X X X
HANDHELD FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CHARGED AND SECURE X X X X
WHEEL LUG NUTS IN PLACE AND TIGHT X X X X
TIRE AIR PRESSURE - TIRES AND WHEELS IN GOOD CONDITION X X X X
AXLE OSCILLATION PINS IN GOOD CONDITION X X X X
STEERING ARTICULATION JOINTS & PINS IN GOOD CONDITION X X X X
STEERING CYLINDERS FLUID LEAKS, PINS AND RETAINERS X X X X
DECK & CHASSIS - NO CRACKS OR STRESS FISSURES X X X X
LUBRICATE CHASSIS, BOOM & BASKET COMPONENTS INCLUDING STABILIZERS X X X X
FILL OPTIONAL AUTO LUBE PUMP RESERVOIR X X X X
CLEAN ALL ROCK DEBRIS FROM DECK, STEERING CYLINDERS & ARTICULATION JOINT X X X X
ALL HYDRAULIC HOSES FOR LEAKS OR WEAR X X X X
NO LOOSE OR MISSING COMPONENT NUTS AND BOLTS X X X X
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL AND HOSES X X X X
ENGINE OIL LEVEL X X X X
TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL X X X X
ENGINE WATER PUMP AND ALTERNATOR BELT CONDITION X X X X
ENGINE MOUNTING BOLTS IN PLACE AND TIGHT X X X X
TRAMMING CONTROL SYSTEMS OPERATING PROPERLY AND FREE X X X X
ACCESSORY CONTROL LEVER (PTO) OPERATING PROPERLY X X X X
OIL BOOM, BASKET & STABILIZER CONTROLS & CHECK FOR PROPER OPERATION X X X X
PAGE 1 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
NANCE INTERVAL
HRS HRS HRS HRS
ANFO CONTROL VALVES FREE AND OPERATING PROPERLY X X X X
TEST PARKING BRAKE FOR PROPER BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATION X X X X
TEST SERVICE BRAKE FOR PROPER BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATION X X X X
CHECK EXHAUST BACK PRESSURE (SERVICE CATALYST IF EXCESSIVE) X X X X
CHECK AND RECORD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE X X X X
CHECK AND RECORD STEERING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC PRESSURE X X X X
INSPECT BATTERIES, CHECK ELECTROLYTE, CLEAN POSTS AND BATTERY TOPS X X X X
DRAIN WATER FROM WATER SEPARATING FUEL FILTER X X X X
CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE HOSE CONNECTIONS AND CLAMPS. TIGHTEN IF NECESSARY X X X X
CHECK FOR CORROSION OR DEFORMATION ON ALL MAJOR COMPONENTS X X X X
CLEAN CHASSIS & ANFO DELIVERY SYSTEM COMPONENTS THOROUGHLY X X X X
BOOM LIFT CYLINDERS, PINS & COMPONENTS IN GOOD CONDITION & NO LEAKS X X X X
INSPECT BOOM TURRET FOR WEAR DAMAGE & LOOSE OR MISSING BOLTS X X X X
INSPECT BOOM AND BASKET COMPONENTS FOR LOOSE BOLTS & COMPONENTS X X X X
INSPECT OUTRIGGERS, STABILIZERS & BOOMS COMPONENTS FOR DAMAGE & CRACKS X X X X
INSPECT BASKET RAILS & FALL ARRESTOR ANCHORS FOR CRACKS, DEFORMATION & DAMAGE X X X X
INSPECT ANFO POTS FOR DAMAGE, CORROSION & LOOSE MOUNTING BOLTS X X X X
INSPECT ANFO POT LID, SCREEN & SEAL FOR DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION X X X X
CHECK AIR COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL AND BELT X X X X
INSPECT COMPRESSED AIR LINES FOR LEAKS AND CHAFFING X X X X
INSPECT COMPRESSED AIR FILTER/DRYER AND DRAIN WATER FROM BOWL X X X X
FILL COMPRESSED AIR OILER & CHECK OPERATION X X X X
CHECK COMPRESSED AIR BALL VALVES FOR PROPER OPERATION X X X X
CHECK PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVES FOR PROPER OPERATION X X X X
MAKE SURE EARTH GROUND BONDING AND CONNECTION CABLES ARE TIGHT & CORROSION FREE X X X X
INSPECT EARTH GROUND CABLE CONNECTION CLAMP FOR PROPER OPERATION X X X X
ANFO DELIVERY HOSE IN GOOD CONDITION AND CLAMPS ARE TIGHT X X X X
CHANGE ENGINE OIL & FILTER X X X
CHANGE WATER SEPARATING AND ENGINE FUEL FILTERS X X X
CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID AND FILTER X
CHECK RADIATOR COOLANT FOR CONTAMINATION - CHANGE IF NEEDED X X X
DRAIN, FLUSH HYDRAULIC TANK AND REPLACE FLUID X
PAGE 2 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

NANCE INTERVAL
HRS HRS HRS HRS
REMOVE INTERNAL STRAINER FROM HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AND CLEAN X X X
CHANGE ALL HYDRAULIC FILTER ELEMENTS X X X
CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL FLUID X X X
CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE HUB FLUID X X X
CLEAN AXLE BREATHER VENTS X X X
INSPECT BOOM WEAR PADS FOR WEAR X X X
FULLY EXTEND EARTH GROUND CABLE - INSPECT REEL & CABLE FOR DETERIORATION & DAMAGE X X X
TEST THE EARTH GROUND SYSTEM FOR CONTINUITY X X X
UNCOIL ANFO DELIVERY HOSE & INSPECT FOR DAMAGE OR WEAR X X X
INSPECT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM NOZZLES, AND FOR MISSING BLOW-OFF CAPS X X
CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM HOSES FOR DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION X X
REPLACE AIR COMPRESSOR AIR FILTER & INSPECT BOWL FOR DAMAGE X X
CHANGE AIR COMPRESSOR OIL & FILTERS X X
ADJUST AIR COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT TENSION & CHECK PULLEY ALIGNMENT X X
CHANGE FRONT AND REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL FLUID X
CHANGE FRONT AND REAR AXLE HUB FLUID X
CHECK TOLERANCE - ARTICULATING STEERING & OSCILLATING AXLE PINS & BUSHINGS X
CHECK TOLERANCE - STEERING CYLINDER PINS & BUSHINGS X
CHECK TOLERANCE - BOOM & BASKET LINKAGE & BUSHINGS X
CHECK TOLERANCE - BOOM CYLINDERS, PINS AND BUSHINGS X
REMOVE AND CLEAN EARTH GROUND BONDING & CABLE CONNECTIONS - TEST FOR CONTINUITY X
INSPECT ANFO POT MOUNTING ISOLATORS FOR LOOSE BOLTS & DETERIORATION X
CLEAN OR REPLACE COMPRESSED AIR FILTER/DRYERS FILTER ELEMENT X
DISASSEMBLE & CLEAN COMPRESSED AIR OILER X
LUBRICATE COMPRESSED AIR BALL VALVES X
LUBRICATE PNEUMATIC CONTROL VALVES IN BASKET OR REMOTE CONTROL PANEL X
DISASSEMBLE & INSPECT BOOM, TURRET & BASKET EVERY 4000 HOURS OR 5 YEARS

PAGE 3 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
DAILY MAINTENANCE & PRE-SHIFT CHECK LIST

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
FUEL LEVEL
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL
ENGINE AIR CLEANER NOT DIRTY OR RESTRICTED
EMPTY AIR CLEANER DUST BOWL
ENGINE RADIATOR - COOLING FINS CLEAN & NO DAMAGE
TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULIC FLUID COOLERS - COOLING FINS CLEAN & NO DAMAGE
ENGINE & FUEL SYSTEM - NO OIL OR FUEL LEAKS
ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - NO DAMAGE OR CORROSION
RIGHT SIDE WHEEL LUG NUTS IN PLACE & TIGHT
RIGHT SIDE TIRES & WHEELS IN GOOD CONDITION
TIRE PRESSURE & CONDITION
AXLE OSCILLATION PINS & RETAINERS IN GOOD CONDITION
STEERING ARTICULATION JOINT PINS, Cap screws & LOCK WIRES IN GOOD CONDITION
STEERING ARTICULATION JOINT WELDS - NO CRACKS OR STRESS FISSURES
BOOM & LIFT LINKAGE - NO CRACKS OR STRESS FISSURES
STEERING & BOOM CYLINDER PINS & RETAINERS IN GOOD CONDITION
STEERING & BOOM CYLINDERS - NO FLUID LEAKS OR DAMAGE
BASKET & SAFETY RAILS - NO CRACKS OR STRESS FISSURES
FALL ARRESTOR D-RINGS & HARDWARE - NO DAMAGE & IN GOOD CONDITION
BOOM TURRET COMPONENTS - NO WEAR, DAMAGE OR MISSING BOLTS
ALL HYDRAULIC HOSES & BULKHEADS FOR LEAKS OR WEAR
ANFO POTS - NO DAMAGE, CORROSION & DEBRIS OR LOOSE MOUNTING BOLTS
ANFO POT LID, SCREEN & SEAL - IN GOOD CONDITION WITH SCREEN IN PLACE
AIR COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL
AIR COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT - BELT IS TIGHT & NO UNUSUAL WEAR
COMPRESSED AIR FILTER/DRYERS & RECEIVER TANK - DRAIN WATER
COMPRESSED AIR OILERS - FILLED WITH SAE 10W MOTOR OIL
COMPRESSED AIR BALL VALVES - FREE AND WORKING PROPERLY
PRESSURE AIR LINES, HOSES & COMPONENTS - NO LEAKS DAMAGE OR WEAR
PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVES - FREE AND WORKING PROPERLY
EARTH GROUND BONDING & CONNECTION CABLES - FREE OF CORROSION & TIGHT
EARTH GROUND REEL, CABLE AND CLAMP - IN GOOD CONDITION AND WORKING PROPERLY
ANFO DELIVERY HOSE - IN GOOD CONDITION & HOSE CLAMPS TIGHT
PAGE 1 OF 2
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
DAILY MAINTENANCE & PRE-SHIFT CHECK LIST

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
CLEAN ALL ROCK DEBRIS FROM CHASSIS DECK, STEER CYLINDERS & ARTICULATION JOINT
LEFT SIDE WHEEL LUG NUTS IN PLACE & TIGHT
LEFT SIDE TIRES & WHEELS IN GOOD CONDITION
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL & HOSES
ENGINE WATER PUMP & ALTERNATOR BELT CONDITION
ENGINE MOUNTING BOLTS IN PLACE & TIGHT
NO LOOSE OR MISSING COMPONENT NUTS & BOLTS
ALL COMPONENTS GREASED OR LUBRICATED PER LUBRICATION SCHEDULE
FILL OPTIONAL AUTO LUBE PUMP RESERVOIR
HAND HELD FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CHARGED & SECURE
MAIN BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCHED ON
SEAT BELT & BUCKLE IN GOOD CONDITION & OPERATING PROPERLY
SEAT ADJUSTMENTS WORKING PROPERLY & LOCKED IN POSITION
FIRE SYSTEM GREEN “POWER ON” LIGHT FLASHING ONCE EVERY 3 SECONDS
IGNITION SWITCH ON - ELECTRONIC CONTROL DISPLAY LIT & ACTIVE
HORN & ALL LIGHTS OPERATING (FRONT, REAR, SPOT & STROBE)
START ENGINE - CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL FOR FAULTS OR WARNINGS
CONTROL SYSTEMS - PEDALS & STEERING WHEEL OPERATING PROPERLY & FREE
BOOM & BASKET CONTROL SYSTEMS - LEVERS & DIVERTER VALVES OPERATING PROPERLY & FREE
STABILIZER CONTROLS OPERATING PROPERLY & FREE
TEST PARKING BRAKE
TEST SERVICE BRAKE
CHECK TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL @ NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE: DATE:
PAGE 2 OF 2
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
ANFO SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - DAILY & END OF SHIFT

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
ALL REMAINING ANFO EMPTIED FROM POTS AND DELIVERY SYSTEM
DELIVERY SYSTEM & HOSE COMPLETELY PURGED OF ANFO MATERIAL
ANFO SYSTEM DEPRESSURIZED
ANFO POTS WASHED WITH CLEAN, FRESHWATER INSIDE AND OUT
TRUCK, BOOM & BASKET WASHED
POTS & DELIVERY SYSTEM BLOWN OUT WITH COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAR OUT WATER
WATER REMOVED FROM EXTERIOR COMPONENTS WITH COMPRESSED AIR
COMPRESSOR AND/OR MINE AIR SYSTEM PROPERLY SHUTDOWN
TRUCK PROPERLY SHUTDOWN
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE: DATE:
PAGE 1 OF 1
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
50 HOUR MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
FUEL LEVEL
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
PAGE 1 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
CHECK AND RECORD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE
CHECK AND RECORD STEERING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
CHECK EXHAUST BACK PRESSURE (SERVICE CATALYST IF EXCESSIVE)
INSPECT BATTERIES, CHECK ELECTROLYTE, CLEAN POSTS AND BATTERY TOPS
DRAIN WATER FROM WATER SEPARATING FUEL FILTER
CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE HOSE CONNECTIONS AND CLAMPS. TIGHTEN IF NECESSARY
CLEAN ENGINE RADIATOR COOLING FINS
CHECK FOR CORROSION OR DEFORMATION ON ALL MAJOR COMPONENTS
PAGE 2 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
TEST PARKING BRAKE
TEST SERVICE BRAKE
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE: DATE:
PAGE 3 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
FUEL LEVEL
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
BOOM DELRON WEAR PADS - CHECK FOR WORN PADS & REPLACE IF NECESSARY
PAGE 1 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
CHANGE ENGINE OIL & FILTER
CHANGE WATER SEPARATING AND ENGINE FUEL FILTERS
CHECK RADIATOR COOLANT - CHANGE IF NEEDED
REMOVE INTERNAL STRAINER FROM HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AND CLEAN
CLEAN AXLE BREATHER VENTS
PAGE 2 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
TEST PARKING BRAKE
TEST SERVICE BRAKE
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE: DATE:
PAGE 3 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
FUEL LEVEL
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
AIR COMPRESSOR OIL - CHANGE OIL & FILTER
AIR COMPRESSOR AIR FILTER - REPLACE
PAGE 1 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL FLUID
CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE HUB FLUID
INSPECT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM NOZZLE CONDITION AND FOR MISSING BLOW-OFF CAPS
CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER HOSES FOR DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION
PAGE 2 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
TEST PARKING BRAKE
TEST SERVICE BRAKE
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE: DATE:
PAGE 3 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
FUEL LEVEL
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
AIR COMPRESSOR OIL - CHANGE OIL & FILTER
AIR COMPRESSOR AIR FILTER - REPLACE
PAGE 1 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
EARTH GROUND BONDING & CONNECTION CABLES - REMOVE & CLEAN CONNECTIONS
EARTH GROUND CABLE CONNECTION - REMOVE & CLEAN CHASSIS CABLE CONNECTION
CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID AND FILTER
CHECK COOLANT, COOLANT LEVEL & HOSES - CHANGE IF NEEDED
DRAIN, FLUSH HYDRAULIC TANK AND REPLACE FLUID
CHANGE ALL HYDRAULIC FILTER ELEMENTS
CHANGE FRONT AND REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL FLUID
CHANGE FRONT AND REAR AXLE HUB FLUID
INSPECT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM NOZZLE CONDITION AND FOR MISSING BLOW-OFF CAPS
CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER HOSES FOR DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION
CHECK TOLERANCE - ARTICULATING STEERING & OSCILLATING AXLE PINS & BUSHINGS
PAGE 2 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

4-60
SERVICE MANUAL Copyright © 2016
SECTION 4.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

OK INSPECTOR
INSPECTION ITEMS
INITIALS
CHECK TOLERANCE - STEERING CYLINDER PINS & BUSHINGS
CHECK TOLERANCE - BOOM & BASKET LINKAGE AND BUSHINGS
CHECK TOLERANCE - BOOM CYLINDERS PINS AND BUSHINGS
COMPRESSED AIR FILTER/DRYERS - CLEAN OR REPLACE FILTERS
COMPRESSED AIR OILER - DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN ALL COMPONENTS
COMPRESSED AIR BALL VALVES - LUBRICATE WITH OIL
TEST PARKING BRAKE
TEST SERVICE BRAKE
Boom & Basket 4000 Hour/5 year Inspection and Maintenance

Every 4000 operating hours or 5 years, whichever come first, the boom and basket must be com-
pletely disassembled and inspected to ensure reliability and safety. This inspection is highly detailed
and must be performed by qualified technicians. Refer to the service manual for information and
instructions for performing the 4000 hour/5 year inspection procedure.
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS
SUPERVISOR’S
SIGNATURE: DATE:
PAGE 3 OF 3
A64 ANFO CHARGER

NOTES
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 5.
DISABLED MACHINE
TOWING PROCEDURE
WARNING
THE TOWING OF ANY VEHICLE IN AN UNDERGROUND ENVIRONMENT CAN BE AN EXTREMELY
HAZARDOUS OPERATION THAT REQUIRES SPECIFIC PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES
TO PREVENT INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND SEVERE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
ONLY OPERATORS AND SERVICE PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN TOWING HEAVY EQUIPMENT

UNDERGROUND SHOULD CONDUCT TOWING OPERATIONS.
THIS SECTION CONTAINS INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES NECESSARY TO SAFELY TOW

THE MACHINE AND PREVENT COSTLY DAMAGE AND DOWNTIME.
YOU SHOULD READ THIS SECTION COMPLETELY AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS
CAREFULLY BEFORE TOWING A DISABLED MACHINE.
SECTION CONTENTS
Towing a Disabled Machine............................................................................................. 5-2
Preparing a Vehicle To Be Towed..................................................................................... 5-2
Brake Release Procedure................................................................................................ 5-2
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 5.
DISABLED MACHINE TOWING PROCEDURE
Towing a Disabled Machine
The following procedures will need to be taken NOTICE:
before towing this machine: THE TOW VEHICLE MUST HAVE ADEQUATE WEIGHT, POWER,
T R A C T I O N A N D B R A K I N G C A PA B I L I T I E S TO S A F E LY
PERFORM THE FUNCTION OF CONTROLLING AND STOPPING
1. Manually release the park brake. BOTH VEHICLES ON MAXIMUM GRADES THAT MAY BE
ENCOUNTERED DURING THE ENTIRE TOWING PROCEDURE.
2. Disconnect the driveshafts from the axles.
Overview
The brake system must be manually activated and
special tow bars must be used to control the steering
WARNING
with the tow vehicle. TOWING THE VEHICLE WITHOUT THE ENGINE RUNNING WITH
THE DRIVESHAFTS CONNECTED MAY CAUSE CLUTCH AND/OR
If the machine becomes disabled and requires BEARING DAMAGE. WHEN THE VEHICLE IS TO BE TOWED,
towing to a repair location, special procedures THE DRIVESHAFTS CONNECTING THE TRANSMISSION TO THE
FRONT AND REAR AXLES MUST BE DISCONNECTED AT THE
must be followed and precautions taken to prevent AXLES OR COMPLETELY REMOVED. IF THE DRIVESHAFTS
damage to equipment and injury to personnel. ARE DISCONNECTED AT THE AXLES AND NOT REMOVED,
THEY MUST BE SECURED TO THE CHASSIS TO PREVENT
DANGER DAMAGE FROM DRAGGING ON THE GROUND.
THE TOWING OF ANY VEHICLE IN AN UNDERGROUND

E N V I R O N M E N T C A N B E A N E X T R E M E LY H A Z A R D O U S
OPERATION. CAUTION MUST BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THE Brake Release Procedure
SAFETY OF ALL PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN THIS TASK TO
After clearing unnecessary personnel from the area,
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
release the park brake with one of the following
procedures:
Preparing a Vehicle To Be Towed
An optional manual park brake release system is Kessler Axles
used to release the park brake whenever the engine 1. Insert the handle into hand pump and pump
is not running. The release diverter valve, pressure until the vehicle moves.
gauge and manual hydraulic pump are located near 2. In order to reset/engage the park brake, push
the operators seat. The system provides a means the brake pedal.
to manually release the park brake to facilitate the
towing of a disabled vehicle. Non-Kessler Axles
1. Pull up the handle of the diverter valve.
Before any effort to release the brakes is taken, the 2. Insert the handle into hand pump and pump
vehicle to be towed should first be secured from
until the vehicle moves.
moving. This can be done by placing wheel chocks
on the front and rear of all wheels. 3. In order to reset/engage the park brake, push
the diverter handle back down.
Approach the vehicle to be towed with the tow
vehicle. We highly recommend using a rigid steel
tow bar when towing this vehicle. Connect the two
vehicles together by inserting the tow bar into the
tow eye. Then secure the tow pins on both vehicles.
Verify that the brakes of both vehicles are set.
WARNING
THE USE OF A RIGID TOW BAR IS RECOMMENDED TO
PREVENT THE VEHICLE BEING TOWED FROM UNCONTROLLED
FORWARD OR REARWARD MOTION TOWARDS OR AWAY
FROM THE TOW VEHICLE. SUCH UNEXPECTED MOTION CAN
OFTEN LEAD TO LOSS OF CONTROL. RIGID TOW BARS ALSO
PROVIDE STEERING CONTROL FOR THE TOWED VEHICLE.
UNNECESSARY PERSONNEL MUST CLEAR WORKING AREA.
Park Brake Diverter Valve (non-Kessler setup) and Hand Pump
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES
SECTION CONTENTS
Diagnostic Faults Introduction......................................................................................... 6-2
Checking a Wire Cable................................................................................................... 6-3
CAN Faults .................................................................................................................. 6-4
Throttle Control Faults .................................................................................................. 6-4
Transmission Faults ..................................................................................................... 6-5
Brake System Faults ..................................................................................................... 6-5
Engine......................................................................................................................... 6-6
Transmission................................................................................................................ 6-7
Drivetrain.................................................................................................................... 6-8
Parking Brake .............................................................................................................. 6-8
Steering System........................................................................................................... 6-9
Hydraulic System ......................................................................................................... 6-9
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.
Figure 1: Faults Screen Figure 2: Fault Description & Troubleshooting Procedure Screen
Diagnostic Faults Introduction Press the button to return to the Faults

The Getman Controller display panel has a
Screen.
troubleshooting guide built into the program.
The guide is located in the Faults Screen which is
accessed from the Main Screen by pressing the Press the button to exit the diagnostic
Faults Screens and return to the Main Screen.
button.
Once in the Faults Screen, there will be a list of Troubleshooting Guide

faults. Active faults will be highlighted in red and This troubleshooting guide is broken into sections
that correspond to electrical faults related to
preceded by a symbol as shown in the example the Getman Controller and sensors in the Faults
in Figure 1. Any non-active fault in the list will be Troubleshooting section and mechanical problems
grayed out. in the General Troubleshooting section.
Use the buttons to scroll up or NOTICE:

down and highlight the fault in question. Then press MAKE SURE TO READ AND UNDERSTAND THE PROCEDURE TO
CHECK WIRE CABLES IN THIS SECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING
the button to go to the Fault Description TO THE FAULTS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. REFER TO WIRE
and Troubleshooting Procedure Screen to read the SCHEMATICS IN THE SERVICE MANUAL FOR WIRE ROUTING.
description and troubleshooting procedure for the
selected fault. The ACCUM DRAIN SOLENOID FLT is
used as an example in figure 2.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.
Checking a Wire Cable Broken Cable Wires:
Cables are labeled on each end with a number Disconnect the cable at both ends. Using a multi-
similar to MC551. Each end is labeled with a different meter in the continuity/resistance mode, place the
number. As an example a cable in this document leads on the same numbered pins on each end of the
will be named MC151-MC551. This indicates that cable. You should get a reading close to Zero ohms.
one end of the cable will be labeled MC151 and the If you don’t, the wire is broken or one of the pins
other end will be labeled MC551. is not connected properly to the wire. First check
the connectors to be sure that the wire is properly
Inspect the connectors at each connection for pins connected to the pins. If the connections are good,
that are pushed in or bent. Press gently on each there is a broken wire in the cable and it will need
pin to be sure that it is seated properly. If the pin to be replaced.
moves, the pin is not seated in the connector body.
Shorted Cable Wires:
Check the terminal blocks within the junction boxes Disconnect the cable at both ends. Using a multi-
for loose wires or wires touching each other. For the meter in the continuity/resistance mode, place the
correlation between MC connectors and individual leads between the different pins on one end of the
wires, refer to the appropriate drawings in the cable, be sure to check each combination of pins
service manual. (i.e. for a 3 conductor cable check A & B, B & C, and
A & C). If you find a short, check the connectors to
Check individual wires by disconnecting the wire at be sure that the pins or wires are not touching each
one end and using a multi-meter to check the wire other. If the connectors are okay, then there is a
for continuity. short within the cable and it will need to be replaced.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.
FAULT CAUSE AND SOLUTION

CAN Faults
NOTICE:
CAN Faults are typically caused by a bad cable or connection. Bad connections at the re-
sistor packs can also cause a Can Fault.
CAN DASH FAULT - The display is not receiving • Check the Plus +1 Unit in the dash for a green light.
data from the Dash Plus +1 Unit. • If there is no green light, check the 50 pin con-
nector. Make sure it is seated properly in the unit.
Check for bent pins and make sure there is 24 volts
across pins 1 and 2. If there is no voltage at these
pins, check wires 5IC and 999.
• If there is a green light, check the 1939+, 1939-,
and SHLD wires in the dash panel. Also check the
CAN+, CAN- and CANS wires within the affected
enclosures. Also check the resistor packs RPC10
for 1200hm across pins A and B.
CAN ENGINE FAULT - The Engine Plus+1 Unit • Check that the ECM has power.
is not receiving data from the Engine’s ECM Unit. • If it does have power, check the CAN11-CAN21
cable. Also check the 1939+ and 1939- wires within
the engine Junction Box and dash panel. Also check
the resistor packs RPC10 for 120 ohms across pins
A and B.
Throttle Control Faults

THROTTLE PEDAL FAULT - The throttle pedal • Attempt to recalibrate the throttle pedal using the
requires calibration or there is a faulty wire or calibration procedure.
connection in the throttle control circuit. • If the fault remains, open the dash panel and check
the throttle pedal with a multimeter in the DC volt
mode and the ignition switch ON. The voltage be-
tween wires 916 and 952 should be 5 volts.
• If there is no voltage or less than 5 volts between
wires 916 and 952, check the wires leading back
to the controller and its connector.
• If there is 5 volts between wires 916 and 952,
check the voltage between wires 417 and 952.
With the pedal up there should be 0.65 volts and
with the pedal down there should be 3.85 volts.
• If the values are not close to these, check cable
MC115-MC315. Also check wires 952, 916, 542,
9 and 417 within the dash panel.
• If the cable and wires check out okay, replace the
throttle pedal sensor (P/N 595395-01).
THROTTLE PEDAL NC - The throttle pedal re- • Calibrate the throttle pedal by pressing and holding
quires calibration. the pedal to the floor for 5 seconds. Then follow
the instructions on the Setup/Testing Screen.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.
FAULT CAUSE AND SOLUTION

Transmission Faults
TRANSMISSION TEMP SENSOR FAULT - Indi- • Check the MC145-MC345 cable. Also check wires
cates a fault with the transmission temperature 32T and 9 in the dash panel.
sensor. • If the cable and wires check out okay and the fault
remains, replace the sensor (P/N 9034-00023).
TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT - • Check the MC144-MC344 cable. Also check wires
Indicates a fault with the transmission pressure 32P, 916, and 952 in the dash panel.
sensor. • If the cable and wires check out okay and the fault
LS DRAIN SOLENOID FAULT - Indicates a fault • Check the MC110-MC510 cable. Also check wires
with the startup drain solenoid. 24 and 9 in the dash panel.
• If the cable and wires check out okay and the fault
remains, replace the solenoid coil (P/N 534669).
Brake System Faults

PARK BRAKE SOLENOID FAULT- Indicates a • Check the MC190-MC590 cable. Also check wires
fault with the park brake solenoid. 52D and 9 in the dash panel.
ACCUMULATOR DRAIN SOLENOID FAULT - In- • Check the MC191-MC591 cable. Also check wires
dicates a fault with the accumulator drain solenoid. 53A and 9 in the dash panel.
FRONT BRAKE TEM SENSOR FAULT - Indicates a • Check the MC146-MC546 cable. Also check wires
fault with the front axle brake temperature sensor. 31TF and 9 in the dash panel.
REAR BRAKE TEM SENSOR FAULT - Indicates a • Check the MC147-MC247 cable. Also check wires
fault with the rear axle brake temperature sensor. 31TF and 9 in the dash panel, JB3-F and JB3-R.
remains, replace the sensor (P/N 9034- 00023).
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.
PROBLEM CAUSE AND SOLUTION

Engine
Engine won’t crank. • Shift selector is not in neutral. Select neutral
position.
• Park brake not applied. Apply park brake.
• Main breaker in battery box has tripped. Reset
main breaker.
• Dead batteries. Charge or replace batteries.
• Loose or corroded cables. Clean battery terminals.
• Neutral start switch faulty. Replace neutral start
switch.
• Start switch is faulty. Replace starter switch.
• Engine starter is faulty. Rebuild or replace starter.
• Fire extinguishing system has discharged and
starting system is locked out. Find and correct
cause of the fire and reset system.
Engine cranks but won’t start. • Fuel tank is low on fuel. Fill tank and bleed fuel
system.
• Fuel shutoff valve is closed. Open fuel valve.
• Fuel filter and/or water separator filter are
plugged. Replace filters.
• Fuel lines are leaking. Tighten all fuel fittings and
bleed air from fuel system.
• Engine preheat system has failed. Make sure all
terminal connections are tight. Replace preheat
system if necessary.
Engine is overheating. • Fan belt is loose or broken. Tighten or replace fan

belt and/or belt tensioner.
• Air inlet obstructed or filters are plugged. Remove
obstruction or replace filters.
• Low coolant level. Fill system and check for cool-
ant leaks.
• Radiator blocked. Clean with compressed air or
high water pressure (3000 PSI - 207 BARS).
Engine indicates low oil pressure. • Oil level is low. Fill to proper level. Check for oil
leaks.
• Oil pressure gauge or sensor is faulty. Replace oil
pressure gauge or sensor.
• Relief valve faulty. Clean or replace relief valve.
• Oil pressure pump is worn. Replace oil pump.
• Excessive wear in bearings. Rebuild or replace
engine.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.

Transmission
Low or erratic transmission charge pressure. • Transmission is low on fluid. Add fluid and check
for leaks.
• Faulty pressure regulator valve in transmission
clutch. Have transmission serviced to replace
regulator valve.
• Transmission pump is worn. Have transmission
serviced to replace pump.
• Clutch piston bleed valve stuck open. Have trans-
mission serviced to replace bleed valve.
• Broken or worn clutch shaft or piston sealing
rings. Have transmission serviced to replace shaft
or piston sealing rings.
• Suction screen in transmission plugged. Have
transmission serviced to replace or clean screen.
Transmission pressure drops only in certain • Torque converter seals or clutch components
gears. leaking. Have transmission and torque converter
serviced.
• Suction screen in transmission plugged. Have
transmission serviced to replace or clean screen.
• Transmission pump is worn. Have transmission
Transmission pressure OK but some gears • Bad electrical connection at solenoid control valve.
don’t engage. Repair connection.
• Solenoid control valve faulty. Have transmission
serviced to replace control valve.
Transmission overheating. • Transmission low on fluid. Add fluid and check

for leaks.
• Transmission pump suction line is loose and draw-
ing air in system. Tighten loose connection.
• Transmission suction lines or fittings damaged or
defective. Have transmission serviced to replace
faulty lines or fittings.
• Transmission oil pump is worn. Have transmission
• Transmission oil sealing rings worn. Have trans-
mission serviced to replace worn seal rings.
Lack of transmission power • Low engine RPM. Service engine
• Transmission overheating. See transmission
overheating.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.

Drivetrain
Excessive driveshaft vibration. • Universal joint is loose. Tighten loose universal
joint.
• Mid shaft bearing is loose. Tighten mid shaft
bearing.
• Mid Shaft bearing is worn. Replace mid shaft
bearing.
• Universal joint is worn. Replace universal joint.
• Driveshaft is bent. Replace driveshaft.
• Driveshaft yokes are worn. Replace yokes.
• Drive axle bearings worn. Service drive axle to
replace bearings.
Drivetrain clunks when gears are changed. • Universal joint is loose. Tighten loose universal
joint.
• Universal joint is worn. Replace universal joint.
• Driveshaft yokes are worn. Replace yokes.
• Mid shaft bearing is loose. Tighten mid shaft
bearing.
• Mid Shaft bearing is worn. Replace mid shaft
bearing.
• Drive axle bearings worn. Service drive axle to
replace bearings.
Parking Brake
Parking brake not holding properly. • Brakes are out of adjustment. Adjust brakes.
• Brake discs are worn. Replace brake discs.
• Brake pressure plate activation springs are weak.
Replace brake pressure plates.
Parking brake will not release. • Hydraulic pressure low from misadjusted or de-
fective relief valves. Check relief valve settings.
Adjust or replace relief valves if necessary.
• Hydraulic fluid level is low. Fill tank to proper level.
• Brake lines are loose or damaged. Tighten loose
fittings or replace damaged lines.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 6.

Steering System
Steering system is not functioning properly. • Hydraulic fluid level is low. Fill tank to proper level.
• Relief valve in flow divider is set too low or is
faulty. Adjust or replace relief valve.
• Hydraulic pump is worn causing low pressure.
Replace hydraulic pump.
• Steering valve is faulty. Replace steering valve.
• Steering cylinder is leaking. Repair or replace
steering cylinder.
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic system is not functioning properly. • Hydraulic fluid level is low. Fill tank to proper level.
• Suction strainer is clogged. Clean or replace suc-
tion strainer.
• Hydraulic filters are clogged. Replace filters.
• Hose connections are loose or hoses are dam-
aged. Tighten connections or replace damaged
hoses.
• The relief valve is out of adjustment. Adjust relief
valve.
• The relief valve is sticking. Clean or replace relief
valve.
• The hydraulic pump is worn. Replace pump.
• Air in system. Make sure all intake hoses and
connections are in good condition and tight. Then
bleed system.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

NOTES
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 7.
CHASSIS COMPONENTS
17431
ARTICULATION INSTALLATION
Page 1 of 3
*ITEMS NOT SHOWN Updated:

04/29/10
SECTION CONTENTS
Seat Assembly............................................................................................................... 7-2
Frame Articulation Joint.................................................................................................. 7-5
Osculating Axle Cradle Pins & Bushings............................................................................7-11
Wiper/Washer System...................................................................................................7-14
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Seat Assembly
Figure 1: Typical Operator Seat.
Tools • Make sure all parts are clean before final

Assorted hand tools assembly.
Torque Wrench
• Make sure nylock inserts in locknuts are in good
condition. Never reuse locknuts more than three
Notes times.
• Before performing any maintenance procedure
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Figure 2: Seat Mounts, Mounting Bolts
Removing the Seat Assembly

1. Remove the bolts and nuts securing the seat DO NOT LIFT THE SEAT USING THE ARMRESTS. THEY ARE NOT
safety straps on each side of the seat base. DESIGNED FOR LIFTING THE SEAT AND WILL BE DAMAGED.
Figure 2. ALWAYS LIFT THE SEAT USING THE BASE AND BACKREST.
2. Remove the four bolts and nuts securing the

seat to the mounts on the floor of the operator
compartment. Figure 2. INSTALLING THE SEAT ASSEMBLY
3. Make sure electrical harnesses are clear of the 1. Using the seat base and backrest, carefully lift
seat so they will not be damaged when it is the seat and center it on the seat mount in the
removed. operator’s compartment.
4. Using the seat base and backrest, carefully 2. If your seat is raised with 1” spacers, make
lift the seat and remove it from the operator’s sure the spacers are between the seat base and
compartment. mount on each side.
3. Align the holes in the seat base with the
mounting holes in the seat mounts.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
4. Install a flat washer on each mounting bolt and
insert the bolts through the holes in the seat WARNING
mount, spacer and seat base.
MAKE SURE THE NYLON INSERTS IN THE LOCKNUTS ARE IN
GOOD CONDITION. LOCKNUTS WITH WORN INSERTS CAN
5. Install a flat washer lock nut on each mounting
WORK LOOSE. LOCKNUTS TYPICALLY MUST BE REPLACED
bolt and tighten to the proper torque.
AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN REUSED THREE TIMES.
6. Attach the safety straps using the bolts flat,
washers and locknuts. Tighten to the proper
torque.
1. Back Cover Only

2. Back Foam
3. Bottom Cover Only
4. Bottom Foam
5. Frame, Side Controls
6. Frame, Front Controls
7. Recliner Cable, Metal End Fittings
8. Height Riser, Front Controls
Height Riser, Side Controls
9. Latch Kit With Front Controls
Handle Kit For Front Controls
10. Latch Kit With Side Controls
Handle Kit For Side Controls
11. Suspension Cover
12. Damper Kit
13. Weight Adjuster Kit
14. Suspension
15. Slider Rail Kit
Figure 3: Typical Seat Components
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Frame Articulation Joint
Figure 1: Frame Articulation Joint
Tools 2 Bearing Insert Assemblies

Bearing and Seal Press 2 Bushings - Cap Side
Assorted hand tools 2 Bushings - Pin Side
Torque Wrench 6 Cap screws (Hex Head)
Micrometer 24 Cap screws (Socket Head)
Feeler Gauges Shim Caps (.005, .007, .020) as Required
Porta Power
Supplies
Replacement Parts 1 Roll SS Lockwire
2 Pin Caps Blue Loctite Thread Locker
2 Pins Loctite Bearing Retaining Compound
1 2 Bearing Caps Grease Gun and Grease
2 Bearing Spacers
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
8
7 1
3
4
9
10
5
2
5
4
1. Pin Cap 3 1 6. Cap screw (Hex Hd)
2. Pin 7. Cap screw (Sckt Hd)
3. Bearing Insert Assembly 7 8 8. Cap screw (Sckt Hd)
4. Bushing – Cap Side
6 9. Shims
5. Bushing Pin Side 10. Shims
Figure 2: Articulation Joint Assembly
Notes Articulating Joint Disassembly & Inspection

• Before performing any maintenance procedure The pin caps must be removed from the top and
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly bottom steering articulation joints to check the pins
shutdown and secured in the service position. and bushings for excessive wear or damage. You
should also check for excessive play in the roller
• Always replace bearings and bushings when bearings. Use the following procedure to inspect
servicing the articulation joint. the articulation joints.
• Never reuse cap bolts or retaining bolts. Always
replace. Removing the pin caps and inspecting pins,
bushings and bearings:
• Make sure all parts are clean before final 1. Make sure the machine is straight.
assembly.
2. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic
system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure
is bled from the system.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
LOCKWIRE
SHIMS
Figure 3: Hydraulic Hoses & Fittings @ Articulation Joint Figure 4: Upper Pin Cap, Lockwire Cap Bolts & Shim Locations
3. Raise and support the chassis on each side of 11. With the pin caps removed, use a .010 feeler
the articulation joint. Each side of the chassis gauge to check the tolerance between the pins
should be raised just enough to take the load off and bushings. If the gap is more than .010” ,
the joint pins and bushings. Support each side the bushing and/or pins are worn and will need
with safety stands. to be replaced. If the gap is 010” or less, the pin
and bushing are OK will not need to be replaced.
4. Clean the area around the joint and hydraulic
lines. 12. Use a hammer and large brass drift punch to
tap the pins through the joint about 1”. Tap
5. Label each hydraulic hose and corresponding lightly with the hammer to make sure you don’t
fitting, then remove the lines and cap all fittings damage the roller bearings.
to prevent contamination. Figure 3.
13. When the pins have moved about 1”, rotate each
6. If the machine is equipped with the optional pin to check the bearings. The bearings should
auto lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines. rotate smoothly and there should be very little
7. Remove the lock wires securing the top and play. If a bearing feels rough or has excessive
bottom articulation pin cap bolts. Figure 4. play the bearings will need to be replaced.
8. Remove the 3 lockwire cap bolts securing each 14. Continue tapping the pins to completely remove
pin to the pin cap. Figure 4. the pins from each joint. Inspect the pins for
excessive wear, cracks or other damage.
9. Label the upper pin cap “TOP” and the lower pin
cap “BOTTOM”. 15. Label the upper joint pin “TOP” and the lower
joint pin “BOTTOM”.
10. Remove the 6 socket head cap bolts securing
each pin cap to the joint. Then remove the caps 16. If the pins, bearings and bushings are OK, the
and shims. Make sure to keep the upper shims joint can be reassembled. If any of the pins,
with the TOP pin cap and the lower shims with bushings or bearings are damaged or excessively
the BOTTOM pin cap. Figure 2. worn, the joint will need to be rebuilt.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Frame Articulation Joint Reassembly -
Joint not Rebuilt.
If the articulation joint was in good condition and
not rebuilt, the joint can be reassembled using the
following procedure. Refer to Figure 2 for component
location.
NEVER REUSE CAP BOLTS OR RETAINING BOLTS. ALWAYS

REPLACE.
1. Thoroughly clean the pins and bushings.

2. Coat the pins and bushings with grease.
3. Make sure to use the pin labeled “TOP” for the Figure 5: Bearing Retainer & Cap Bolts
upper joint and the pin labeled “BOTTOM” for the
lower joint. Refer to the drawing in this section
for proper pin orientation.
4. Insert the upper and lower pins. Lightly tap pins
with a hammer and brass drift if necessary to
completely seat each pin.
5. Place the pin cap labeled “TOP” on the upper
pin, insert the 3 lockwire cap bolts to secure
the pin to the pin cap and tighten snug. Rotate 12. If your machine is not equipped with the auto
the pin cap to align the holes in the cap with lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
holes in the joint plate. Insert and tighten the front and rear pins and bushings.
finger tighten 2 bolts in the pin cap to the joint 13. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
to verify alignment, then remove the cap bolts system, manually activate the system through
and pin cap. two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and
6. Place the shims for the upper joint pin cap in bushings.
position and install the pin cap. Apply blue
Rebuilding and Reassembling the Frame
Loctite to the 6 socket head cap bolts. Insert
them in the pin cap and hand tighten.
Articulation Joint
Refer to Figure 2 for component location.
7. Insert the 3 lockwire cap bolts that secure the
pin to the pin cap and hand tighten. Bearing removal:
1. With the joint disassembled, use floor jacks
8. Tighten the pin cap bolts in a star pattern in and/or an overhead boom to move the forward
three series to 100 ft lbs (series 1 - 30 Ft lbs; frame section 1 or 2 feet from the rear section
series 2 - 60 Ft lbs; series 3 - 100 Ft lbs). to provide enough room to work.
9. Tighten the lockwire cap bolts to 175-190 ft lbs 2. Loosen the bearing retainer cap bolts, then
and secure them with new lockwire. remove the bearing insert, caps and shims from
10. Repeat steps 5-9 for the lower joint, applying the joint plates. Figure 5.
blue Loctite to the 6 socket head cap bolts and 3. Thoroughly clean the bearing seats with emery
the 3 lockwire cap bolts. paper and solvent to remove all corrosion, old
11. Reconnect the hydraulic lines and remove the grease and dirt.
safety stands.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Figure 6: Bearing & Bearing Cap Assembly
Bearing installation:
4. Coat the outside bearing surface and the bearing
seats with a light coating of grease. Figure 6.
5. Install the top bearing cap with no shims and
3 socket head cap bolts equally spaced with no
shims. Figure 5.
6. Tighten the cap bolts to 65 ft lbs and measure
the space for the number of shims required.
7. Remove the bearing cap, insert shims and
reinstall the cap. Figure 7.
8. Apply loctite to the 6 socket head cap bolts and
install them in the bearing cap.
Figure 7: Typical Pin Cap & Bearing Cap Shims
9. Tighten the cap bolts in a star pattern in three
series to 100 ft lbs (series 1 - 30 Ft lbs; series
2 - 60 Ft lbs; series 3 - 100 Ft lbs). Ensure that
cap is flush to the joint plate .
10. Repeat the procedure for the lower bearing cap.
Joint Assembly: 3. Coat the new bushings and seats with grease.
1. Use the bearing and seal press to remove old
bushings. 4. Install new upper and lower hinge bushings into
joint plates. Use the bearing and seal press to
2. Thoroughly clean the joint plates and use emery seat the bushings if necessary. Note that the
paper to remove all corrosion from the bushing large bushing goes in the top joint and the small
seats. bushing goes in the lower joint.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Articulation joint reassembly: 7. Place the shims in position and install the pin
cap. Apply blue Loctite to the 6 new socket head
cap bolts. Insert them in the pin cap and hand
NEVER REUSE CAP BOLTS OR RETAINING BOLTS. ALWAYS tighten. Figure 6.
REPLACE.
8. Insert the 3 lockwire cap bolts that secure the
pin to the pin cap and hand tighten.
9. Tighten the pin cap bolts in a star pattern in
1. Align the forward frame section joint plates with three series to 100 ft lbs (series 1 - 30 Ft lbs;
the rear section plates. series 2 - 60 Ft lbs; series 3 - 100 Ft lbs).
2. Coat the new pins and bushing bearing surface 10. Tighten the lockwire cap bolts to 175 ft lbs and
with grease. secure them with new lockwire.
3. Insert the upper and lower pins. Lightly tap pins 11. Repeat steps 4-10 for the lower joint, applying
with a hammer and brass drift if necessary to blue Loctite to the 6 socket head cap bolts and
completely seat each pin. the 3 lockwire cap bolts.
4. Place the new top pin cap on the upper pin, 12. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses and auto lube
insert the lockwire 3 cap bolts to secure the pin lines, then remove the safety stands.
to the pin cap and tighten snug. Rotate the pin
cap to align the holes in the cap with holes in 13. If your machine is not equipped with the auto
the joint plate. lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
the front and rear pins and bushings.
5. Measure the gap between the cap and the joint
plate. 14. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
system, manually activate the system through
6. Disassemble and add shims to equal the two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and
measured distance, minus .010”. bushings.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
Osculating Axle Cradle Pins & Bushings
Cradle Bushings
Figure 1: Typical Axle Cradle & Bushings

Note: The photo above is not an actual A64 axle & is for reference purposes only.
Tools Notes
Assorted hand tools • Before performing any maintenance procedure
Torque Wrench on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
Micrometer shutdown and secured in the service position.
Feeler Gauges
• Some photos in this section show pictures of axle
components on other equipment. These photos
Replacement Parts are for reference purposes only.
4 Bushings if Required
4 Cradle Pins and Retainers • Make sure all parts are clean before final
assembly.
Supplies
Blue Loctite Thread Locker
Grease Gun and Grease
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
6 10
9
7 8
2
3
1. Axle Cradle
2. Nut
3. Washer
1 4. Long Grease Hose
4 5 11 5. Short Grease Hose
6. Bolt
7. Bushing
8. Washer
9. Pin Assembly
10. Bolt
11. Plate
Figure 2: Oscillating Axle Cradle, Pin & Bushing Assembly
Oscillating Axle Pins & Bushings Tolerance 4. Use the hydraulic jacks to raise the axle and
Each axle and cradle assembly must be removed cradle assembly just enough to take the load
to check the axle pins and bushings for excessive off the axle pins.
wear and damage. We recommend that each axle
5. If the machine is equipped with the optional auto
be done separately. The procedure to check the
lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines from
front and rear axle pins and bushings is the same.
the axle cradle.
Use the following procedure to lower each axle to
check the pins and bushings: 6. Remove the two bolts securing each pin retainer
at the front and rear of the cradle. Mark the pin
Lower the axle cradle to check the pins and retainers front and rear. Figure 4.
bushings:
1. Raise the chassis above the axle until the tires 7. Insert two 1/2” x 2” long bolts in the threaded
are suspended and support the chassis with holes on each pin retainer plate. See Figure 5.
safety stands. Turn the bolts clockwise to pull the retainer and
pin from the chassis. Use a hammer and large
2. Remove the tires and wheels. drift punch or a pry bar to remove the pins the
remaining distance if necessary.
3. Support the axle with safety stands and hydraulic
jacks. Make sure the brake hoses have enough 8. With the pins removed, lower the axle just
slack to lower the axle 6 inches. If not, remove enough to clear the chassis and expose the
and cap the brake lines and fittings. bushings. Make sure brake lines and the lines
for the optional auto lube pump system are
clear to prevent damage as the axle assembly
is lowered.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
9. Clean the pins and bushings thoroughly, then
Inspect the bushings and pins carefully for
excessive wear and cracks.
10. If the bushings and pins appear to be in good
condition, insert the front pin in the forward
bushing. Use a feeler gauge to check the gap
between the pin and the bushing. If the gap
is more than .010” the bushing and/or pin are
worn and will need to be replaced. If the gap
is 010” or less, the pin and bushing are OK will
not need to be replaced.
11. Repeat step 10 for the rear pin and bushing.
If the pins and bushings are within tolerance and will
not be replaced, the axle cradle can be reassembled
using the reassembly procedure in this section. Figure 3: Front & Rear Oscillating Axle Pin & Axle Cradle Location
Replacing worn or damaged axle cradle pins

and bushings:
If the pins and/or bushings are excessively worn or
cracked they will need to be replaced.
1. Use a hammer and drift punch to remove old

bushings. Figures 1 and 2.
2. Thoroughly clean the cradle bushing area and
use emery paper to remove all corrosion from
the bushing seats. Figures 1 and 2.
3. Coat the new bushings and seats with grease.
4. Install new bushings into cradle seats. Use a
hammer and wood block to seat the bushings if
necessary. Figures 1 and 2.
5. Always replace the cradle pins and retainers Figure 4: Oscillating Axle Cradle Pin, Retainer & Bolts
when the bushings are replaced. Figure 2. Securing Pin & Retainer to Chassis
Reinstalling the axle cradle assembly:

1. Thoroughly clean the cradle mounting area of
the chassis and the holes for the pins. Then
lubricate the chassis holes with grease. Figure 3.
2. Lubricate the bushings with grease and raise
the axle and cradle assembly until the bushings
line up with the holes in the chassis. Figure 3.
3. If the chassis pins and bushing were not
replaced, make sure to use the pin labeled
front for the forward cradle bushing and the pin
labeled rear for the rear cradle bushing.
Figure 5: Threaded Holes for Retainer Puller Bolts
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 7.
CHASSIS
4. Lubricate each pin with grease and insert the Wiper/Washer System
pins through the chassis and bushings until the If your machine is equipped with the cab option, it
pin retainers are flush to the chassis. Lightly will be equipped with a window wiper and washer
tap retainer with a hammer if necessary. system. Using the wipers on a dry window or with
damaged blades will scratch the window. You should
5. Coat the threads of the retainer bolts with blue
fill the washer reservoir and inspect the blades at
Loctite, and torque to specifications.
the beginning of each shift.
6. Reinstall all hydraulic brake hoses and auto lube
lines, if removed. Washer Reservoir
The washer reservoir is located in the operator com-
7. If your machine is not equipped with the auto
partment. It is translucent to enable the operator
lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
to monitor the fluid level. Remove the cap and fill
the front and rear pins and bushings.
the reservoir whenever the washer fluid level drops
8. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube below 1/2 tank.
two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and Wiper Blades
bushings. Wiper blades should be replaced if they are worn or
damaged. The blades are changed as an assembly by
9. Remove the jacks and safety stands supporting removing the cap nut and bolt that secures the blade
the axle assembly and install the tires and assembly to the wiper arm as shown in the photos.
wheels. Make sure to torque the lug nuts to
specifications.
10. Raise the chassis and remove the safety stands.
Then lower the vehicle to the ground.
Wiper Blade to Arm Attachment Bolt
Wiper Blade & Arm
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM &
GETMAN CONTROLLER
17600
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Page 1 of 1
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY.

1 124313 BUZZER, WARNING 1
2 9034-00187 DISPLAY, COLOR, DP250 1
3 134450 RECEP, DT 3PIN, FLANGE, SHRT TAIL 1
4 134272 DEUTSCH RECEP, HD10-9-1939P 1
5 122100
SECTION CONTENTSSWITCH, PUSH BUTTON W/CAP, NO 1
6 124380 SWITCH, IGN/ST, LOCK-OUT START 1
Electrical
7 Schematic
124501 Tips & Symbol Definitions.
SWITCH, TOGGLE, .................................................................
25A/12V, ON-OFF 1 8-2
Circuit Breaker
8 &
124501 Relay Locations....................................................................................
SWITCH, TOGGLE, 25A/12V, ON-OFF 1 8-4
Control/Junction Box Circuit Breakers.............................................................................. 8-5
Battery9Service,
124501Removal and Installation........................................................................
SWITCH, TOGGLE, 25A,/12V, ON-OFF 1 8-7
Battery10Box,134020
Main Circuit BreakerKNOB,
& Battery Switch..........................................................8-11
RED, ESTOP/PBRAKE PUSHBTTN 1
Murphy Electronic Data Display Panel Circuit Breakers......................................................8-14
Getman Controller Panel Circuit Breakers........................................................................8-16
Getman Controller Interface..........................................................................................8-18
Proximity Detection - Connection and Installation.............................................................8-20
*ITEMS NOT SHOWN Updated:
DP250 03/06/18
A64 ANFO CHARGER
SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical Schematic Tips & Symbol Definitions
Electrical Schematic Tips
¾¾ Use the grid along the edge of the schematic to help you find the location of com-
ponents on the page.
• Text pages list a grid location for most components.
• Grid location “F11” would tell you to look in row F, column 11 on the schematic.
¾¾ The schematic is not intended to help you locate components on the actual machine,
but there are clues that can help.
• Connector numbers – the first digit indicates the general location.
“1” is in the dash (ex. MC12)
“2” is on the working end of the machine. (end with scissor, scaling boom, etc.)
(ex. MC25)
“3” is a component for the transmission (ex. MC37)
“4” is not used
“5” is on the engine end of the machine (ex. MC591)
¾¾ Dashed boxes around components indicate that the components are inside of an
enclosure such as the dash panel.
¾¾ Letters with a circle around them indicate a revision. A description of the revision
should appear just above the title block in the bottom right corner of the electrical
schematic.
¾¾ Be aware of the options that are used on each machine. Use the options pages to
see how they affect the electrical wiring.
¾¾ Part number formats used on schematics:
XXXXXX
XXXXX-XX HARNESS
XXXX-XXXXX
REFER TO THE SCHEMATICS FOR THE MACHINE YOU ARE SERVICING FOR WIRING AND
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS SPECIFIC TO THE MACHINE.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical Schematic Symbol Definitions
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Circuit Breaker & Relay Locations Accessory Circuit Breakers
Note: Accessory Din Rail type breakers are
located behind the panel when the Getman
Controller option is installed.
Main Circuit Breaker - Battery Box
Rear Electrical
Junction Box
Main Accessory & Charging System

Circuit Breakers Fuses & Relays Inside Control/Junction Box
Figure 1: Main & Accessory Circuit Breaker & Fuse Locations
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Control/Junction Box Circuit Breakers
ACCESSORY ALTERNATOR
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTROHYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Figure 2: Typical Main Accessory & Charging System Circuit Breakers
General electrician or service technician to find and correct

There are two heavy duty circuit breakers located the problem before resetting the breaker.
in a panel in the top of the control/junction box.
The 105 amp circuit breaker protects the main Replacing Main Circuit Breakers
engine circuits and charging system. The 50 amp Tools
circuit breaker provides protection for the main Assorted Hand Tools
accessory circuit that powers all 24 volt accessories
and control circuits in the operator compartment. Replacement Parts
If the electrohydraulic emergency pump option is Replacement Circuit Breakers as Required
installed, the 20 amp circuit breaker that protects
that system will be mounted on the box near the Supplies
main breakers. Figures 1 and 2. Medium Sandpaper
Dielectric Grease
Resetting Main Circuit Breakers
These breakers are heavy duty, high amperage Notes
breakers with a red, “push to reset” button that • Before performing any maintenance procedure
requires a firm push to reset when it trips. These on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
breakers are always activated when the main shutdown and secured in the service position.
battery switch is ON, unless a breaker has been
• Always turn OFF and lockout the Main Battery
tripped by an overload. Figure 2.
Switch before servicing any electrical system
components.
Heavy duty, main circuit breakers typically trip only
when there is a major electrical fault in the system. • Always double check wiring polarity before
If one of them trips, you should contact a qualified activating the electrical system whenever the
batteries have been disconnected or removed.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Figure 3: Main Circuit Breakers, Relays & Fuses

Inside Control/Junction Box
Removing main circuit breakers: Installing main circuit breakers:

1. Turn the Main Battery Switch to the OFF position. 1. Use medium grit sandpaper to remove any
corrosion on the wire connectors and coat the
2. Disconnect the black ground battery cable and them with die electric grease.
secure it so it cannot accidentally contact the
battery post. Be careful not let the wrench 2. Attach the wire connectors to the terminals on
touch any positive terminal while removing the the new circuit breaker. Make sure the terminal
ground cable. screws or nuts are tight.
3. Remove the four screws securing the top of the 3. Push the reset button through the hole in the
control/junction box. control box and secure with the two machine
screws. Figure 2.
4. Remove the two machine screws securing the
circuit breaker to the box. Figure 2. 4. Reattach the battery ground cable and turn the
main battery switch ON.
5. Pull the circuit breaker into the box and
remove the wire connectors from the terminal 5. Verify circuit operation.
connections. Figure 3.
6. Install the junction box/control box lid.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Battery Service, Removal and Installation
BATTERY
SWITCH
MAIN CIRCUIT
BREAKER
Figure 1: Battery Box, Main Breaker & Battery Switch.
Tools Notes
Battery Post and Terminal cleaner shutdown and secured in the service position.
Replacement Parts (If Required) • Always turn OFF and lockout the Main Battery
2 Group 31-E Starting Batteries Switch before servicing the batteries or battery
Positive Battery Cable box components.
Negative Battery Cable • Load test batteries to determine whether they
Positive to Negative Battery Series Cable are in good condition or require replacement.
Supplies • Two 12 volt batteries are wired in series to

Battery Terminal Corrosion inhibitor produce 24 volts. When replacing batteries,
Dielectric Grease always replace both batteries. Never replace
Medium Grit Sandpaper just one.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
• Always use distilled water in batteries. Never
use tap water.
• Always clean battery cable terminal clamps and
battery posts before connecting the cables, even
on new batteries.
• Always double check wiring polarity before
activating the electrical system whenever the
batteries have been disconnected or removed. -
+
WARNING
A BATTERY CAN EXPLODE IF A FLAME OR SPARK IGNITES THE
HYDROGEN GAS THE BATTERY EMITS WHILE BEING CHARGED.
BE AWARE OF HYDROGEN GAS BUILD UP UNDER BATTERY BOX
LID. KEEP OPEN FLAME AND SPARKS AWAY FROM BATTERIES.
POSITIVE/NEGATIVE
ALWAYS REMOVE THE GROUND TERMINAL FROM THE BATTERY CABLE
POST FIRST TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY FOR SPARKS WHEN
REMOVING BATTERY CABLES.
BATTERY ACID CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS. DO NOT GET

BATTERY ACID ON SKIN.
+ -
Servicing and Replacing Batteries
Removing batteries: Figure 2: Batteries Installed & Wired in Series for 24 Volts.
1. Make sure the main battery switch is OFF. Note that red/black, positive/negative battery series cable is
Figure 1. connected to the inboard battery positive post and the outboard
battery negative post. This connects the two 12 volt batteries
2. Open the battery box lid and secure it so it will in series which provides 24 volts to the positive terminal on the
not accidentally close. outboard battery and the electrical system.
3. To avoid electrical sparks, always make sure

to disconnect the black ground cable first and
secure it so it cannot accidentally contact the 3. The correct electrolyte level is approximately
battery post. Be careful not let the wrench touch 1/4” above the plates or 1/2” from the top of
any positive terminal while removing the ground the battery. If the cells are low, fill to the proper
cable. Figure 2. level with distilled water.
4. Remove the red positive cable. Figure 2. 4. Replace the battery caps and use a battery post
cleaning tool or medium grit sand paper to clean
5. Remove the red/black, positive/negative battery the posts and terminal connections.
series connection cable. Figure 2.
5. Have the batteries load tested by a qualified
6. Use a battery lift strap on the posts to lift each electrical technician.
battery from the battery box.
6. If both batteries pass the load test, they can be
Servicing batteries: reinstalled. If one or both batteries fail the load
1. Use clear, fresh water and a rag to remove all test, both batteries will need to be replaced.
dirt from the battery tops and outer case.
2. Use a towel or rag to dry the battery top, then
remove the caps to check the electrolyte level
in each cell.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
NEOPRENE BUMPERS
NE
OP
RE
NE ER
LIN
LI NE
NE
R RE
OP
NE
MAIN BREAKER
ER
L IN
ENE
PR MAIN BATTERY
O
NE SWITCH
Figure 3: Battery Box Assembly & Typical Battery Installation.
Installing batteries: 5. Clean the posts with a battery post cleaning tool
1. Thoroughly clean the battery box. or medium grit sand paper. Then coat them with
dielectric grease or a battery terminal corrosion
2. Make sure the neoprene liners are on all four inhibitor.
sides and the bottom of the battery box. Figure 3.
6. Using a battery lift strap, carefully set each
3. Inspect battery cables. Replace cables that battery in the battery box with the negative post
are corroded, damaged or have deteriorated for the inboard battery facing the front of the
insulation. machine and the negative post for the outboard
4. Clean the cable terminal connectors with a battery facing the rear. Figures 2 and 3.
battery terminal cleaning tool or medium grit
sand paper.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
7. Connect the red end of the red/black, positive/
negative series connection cable to the positive
post of the inboard battery and connect the
black end of the cable to the negative post of the
outboard battery. Tighten the terminal clamps.
Figure 2.
+
8. Connect the red the positive cable from the main
breaker to the positive post on the outboard
battery and tighten the terminal clamp. Figure 4.
9. Connect the black ground cable to the negative
post on the inboard battery and tighten the
terminal clamp. Be careful not to allow the
wrench to contact any positive terminal while
tightening the ground cable. Figure 2.
10. Coat the terminal clamps with dielectric grease
Figure 4: Positive Cable Connected to Main Breaker &
or a corrosion inhibitor and install the protective
Outboard Battery Positive Post.
caps.
11. Double check for correct polarity, then activate
the main battery switch. Verify that the electrical
system is operating properly.
12. Make sure the neoprene bumpers in the battery
box lid are in place and tight, then close and
latch the lid. Figure 3 and 5.
THE NEOPRENE BUMPERS IN THE BATTERY BOX LID SECURE

THE BATTERIES AND PREVENT THEM FROM BOUNCING WHEN
THE LID IS CLOSED AND PROPERLY LATCHED.
Figure 5: Battery Box Lid Latched
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Battery Box, Main Circuit Breaker & Battery Switch
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.
12 LATCH KIT IN- 2

ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. CLUDES RUBBER
1 Cap screw 8 13 BREAKER 150 AMP 1

CIRCUIT
2 Cap screw 8
14 LINER BATTERY 1
3 NUT 6 BOTTOM
4 FLAT WASHER 4 15 LINER BATTERY 2

BOX SIDE
5 SCREW 2
PANHEAD 16 LINER BATTERY 1
BOTTOM
6 LOCK WASHER 8
17 LINER BATTERY 2
7 LOCK WASHER 6 BOX
8 SWITCH 1 18 BATTERY - 12V 925 2
MASTER CCA MAINT FREE
DISCONNECT
19 LATCH HOLD 2
9 SWITCH LOCKOUT 1 DOWN STRAIGHT
LEVER KIT
20 BUMPER 3
10 BATTERY BOX LID 1 NEOPRENE
11 BATTERY BOX 1 21 NUT NYLOCK 2
WELDMENT DOUBLE
W/BREAKER 22 NUT NYLOCK 2
Figure 1: Battery Box Components
Tools • Always clean battery cable terminal clamps and

General Hand Tools battery posts before connecting the cables, even
on new batteries.
Notes
• Before performing any maintenance procedure • Always double check wiring polarity before
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly activating the electrical system whenever the
shutdown and secured in the service position. batteries have been disconnected or removed.

Switch before servicing the batteries or battery
box components.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Removing and Installing Battery Box
1. Turn main battery switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the battery cables and remove the
batteries. Refer to Removing Batteries in Battery
Service, Removal and Installation.
3. Disconnect the main ground cable from the main
battery switch.
4. Remove the battery ground cable and main cable
wire from the battery box.
5. Remove the two bolts, locknuts and flat washers
securing the battery box to the front fender and
remove the box.
6. Reverse the process to install the battery box.
Refer to Installing Batteries in Battery Service,
Removal and Installation for instructions to install
and connect the batteries.
Remove and Replace Main Breaker or

Figure 2: Battery Box Main Circuit Breaker & Machine Screws
Battery Switch
MAIN
Tools CIRCUIT BREAKER
Assorted Hand Tools
Replacement Parts
Replacement Circuit Breaker or Battery Switch
Supplies
Medium Sandpaper
Dielectric Grease
Blue Loctite
Notes
• Before performing any maintenance procedure on
the machine make sure the it is properly shutdown
and secured in the service position.
components.
• Always double check wiring polarity before
activating the electrical system. Figure 3: Main Circuit Breaker Wires & Protective Caps
Remove main circuit breaker:

1. Turn the Main Battery Switch to the OFF position. 3. Remove the cable connectors from the terminal
2. Disconnect the black ground battery cable and connections on the circuit breaker. Figure 3.
secure it so it cannot accidentally contact the 4. Use a Phillips head screwdriver and small
battery post. Be careful not let the wrench touch wrench to remove the two machine screws, flat
any positive terminal while removing the ground washers, lock washers and nuts securing the
cable. circuit breaker to the battery box. Then remove
the circuit breaker. Figures 1 and 2.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Installing main circuit breaker:
1. Use medium grit sandpaper to remove any
corrosion on the cable connectors and coat the
them with dielectric grease.
2. Attach the cable connectors to the terminals on
the new circuit breaker using the nuts and lock
washers. Make sure the terminal nuts are tight
then install protective caps. Figure 3. SWITCH HANDLE
3. Push the reset button through the hole in the

side of the battery box and secure the circuit
breaker with the two machine screws, flat
washers, lock washers and nuts. Figures 2 and 3.
4. Reattach the battery ground cable and turn the
5. Verify circuit operation.
NUT
AND FLAT WASHERS
Remove the main battery switch:
1. Turn the Main Battery Switch to the OFF position. Figure 4: Main Battery Switch & Switch Handle
2. Disconnect the black ground battery cable and

battery post. Be careful not let the wrench 3. Push the switch through the hole in the side of
touch any positive terminal while removing the the battery box and secure with nut and flat
ground cable. washers. Figure 4.
3. Remove the black battery ground and main 4. Install the switch handle
ground cables from the terminal connections.
5. Coat the threads of machine screw that secures
4. Use a flat head screwdriver to remove the the switch handle with blue Loctite. Tighten the
machine screw that secures the switch handle, screw to secure the handle.
then remove the handle. Figure 4.
6. Attach the ground cable to the battery and turn
5. Hold the back of the switch and use an end the main battery switch ON.
wrench to remove the nut and flat washers
7. Verify the circuit.
securing the switch to the battery box. Then
remove the main switch. Figure 4.
NOTE THAT THE MAIN BATTERY SWITCH INTERRUPTS THE
Installing main battery switch: MAIN GROUND CIRCUIT WHEN IT IS TURNED OFF.
corrosion on the black ground wire connectors
and coat the them with dielectric grease.
2. Attach the wire connectors to the terminals
on the new main switch using nuts and lock
washers. Make sure the terminal nuts are tight.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Murphy Electronic Data Display Panel Circuit Breakers
Figure 5: Instrument Panel & Accessory Circuit Breakers w/ Murphy Electronic Display Panel
Panel Accessory Circuit Breakers To reset the breaker, press the reset button until it
Most 24 volt accessory and control circuits are clicks in the reset position. If the breaker trips again,
supplied power and protected by circuit breakers there is a problem in the circuit or the breaker has
in the instrument panel. These breakers are heavy become defective. Contact a qualified electrician
duty breakers with a red, “push to reset” button or service technician to troubleshoot the problem.
that requires a firm push to reset when it trips. Never replace an accessory circuit breaker with
The breakers are always activated when the main a breaker of a higher amperage in an attempt to
battery switch is ON, unless a breaker has been correct a circuit that is causing the breaker to trip.
tripped by an overload. The amperage of the circuit Using a higher amperage breaker can cause the
breaker is printed on the reset button. circuit to overheat which can damage the circuit and
components or cause an electrical fire.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Replacing Accessory Circuit Breakers Installing Circuit Breakers
Tools corrosion on the wire connectors and coat the
Assorted Hand Tools them with die electric grease.
2. Attach the wire connectors to the terminals on
Replacement Parts
the new circuit breaker. Make sure the terminal
Replacement Circuit Breakers
screws or nuts are tight.
Supplies 3. Push the reset button through the hole in the
Die Electric Grease panel and secure with the two machine screws.
Figure 4.
Removing the Circuit Breakers
1. Turn the Main Battery Switch to the OFF position. 4. Attach the panel to the dash with the four
mounting screws. Figure 5.
secure it so it cannot accidentally contact the 5. Reattach the battery ground cable and turn the
battery post. Be careful not let the wrench main battery switch ON.
touch any positive terminal while removing the 6. Verify circuit operation.
ground cable.
3. Remove the four screws securing the instrument CAUTION
panel to the dash.
NEVER REPLACE AN ACCESSORY CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH
4. Remove the two machine screws securing the A BREAKER OF A HIGHER AMPERAGE IN AN ATTEMPT TO
circuit breaker to the panel. Figure 5. CORRECT A CIRCUIT THAT IS CAUSING THE BREAKER TO
TRIP. USING A HIGHER AMPERAGE BREAKER CAN CAUSE THE
5. Pull the circuit breaker away from the panel and CIRCUIT TO OVERHEAT WHICH CAN DAMAGE THE CIRCUIT
AND COMPONENTS OR CAUSE AN ELECTRICAL FIRE.
remove the wire connectors from the terminal
connections.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Getman Controller Panel Circuit Breakers
 
 
Figure 6: Instrument Panel w/ Getman Controller Display - Circuit Breakers Located Inside Panel
Panel Circuit Breakers The circuit breakers are accessed by removing

If your vehicle is equipped with the optional Getman the instrument panel. To reset a tripped breaker,
Controller Interface most 24 volt accessory and move the toggle switch to OFF, then back to ON.
control circuits are supplied power and protected If the breaker trips again, there is a problem in
by circuit breakers located inside the dash, behind the circuit or the breaker has become defective.
the instrument panel. The breakers are always Contact a qualified electrician or service technician
activated when the main battery switch is ON, to troubleshoot the problem. Never replace an
unless a breaker has been tripped by an overload. accessory circuit breaker with a breaker of a higher
The amperage of the circuit breaker is printed on amperage in an attempt to correct a circuit that is
the label attached to the housing. causing the breaker to trip. Using a higher amperage
breaker can cause the circuit to overheat which can
damage the circuit and components or cause an
electrical fire.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Replacing Circuit Breakers
Removing the Circuit Breakers

1. Turn the Main Battery Switch to the OFF position.
battery post. Be careful not let the wrench
touch any positive terminal while removing the
ground cable.
3. Remove the four screws securing the instrument
panel to the dash. Figure 6.
4. Loosen the two wire terminal screws and remove
the wires.
5. The circuit breakers are the Din Rail mount type.
Unclip the faulty circuit breaker from the mount.
Installing Circuit Breakers
corrosion on the wire connectors and coat the
them with die electric grease.
2. Align the new circuit breaker with the Din Rail
and press firmly to completely seat the breaker Figure 7: Typical Din Rail Circuit Breaker Mounted Behind
on the Din Rail. Dash with Getman Controller
3. Attach the wire connectors to the terminals on

the new circuit breaker. Make sure the terminal
screws are tight.
4. Make sure the reset toggle lever is moved to
the ON position.
7. Attach the panel to the dash with the four
mounting screws. Figure 7.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Getman Controller Interface
Figure 1: Getman Controller
Removing and Installing the Controller • Always turn OFF and lockout the Main Battery
Tools components.
Assorted Hand Tools
• Always make sure the black ground cable is dis-
connected from the battery to ensure no voltage
Replacement Parts
spikes are possible.
New Control necessary.
• Getman Controllers are pre-programed at the
Supplies factory for each truck. Always contact Getman
None Customer Service for assistance when trouble-
shooting and ordering a Controller.
Notes
on the machine make sure the machine is
properly shutdown and secured in the service
position.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Removing the Controller
1. Turn the main battery switch to the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the black ground battery cable and secure it so it cannot accidentally contact the battery post.
Be careful not let the wrench touch any positive terminal while removing the ground cable.
3. Remove the four screws securing the instrument panel to the dash.
4. Disconnect the wire harnesses from the controller.
5. Hold the controller against the panel and remove the screws securing the controller to the panel and
remove the controller.
Installing a New Controller

1. Hold the controller against the panel and install the screws to secure it to the plate.
2. Make sure the main battery switch is OFF and that the battery ground cable is disconnected. Then
connect the harness plugs.
3. Attach the panel to the dash with the four mounting screws.
4. Connect the battery ground cable, then turn the main battery switch on.
5. Turn the ignition switch on, but do not start the engine. Allow several minutes for the controller to
boot through the initial startup sequence.
THE INITIAL START UP IS CRITICAL TO THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE CONTROLLER. YOU SHOULD BE IN CONTACT WITH
GETMAN CUSTOMER SERVICE WHILE THE NEW UNIT IS BOOTING THROUGH THE INITIAL STARTUP SEQUENCE TO ENSURE
THE CONTROLLER INITIALIZES AS EXPECTED. NEVER START THE ENGINE UNTIL THE INITIAL BOOT UP IS COMPLETE.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Proximity Detection - Connection and Installation
NOTE: Connection and installation of 4. After entering the password, press the right
the Proximity Detection Interface (PDI)
should be conducted by your Sandvik arrow until you reach Options Page 7.
Technical Professional. Contact your Sandvik
5. On Options Page 7, turn on the “PDI” option.
Representative to assist in the installation
The red rectangle will turn green when it is
and provide the necessary password to
enabled.
complete the installation.
6. Once PDI is enabled, press the Exit button

The PDI controller is located in the console several times to return to the home screen.
beneath the dash panel. The Deutsch HDP20-series
The PDI system is now enabled and will respond to
connector is located beneath the dash and should
inputs from the detection system. If the detection
be on the left side near the controller itself. It may
system is not connected or is not functioning
be easiest to access this connector by removing the
properly, the truck will enter a fault state, and it
back panel of the console.
will not be possible to release the brake until this
issue is resolved, or the PDI option is turned off.
To install the system, connect the interface to the
HDP-20 connector, and enable the option in the
dash screen. CAUTION
To enable the option in the dash: IF THE PDI SYSTEM IS TURNED OFF, THE TRUCK WILL
OPERATE NORMALLY AS THOUGH NO SYSTEM WERE
1. Press the i information button. This will bring INSTALLED AND WILL NOT REACT TO ANY INPUTS FROM
you to the truck information screen. THE DETECTION SYSTEM.
2. Press the wrench button. This will bring

you to the Setup/Testing Screen.
3. Press and hold the “UNITS” button (it will read
either PSI or kPa). This will open the password
screen which will allow you to modify the truck
options.
Password Screen Options Page 7
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 9.
SECTION CONTENTS
Fan Belt and Fan........................................................................................................... 9-2
Engine Radiator............................................................................................................ 9-5
Exhaust System............................................................................................................ 9-8
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Fan Belt and Fan
IDLER/TENSION
PULLEY
Figure 1: Typical Engine Fan Belt & Cooling Fan
General
Fan belt installation and removal will vary somewhat with different engines. The procedures in this section
describe general fan belt installation and removal. The steps required to remove the belt on your engine
may vary slightly from these instructions. You should refer to the engine service manual for additional
information on removing the fan belt.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Tools
Assorted hand tools
Torque Wrench
Breaker Bar
Pry bar
Overhead Lift
Replacement Parts (if required)

Fan Belt
Supplies
Blue Loctite
Notes
Switch before servicing engine components.
• Be extremely careful while servicing components
near the radiator. Every precaution to protect
the radiator from damage should be exercised.
FAN GUARD
BOLTS (4)
Remove and Install a Fan Belt
Allow the engine and radiator to cool to room
temperature before removing the fan belt.
Removing belt:
1. Make sure the engine compartment and radiator
are cool.
Figure 2: Cummins Engine Fan Guard
2. Remove bolts holding cowling above the radiator
in place. Use a lifting device to remove the
cowling (get help if needed).
3. Loosen the 4 bolts securing the fan guard to the
radiator. Support the guard so it doesn’t drop
when the bolts are removed, then remove the
bolts and washers. Figures 1 & 2.
4. The fan guard is slotted on the bottom. Lift the
guard straight up and remove it from the engine 6. Make a sketch or take a digital photo of the belt
compartment. Figure 2. routing on the pulleys for reference.
5. Remove the 4 bolts and lock washers holding 7. Use a breaker bar to rotate the belt idler/tension
the fan to the water pump. Remove the fan and pulley to relieve the tension on the belt. Then
spacer. Place them in a safe location out of the remove the belt. Figure 1.
way. Figure 3.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY
1 04GEM10 WASHER LOCK 10 MM 4
2 17GCM10120 Cap screw METRIC 4
3 9047-00010 FAN 1
4 TP040045 SPACER 1
Figure 3: Cummins Engine Cooling Fan Components
Installing the belt:

1. Refer to the reference drawing or photo and 4. Apply blue Loctite to the fan bolt threads. Install
correctly route the belt on the pulleys. the fan, spacer, 4 mounting bolts and lock
washers. Use a torque wrench to tighten bolts
2. Use a breaker bar to rotate the belt idler/tension to specifications. Figure 3.
pulley to create enough slack in the belt to route
over the last pulley (typically the alternator 5. Apply blue Loctite to the fan guard bolt threads.
pulley). Then slowly release the breaker bar to Install the fan guard and 4 mounting bolts and
allow the idler pulley to tension the belt. Figure washers. Tighten bolts to specifications. Figures
1. 1 & 2.
3. Make sure the belt is properly aligned on each 6. Use a lifting device to set the cowling in place.
pulley. Rotate the idler/tension pulley to create If needed use a small pry bar to align the hood
slack and adjust the belt on the pulleys if to the side braces.
necessary.
7. Apply blue Loctite to the engine cowling bolt
threads. Install the mounting bolts and lock
MAKE SURE THE RIBS IN THE BELT ARE ALIGNED WITH THE washers. Tighten bolts to specifications.
RIBS IN EACH OF THE PULLEYS. THE NEW BELT WILL BE
DESTROYED IN SECONDS IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WITH
THE BELT MISALIGNED.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Engine Radiator
RADIATOR
RADIATOR
MOUNTING BRACKETS
COOLING FAN
GUARD CHARGE AIR
COOLER
CHASSIS MOUNTING
HARDWARE
Figure 1: Radiator, Charge Air Cooler & Fan Guard Assembly
General
A radiator and integrated charge air cooler are mounted to the chassis, just forward of the engine. If
either heat exchanger requires service, they must be replaced as a unit. The procedures for removing
and installing the radiator are outlined in this section.
Tools Radiator and Charge Air Cooler

Assorted hand tools Assorted Hose Clamps
Torque Wrench
Pry bar Supplies
Overhead Lift Blue Loctite
Engine Coolant
Replacement Parts (if required) Dielectric Grease
Coolant Hoses
Charge Air Hoses
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Notes
• Be extremely careful while servicing the
radiator or components near the radiator. Every
precaution to protect the radiator from damage
should be exercised.
• Place identification marks on all hoses, wire
harness plugs, and tube assemblies for ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY
installation purposes. 1 04GEM10 WASHER LOCK 10 MM 4
• Cap hose and tube assemblies. This helps to 2 17GCM10120 Cap screw METRIC 4
prevent fluid loss and prevents contaminants 3 9047-00010 FAN 1
from entering the system. 4 TP040045 SPACER 1
Figure 2: Cummins Engine Cooling Fan Components

Remove and Install the Radiator
Allow the engine and radiator to cool to room
temperature before removing engine components
and the radiator.
Remove the radiator:

are cool. RADIATOR
COOLANT HOSES
2. Make sure the main battery switch is OFF and
locked out.
3. Remove bolts holding cowling above the radiator
in place. Use a lifting device to remove the
cowling. (get help if needed).
4. Loosen the 4 bolts securing the fan guard to the
radiator. Support the guard so it doesn’t drop
when the bolts are removed, then remove the
bolts and washers. Figure 1.
5. The fan guard is slotted on the bottom. Lift the
guard straight up and remove it from the engine
compartment. Figure 1.
6. Remove the 4 bolts and lock washers holding
the fan to the water pump. Remove the fan and
spacer. Place them in a safe location out of the
way. Figure 2.
7. Use appropriate container to drain the coolant
from the cooling system.
8. Loosen the clamps and disconnect the coolant
Figure 3: Radiator Coolant Hoses
hoses attached to the radiator. Cap the hoses.
Figure 3.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
9. Loosen the clamps and remove the two charge
air intake hoses. Cap the hoses. Figure 4. CHARGE AIR
HOSE
10. Remove any other electrical harness and/or
components that may get in the way of removing
the radiator (mark or note their locations).
11. Remove the mounting bolts and washers that
secure the radiator assembly to the chassis.
Figure 1.
12. Remove the radiator using overhead lifting
equipment and rigging.
Install the radiator:

1. Make sure the main battery switch is OFF and
locked out.
2. Install radiator brackets, mounts, and hardware
on the new radiator. Figure 1.
CHARGE AIR
3. Clean all mounting hardware and mount HOSE
surfaces. CHARGE AIR
COOLER
4. Use overhead lifting equipment and rigging to
set the radiator into place. Figure 4: Charge Air Cooler & Hoses
5. Align the mount holes in the radiator mounts
with the holes in the chassis. Insert the bolts,
washers and lock nuts. Tighten to specifications.
Figure 1.
6. Reassemble and/or install components and
electrical harnesses that were removed in step 11. Fill radiator with the specified type and quantity
10 of the Removal procedure. Apply dielectric of coolant.
grease to the spades of any plugs disconnected.
12. Use a lifting device to set the cowling in place.
7. Connect the two charge air intake hoses to the If needed use a small pry bar to align the hood
cooler and tighten the clamps. Figure 4. to the side braces.
8. Connect the coolant hoses to the radiator and 13. Apply blue Loctite to the engine cowling bolt
tighten the clamps. Figure 3. threads. Install the mounting bolts and lock
washers. Tighten bolts to specifications.
9. Apply blue Loctite to the fan bolt threads. Install
the fan, spacer, 4 mounting bolts and lock 14. Start engine and verify all connections are tight
washers. Use a torque wrench to tighten bolts with no leaks. Run engine and closely monitor
to specifications. Figure 2. engine temperature to verify correct operation.
10. Apply blue Loctite to the fan guard bolt threads. 15. Top off coolant level after all air has been bleed
Install the fan guard and 4 mounting bolts and from coolant system.
washers. Tighten bolts to specifications. Figure 1.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Exhaust System
Figure 1: Exhaust System Heat Shield
General
The exhaust system for the diesel engine on your machine is equipped with an ECS catalytic particulate
filter in the exhaust system that requires specific operation and maintenance procedures. The ECS catalytic
air purifier (diesel particulate filter) must be inspected at least every 50 hours.
Exhaust flow restriction indicates the condition of the particulate filter. This is determined by checking
exhaust back pressure with a back pressure gauge. Excessive back pressure indicates a blocked particulate
filter that requires cleaning. Back pressure in the normal range indicates that the particulate filter is not
blocked and cleaning or additional service is not required.
The procedures for checking exhaust back pressure and cleaning a clogged ECS particulate filter are
outlined in this section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Tools
EXHAUST PRESSURE
Assorted hand tools
GAUGE PORT
Torque Wrench
Back Pressure Gauge

Exhaust Pipe Clamps
Exhaust Pipe Insulation
Supplies
Hard Bristle, Nylon Part Cleaning Brush
Solvent Air Part Cleaning Gun EXHAUST
PURIFIER
Super Concentrate Degreasing Solution
Stoddard Solvent or High Grade Kerosene
Air Compressor
Pressure Washer
Notes EXHAUST
SILENCER
• Be extremely careful while servicing the exhaust
system. Make sure to allow the exhaust system
to cool to room temperature before servicing
any components.
AVOID ALLOWING THE ENGINE TO IDLE MORE THAN FIVE

(5) MINUTES AT A TIME. EXTENDED PERIODS AT IDLE OR
OPERATION AT LOW ENGINE RPM WILL CAUSE THE CATALYST Figure 2: Exhaust Silencer, ECS Purifier &
TO COOL TO THE POINT WHERE IT WILL BE INEFFECTIVE AND Back Pressure Gauge Port
BECOME CLOGGED WITH CARBON PARTICLES.
5. Connect a back pressure gauge to the 1/8”
NPT test port between the purifier and exhaust
manifold. Figure 2.
Checking Exhaust Back pressure
Before vehicle is put into service and during every 6. Reactivate the machine and start the engine.
50 Hour Maintenance, check exhaust back pressure Advance the engine speed to full throttle while
at full throttle using the following procedure. someone monitors the exhaust back pressure.
7. Record the back pressure, then shutdown the
1. Make sure the exhaust system is cool. engine and secure the machine in the service
2. Make sure the main battery switch is OFF and position.
locked out.
8. Allow the exhaust system to cool to room
3. Loosen the 4 bolts securing the silencer heat temperature and remove the pressure gauge.
shield. Figure 1. Insert and tighten the plug in the test port.
Figure 2.
4. Support the shield so it will not drop when the
bolts are removed. Then remove the bolts and If back pressure exceeds the engine manufacturer’s
the shield. specifications or has risen 5” (127mm) of mercury
or more since last regeneration, purifier must be
regenerated (cleaned).
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 9.
Cleaning and Regenerating the Purifier
Use the following procedure to disassemble the
exhaust system and clean the ECS Purifier.
WARNING
CLEANING SOLUTIONS ARE FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE
SEVERE BURNS IF THEY IGNITE. USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. USE IN A PROPERLY
VENTILATED AREA.
MAKE SURE THE EXHAUST SYSTEM IS COOL BEFORE

SERVICING ANY COMPONENTS.
Cleaning Procedure:
1. Make sure the exhaust system is cool.
2. Remove center section of the purifier. Figure 3.
3. Dry brush inlet face of catalyst. Figure 4.
Figure 3: ECS Exhaust Purifier Removed from Silencer
4. Air clean through the outlet face of catalyst.
5. Repeat steps 2, 3 & 4 until inlet face is clean.
6. Completely soak catalyst in solvent/decreasing
solution for one hour.
7. Solvent-air clean through outlet face of catalyst
for 10 minutes.
8. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until purifier is clean.
9. Air clean through outlet face.
10. High pressure water wash purifier through outlet
face and air dry (3000 PSI Max)
11. Replace purifier and reassemble exhaust
system. Figure 2.
12. Check back pressure at full throttle to verify
exhaust flow. Figure 4: Catalyst Screen - Inlet Face
13. Shutdown the engine and secure the machine

in the service position.
14. Allow the exhaust system to cool to room
IF HIGH PRESSURE STEAM IS AVAILABLE, IT MAY BE
temperature and remove the pressure gauge. SUBSTITUTED FOR SOLVENT SOLUTION. STEAM CLEAN
Insert and tighten the plug in the test port. THROUGH OUTLET FACE, KEEPING NOZZLE 2” (51 MM)
AWAY FROM CATALYST FACE. IF PURIFIER HAS BEEN
15. Reinstall exhaust system heat guard. Figure 1. REGENERATED BUT ENGINE CONTINUES TO SMOKE, ENGINE
MUST BE SERVICED OR AIR CLEANER FILTERS REPLACED TO
MAINTAIN SAFE EXHAUST CONDITIONS.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
SECTION CONTENTS
Fuel Filters.................................................................................................................10-2
Fuel Tank...................................................................................................................10-7
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Filters
VENT PLUG PRIMER PUMP
FINE
MICRON
FILTER
DRAIN
VALVE
Figure 1: Water Separating Fuel Filter Figure 2: Engine Fine Micron Fuel Filter
General
The fuel system is equipped with two spin on fuel filters. A water separating pre filter near the fuel tank
and a fine micron filter mounted near the water separating filter or in the engine compartment.
The water separating filter is equipped with a drain valve, primer pump and water sensor. The filter drain
should be opened frequently and fuel drained into a container to check the filter for water and other
contaminants that can damage the fuel system. The sensor in the filter will activate a fault and warning
light in the Getman controller or Murphy data display to alert the operator that an excessive amount of
water has accumulated in the filter. The primer pump is used to bleed air from the system when the filters
are changed or other fuel system components are serviced.
The fine micron filter has no drain or sensor. It should be changed at regular intervals as stated in the
engine operation manual or if water or excessive contamination is found in the water separator filter. Refer
to the engine operation manual for instructions to bleed air from the fuel system after service is performed.
The procedures for removing and installing the fuel filters are outlined in this section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Figure 3: Water Separating Filter Location
Tools Notes
Filter Wrench shutdown and secured in the service position.
Replacement Parts • Always turn OFF and lockout the Main Battery
Water Separator Filter Switch before servicing fuel filters or fuel system
components.
Supplies • Fuel is very flammable, always make sure to
Oil for Filter Gaskets allow the engine and radiator to cool to room
Dielectric Grease temperature before servicing the fuel system.
• Always clean up spilled fuel and dispose of the
fuel and fuel soaked rags properly.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Replacing the Water Separator Filter
The water separator filter is located on the left side
of the engine compartment, above the left fender.
Removing the filter:

are cool.
2. Turn the main battery switch at the battery box
OFF.
3. Open the drain valve and drain the fuel from
the filter into an appropriate container. Check
the fuel for water and excessive dirt or other
DRAIN
contaminates. Figure 1. VALVE
IF THERE IS WATER OR EXCESSIVE CONTAMINATION FOUND, WATER

THE FUEL TANK WILL NEED TO BE DRAINED AND FLUSHED. SENSOR
REFER TO SERVICING AND REMOVING THE FUEL TANK IN
THIS SECTION OF THE MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS TO
DRAIN THE TANK. Figure 4: New Water Separating Filter, Drain Valve & Sensor
4. Unplug the wire harness from the sensor. Figure 4.
5. Using a filter wrench, rotate the filter

counterclockwise to remove it.
Installing the new filter:
1. Apply a thin layer of oil on the filter seal.
2. Rotate the filter clockwise to thread it on to 6. Tighten the vent plug.
the filter head. Hand tighten per the filter
manufacturer’s instructions. 7. Follow the engine manufacturer’s instructions
for bleeding the entire fuel system.
3. Apply dielectric grease to the sensor plug and
attach the plug to the filter sensor. Figure 4. 8. If only the water separator filter is changed,
reactivate the machine, start the engine and
4. Make sure the drain valve is closed and open check for leaks.
the vent plug at the top of the filter. Figure 1.
5. Press the primer pump piston until all air is I F T H E F I N E M I C R O N E N G I N E F I LT E R I S A L S O B E I N G
purged from the filter and a steady flow of fuel REPLACED, DO NOT START THE ENGINE TO CHECK FOR FUEL
is coming from the vent. Figure 1. LEAKS UNTIL BOTH FILTERS ARE CHANGED.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
FINE MICRON
FUEL FILTER
Figure 4: Typical Fine Micron Fuel Filter Location - Typical Engine Compartment Location
Replacing the Fine Micron Engine Filter 3. If the filter is in the engine compartment, open
The fine micron filter is located on a bracket above the top left cowling access panel and support it
the left front fender, near the water separator in the open position. Figure 5.
filter or in the engine compartment, just below
4. Place a container or rags below the filter to
the cowling. If the filter is located in the engine
catch fuel that may drip from the filter as it is
compartment, it is accessed by opening the left top
removed. Figure 4.
cowling access panel.
5. Using a filter wrench, rotate the filter
Removing the filter: counterclockwise to remove it. The filter will be
1. If the filter is in the engine compartment, make full of fuel, so make sure to keep it vertical with
sure the engine is cool. the seal up when it is removed.
2. Turn the main battery switch at the battery box 6. When the filter is free of the filter head, keep it
OFF. upright and remove the filter from the engine
compartment. Then empty the remaining fuel
into an appropriate container and discard the
filter.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
LEFT COWLING
ACCESS PANEL
Figure 5: Cowling Access Panels
Installing the new filter: 4. Reactivate the machine, start the engine and
1. Apply a thin layer of oil to the filter seal. check for leaks. If the water separator filter was
replaced, check both filters and the entire fuel
2. Rotate the filter clockwise to thread it onto system for leaks.
the filter head. Hand tighten per the filter
manufacturer’s instructions. 5. Close and secure the cowling access panel.
3. Follow the engine manufacturer’s instructions
for bleeding the filter and the entire fuel system.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Tank
General
The fuel tank is located on the rear of the left front
fender. It is equipped with a withdrawal tube, supply
and return line connections, fuel fill, and inspection
plate. There are also fuel level sight glasses on the FUEL FILL
rear of the tank.
INSPECTION
The inspection plate can be removed to inspect PLATE
internal components or clean out the tank when
necessary. The tank is removable for service or
replacement it if it becomes damaged. This section
includes procedures for removing the tank and the
more commonly performed service items.
Tools
Assorted hand tools
Torque Wrench
Pipe Wrench
Lifting Equipment

Fuel Tank
Fuel Cap assembly FUEL GAUGE
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit. SIGHT GLASSES
Sending Unit Gasket.
Inspection Plate Gasket.
Supplies
Fuel Resistant Pipe Thread sealant.
Dielectric Grease
Blue Loctite
Notes Figure 1: Fuel Tank, Fuel Fill, Fuel Gauge Sight Glasses
• Before performing any maintenance procedure & Inspection Plate
shutdown and secured in the service position. Remove and replace the fuel fill cap:
1. Make sure the engine compartment is cool.
Switch before servicing the fuel tank or fuel 2. Turn the main battery switch at the battery box
system components. OFF.
• Fuel is very flammable, always make sure to 3. Rotate the cap assembly counterclockwise to
allow the engine and radiator to cool to room remove it from the threaded fill pipe. Figure 2.
temperature before servicing the fuel system.
4. Thoroughly clean the fill pipe threads and apply
• Always clean up spilled fuel and dispose of the fuel resistant pipe thread sealant to the threads.
fuel and fuel soaked rags properly. Figure 2.
Fuel Fill Cap 5. Rotate the new cap assembly clockwise to thread
The fuel fill is located on the top of the tank and is it onto the fill cap and hand tighten.
threaded onto the fill pipe. The fuel cap assembly is
replaceable if it malfunctions or becomes damaged.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Gauge Sender (optional)
The fuel sender is located below a protective cover
near the fuel fill. The sender has no moving parts
and uses sonic signals to determine the fuel level. If
the sender malfunctions, it will need to be replaced
using the following procedure.
FILL PIPE
Removing the fuel gauge sender:
Make sure the tank is not completely full. Remove
the drain plug and drain a few of gallons of fuel to
lower the fuel level in the tank if necessary.

OFF.
3. Loosen and remove the bolts securing the
protective cover to the tank above the sender.
Remove the cover. Figure 3.
4. Unplug the wire harness from the sender. Figure Figure 2: Typical Fuel Fill Cap Open Showing Fill Pipe
3.
5. Loosen and remove the 6 Phillips head screws
and lock washers securing the sender to the
tank. Figure 3.
6. Remove the sender and gasket.
Replace the fuel gauge sender:
1. Clean the gasket seal area on the top of the tank.
2. Place the new sender and gasket on the tank
and align the screw holes.
3. Insert the screws and lock washers.
4. Use a star pattern to tighten the screws snug.
5. Apply dielectric grease to the plug spades and
plug the wire harness to the sender.
6. Install the protective cover and tighten the bolts.
Figure 3: Typical Fuel Gauge Sender, Wire Harness
Fuel Tank & Protective Cover
If the excessive water or contaminates are found
in the water separator fuel filter, the tank will
need to be drained and flushed using the following
procedure.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Draining and flushing the fuel tank:
OFF.
3. Open the fuel fill cap.
4. Drain the tank into a suitable container by
removing drain plug at the bottom of the tank.
Figure 4.
5. When the tank is drained, remove the bolts in
the inspection plate and remove the plate. Use a
bright light to inspect for sludge buildup and other
contamination. Figure 5.
6. Flush the tank with clean fresh fuel until it is clean.
Figure 4: Drain Plug
7. Close the fill cap.
8. Clean the threads on the drain plug and apply fuel
resistant pipe thread sealer. Install and tighten the
plug. Figure 4.
9. Put a new gasket on the inspection plate and
place the plate in position on top of the tank.
Align the holes and insert the bolts. Tighten to
specifications. Figure 5.
10. Fill the tank with clean, fresh fuel.
Removing and replacing the fuel tank:
If the fuel tank becomes badly contaminated or
damaged, it will need to be replaced using the
following procedure.

OFF.
Figure 5: Fuel Tank Inspection Plate
3. Open the fuel fill cap.
7. Use safety stands to support the bottom of the
4. Drain the tank into a suitable container by tank and have a helper hold the tank against the
removing drain plug at the bottom of the tank and fender. Then remove the 4 bolts and lock washers
drain the fuel. Figure 4. securing the tank to the fender. There are two bolts
5. Remove the supply and return fuel hoses at on each end of the tank.
the tank fittings. Cap the fittings to prevent 8. Slowly lower the tank from the fender and lay
contamination and place the hoses in a safe it on the floor or dolly.
location, clear of the fuel tank.
6. If the truck is equipped with a fuel level gauge,
disconnect the wire harness from the fuel sender
and place the harness in a safe location clear of
the tank. Figure 3.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 10.
FUEL SYSTEM
Installing a new fuel tank:
1. Remove inspection plate and use a bright
light to inspect the inside of the new tank for
contamination or metal shavings. Clean as
required.
2. Place the plate and gasket in position on top of
the tank. Align the holes and insert the bolts.
Tighten bolts.
3. Install the fuel fill cap assembly.
4. Install the fuel gauge sending unit on the new
tank if necessary.
5. Make sure the drain plug is in place and tight.
6. Use a helper to move the tank into position on
the fender and align the mounting holes. Use
jacks or safety stands to support the bottom of
the tank and hold it in position.
7. Apply blue Loctite to the threads of the four
tank mounting bolts. Install the bolts and lock
washers. Tighten to specifications.
8. Attach the fuel supply and return lines.
9. If equipped with a fuel gauge, apply dielectric
grease to the sender plug spades and plug wire
harness into the sender.
Figure 6: Fuel Tank Mounted on Fender
10. Fill the tank with fuel and check for leaks.
11. Follow the engine manufacturer’s instructions
for bleeding the entire fuel system.
12. Reactivate the machine, start the engine and
check for leaks.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 11.
CONTROL COMPONENTS
SECTION CONTENTS
Throttle Control Pedal..................................................................................................11-2
Steering Wheel and Column..........................................................................................11-5
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
Throttle Control Pedal
PEDAL ASSEMBLY
BOLT
Figure 1: Brake & Throttle Control Pedals
General
Replacement throttle control pedals are available from Getman as complete assemblies. The pedals are
equipped with special plugs to connect them to the control circuits. Each time a pedal is replaced, it
must be calibrated.
The brake control pedal is hydraulic and is explained in the Brake System chapter.
The procedures for removing a faulty pedal and installing the replacement are covered in this section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
Tools
Assorted hand tools
MOUNTING
BOLT
Control pedal assembly
Supplies
Dielectric Grease
Blue Loctite
Cable Ties SENSOR
Notes
shutdown and secured in the service position. ELECTRONIC
CONTROLLER
• Always turn OFF and lockout the main battery
switch before servicing electrical system
components.
MOUNTING
• Replacement control pedals must calibrated BOLT
before operating the machine.
Replacing the control pedals:

1. Make sure the main battery switch is OFF.
2. Unplug the pedal assembly from the harness.
3. Remove the bolt securing the pedal to the plate
on the operator compartment floor. Figure 2.
4. Remove the faulty pedal and position the new
pedal assembly on the plate. Figure 2.
5. Apply blue Loctite to the threads and insert the
bolt and lock washer. Tighten to specifications.
6. Apply dielectric grease to the plug spades and Figure 2: Throttle Control Pedal Assembly
attach the pedal plug to the wire harness. Figure
2.
7. The new pedal must be calibrated before
operating the machine. See the following
instructions for calibrating the new pedal
assembly.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
Figure 3: Getman Controller Main Screen Figure 4: Getman Controller Information Screen
Navigation: 
Calibrating control pedals - Getman

Controller:
Once the replacement pedal is mounted and plugged
into the wire harness, it must be calibrated. Use the
following procedure to navigate to the CALIBRATION
SCREEN on the Getman Controller to calibrate the
pedals.
1. Turn the main battery switch ON.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, but
do not start the engine.
3. Allow the Getman Controller to boot up. The
START SCREEN will display briefly during Boot
up. After approximately 5 seconds, the controller
will automatically go to the Main RUN Screen.
Figure 3. Figure 5: Getman Controller Setup/Testing Screen
4. Press the button to go the Information Navigation:  

Screen. Figure 4.
Calibrating control pedals - Murphy Data

5. Press the button to go to the Setup/ Display:
Testing Screen. Figure 5. 1. Turn the main battery switch ON.
6. Press the pedal all the way to the floor and hold it 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, but
for 5 seconds. Follow the on screen instructions. do not start the engine.
7. When calibration is complete release the pedal. 3. Press the pedal to the floor and hold for 5
The replacement pedal is calibrated and the seconds.
machine is ready for operation.
4. Release the pedal. The replacement pedal
is calibrated and the machine is ready for
operation.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
Steering Wheel and Column
10827
STEERING WHEEL & COLUMN
Page 1 of 1
3
1 Steering Wheel
2 Steering Column
3 Orbitrol Nut
4 Cap screw

1 492191 WHEEL, STEERING
Figure 1: Steering Wheel Components 1
2 171002 COLUMN 1
3* 173175 CAPSCREW 2
4* 173132 NUT, ORBITROL 1
General
5* 494081 KNOB (STEERING) (OPTIONAL) 1
Replacement steering columns and control valves are available from Getman as complete assemblies.
6*
The steering 595397 WHEEL
wheel splines and column CAP,splines
shaft FOR 492191 1 wheel
are tapered to ensure a snug fit. A steering
puller is usually required to remove the steering wheel from the shaft.
The procedure for removing a faulty control valve or worn steering column and installing the replacement
are covered in this section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

*ITEM NOT SHOWN Updated:
SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
Tools Remove & Install Steering Wheel
Assorted hand tools The splines on the steering column shaft and
Torque Wrench steering wheel are a matched tapper. Consequently,
Steering Wheel Puller the steering wheel becomes pressed onto the
steering shaft as the nut is tightened.
Replacement Parts
Steering Wheel (if required) Most of the time, a steering wheel puller is required
Steering Column (if required) to remove the wheel from the shaft without causing
Hydraulic Hoses (if required) damage to the steering wheel, steering column or
control valve. You should never attempt to use a
Supplies hammer or pry bar to remove the steering wheel
Blue Loctite Thread Locker from the shaft.
Caps for Hoses and Fittings
Grease Removing the steering wheel:
1. Loosen the steering wheel nut until it is at least
Notes 1/4” from the steering wheel. Do not remove it
• Before performing any maintenance procedure from the shaft at this point. Figure 1.
shutdown and secured in the service position. 2. Use the steering wheel puller to loosen the wheel
from the shaft splines.
• Before servicing any component in the hydraulic
system, pump the brakes and monitor the 3. Remove the nut and steering wheel from the
hydraulic system pressure gauge to ensure all column. Figure 1.
pressure is bled from the system.
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently Installing the steering wheel
damage hydraulic pumps and other components 1. Make sure the steering wheel and column shaft
in the system. Make sure the control valve and splines are clean and free of burrs and corrosion.
hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly 2. Apply a thin layer of grease to the splines on the
cleaned before disconnecting holes and removing wheel and the column shaft. Figure 1.
the cylinders.
3. Place the wheel on the shaft and rotate slightly
• Make sure all parts are clean before final until the splines align, then push the wheel onto
assembly. shaft. Figure 1.
4. Install the steering wheel nut and torque to
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
Removing and installing the steering
column and control valve:
The steering column and control valve are separate
components that are secured to the dash and each
other with four bolts.
Make sure both are supported when the bolts are

loosened to prevent damage to the units as they
are removed from the dash assembly.
Removing the steering column and control

valve:
system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure
2. Remove the steering wheel from the steering
column as instructed in the previous section of CONTROL VALVE
this chapter. Figure 1.
3. Label hydraulic hoses connected to the control
valve and remove the hoses. Place caps on
fittings to prevent contamination. Figure 3.
4. Support the control valve and steering column STEERING COLUMN
so they will not fall when the bolts are loosened.
Figure 2: Typical Steering Column & Control Valve
Figure 2.
5. Remove the bolts securing the steering column
to the dash and control valve and slide the
splined steering column shaft out of the control
valve and away from the dash. Set the column
in a safe place. Figure 2.
6. Remove the control valve from behind the dash
and place it in a safe, clean location.
Installing the control valve and steering
column.
1. Make sure the steering column shaft and control
valve splines are clean and free of burrs and
corrosion.
2. Apply a thin layer of grease to the splines on
each unit.
3. Apply blue loctite to the threads for the four bolts
that secure the steering column to the control
valve and dash.
4. Support the control valve in position behind the
dash and align the steering column shaft splines
with the splines on the control valve. Turn the
column shaft as required to align the splines then
push the column into the control valve.
Figure 3: Steering Control Valve & Hydraulic Hoses
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 11.
CONTROLS
5. While supporting the steering column and Test the steering and check for leaks:
control valve, align the bolt holes and insert Air will be bled from the control valve and steering
the four cap bolts to secure the column to the system automatically when the hydraulic circuit is
control valve and dash assembly. Tighten the activated.
bolts to specifications.
1. Reactivate the machine and start the engine.
6. Install and tighten the hydraulic hoses. Make
sure the hoses are installed correctly to ensure 2. With the engine at idle, activate the steering
the unit will steer in the proper direction when through several full right and left turn cycles.
the steering wheel is turned. Figure 3.
3. Monitor the system for smooth and proper
7. Install the steering wheel as outlined in the operation. Also make sure the steering turns in
previous section and tighten the steering wheel the proper direction.
nut to specifications. Figure 1.
4. Shutdown the machine and make sure it is in
the service position. Then check for leaks.
5. Correct any leaks or steering problems before
placing the machine in service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
SECTION CONTENTS
Changing Differential & Hub Fluid...................................................................................12-2
Drive Shafts and Components.......................................................................................12-4
Front and Rear Drive Axles............................................................................................12-9
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Changing Differential & Hub Fluid
1. Brake Cooling Inlet Port 5. Differential Case Drain

2. Brake Cooling Outlet Port 6. Reducer Hub Drain/Fill/Vent
3. Axle Breather Port 7. Hydraulic Pressure Port
4. Differential Fill Port
Figure 1: Front or Rear Axle Plugs & Breather Vent
General Notes
The hubs and differential are lubricated by fluid • Before performing any maintenance procedure
in separate sumps. Consequently, the hubs and on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
differentials have separate drain and fill plugs. The shutdown and secured in the service position.
fluid in the hubs should be changed at the same
• Always use the fluid recommended by the axle
interval as the differential fluid as outlined in the
manufacturer when changing the fluid.
Operation Manual and Routine Maintenance section
of this manual. • Always make sure the plugs are clean before
and before reinserting them in the differential
Refer to the axle repair manual in the OEM service or hub casing.
& Operation Manuals for information and instructions
on servicing internal components of the axles. Changing Differential Fluid
The differentials are equipped with magnetic drain
Tools plugs that attract metal particles and remove them
Assorted hand tools from the lube oil. Metal particles accumulating on
Torque Wrench the drain plugs is normal. These particles must be
removed each time the oil changed. See Figure 1.
Replacement Parts
Differential Fluid 1. Clean the area around the fill and drain plugs.
Drain Plug Seals Remove the drain plug at the bottom of the
differential to drain the fluid.
Supplies 2. When axle is empty of all fluid, clean and re-
Part Cleaning Solvent install drain plug.
3. Remove fill plug. Add specified lubricant until
fluid level reaches bottom of fill plug hole. Clean
and re-install differential fill plug.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Changing Hub Fluid
Before changing the fluid in the hubs, it is important
that the wheels are rotated such that the drain plug
is directly at the top of the hub so it can be loosened
to relieve any accumulated pressure.
• Clean the area around the hub drain/fill plug.

• Make sure the wheel is rotated so the drain/fill
plug is directly at the top of the hub. Loosen
the plug and allow any pressure in the hub to
DRAIN/FILL PLUG
vent. Figure 2.
• Rotate the wheel so the drain/fill plug is at the
bottom. Remove the plug and allow the fluid
to drain completely. Figure 3.
• When hub is empty of all fluid, clean and re-
install drain plug.
• Rotate the wheel so the drain/fill plug is at
900. Figure 3.
Figure 2: A64 Reduction Gear Hub Drain/Fill Plug
• Add specified lubricant through the fill hole
until fluid level reaches bottom of fill plug hole.
Clean and re-install drain/fill plug.
Fill VENT DRAIN

POSITION POSITION POSITION
Figure 3: Reduction Gear Hub Drain/Fill/Vent Locations
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12. 17769
DRIVELINE ASSEMBLY
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES Page 1 of 1
Drive Shafts and Components
AXLE
TRANSMISSION AXLE
1. Driveline Slip Assembly

2. Cross and Bearing
3. Cross and Bearing
4. High Angle Driveline
5. Driveline Assembly
1 19200-15 DRIVELINE
Figure 1: SLIP ASSEMBLY
Driveline Components Overview 1
2 364023 CROSS AND BEARING 1
3 364024 CROSS AND BEARING 2
General Replacement Parts
4Drive 464640 DRIVELINE, HIGH ANGLE
shaft assemblies and other driveline Cross Bearings (Universal Joints)
1
5components require frequent
9061-00044 lubrication
DRIVELINE and Drive Shaft Assembly Components (as required)
ASSEMBLY 1
inspection.
6* 7061-00030 GUARD, EE LOWER DRVLN Supplies A/R
Worn components are indicated by excessive play Part Cleaning Solvent
7* 7061-00031 GUARD, EE UPPER DRVLN A/R
in driveshaft assemblies when the transmission is Blue Loctite
shifted from forward to reverse or by excessive Grease
vibration while tramming.
Notes
Muddy operating conditions are particularly hard on • Before performing any maintenance procedure
driveline components. Driveline components must on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
be monitored closely when operating the machine shutdown and secured in the service position.
in the mud.
• Always use the recommend lubricants on
driveline components.
Tools
Assorted hand tools • Always make sure that driveline components are
Torque Wrench thoroughly cleaned before reassembly.
Updated:
A64 ANFO CHARGER
05/08/18
SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
CENTER BEARING
AND BOLT HOLES
CENTER BEARING
BOLTS
Figure 2: Typical Center Bearing Mounted on Chassis Figure 3: Rear Driveshaft & Center Bearing
Removing and installing Rear Driveshaft

Components
Rear Driveshaft Removal:
1. Place the transmission shift lever in the neutral
position.
2. Remove the two bolts securing the center
bearing to the chassis. Figure 2.
3. Loosen the four nuts securing the rear driveshaft
universal joint to the rear axle yoke. Figures 4
and 5.
4. Remove the bolts, slide the rear driveshaft
yoke forward slightly and lower the rear of the
driveshaft to the chassis.
Figure 4: Typical Axle Yoke
5. Loosen the four nuts securing the forward
universal joint for the rear driveshaft to the 3. Grease the slip yoke and universal joints.
intermediate drive shaft yoke and remove the
4. Position the driveshaft below the vehicle and
bolts. Figures 2 and 5.
slide the rear of the shaft through the chassis
6. Use assistance if necessary to remove the to the rear axle and place the front of the shaft
driveshaft assembly from the vehicle. and center bearing onto the mounting area of
the chassis near the articulation joint.
Rear Driveshaft Installation:
1. Make sure the intermediate driveshaft is 5. Align the rear universal joint with the rear axle
installed. yoke and seat the universal joint bearing caps
into the seats on the yoke. Figure 4.
2. Make sure the universal joint bearing caps and
axle output yoke surfaces are clean. Also make 6. Install the bolts, lock washers and locknuts.
sure the bolts and nuts securing the universal Tighten to specifications.
joints to the driveshaft yokes are tightened to
7. Align the center bearing mounting holes with
specifications and the center bearing is properly
the holes in the chassis. Install the bolts, nuts
positioned on the front of the driveshaft.
and lock washers. Tighten to specifications.
Figures 2 and 3.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
UNIVERSAL JOINT
BOLTS, NUTS & WASHERS
SLIP YOKE
Figure 5: Intermediate Driveshaft & Slip Yoke
8. Align the forward universal joint with the rear

intermediate driveshaft yoke and seat the Figure 6: Intermediate Driveshaft Connected to Transmission
universal joint bearing caps into the seats on
the yoke.
9. Install the bolts, lock washers and locknuts.
Tighten to specifications.
Intermediate Driveshaft removal:
1. The rear driveshaft must be removed in order
to remove the intermediate drive shaft.
2. Loosen the four nuts securing the rear driveshaft
universal joint to the transmission output yoke.
Figures 6 and 7.
3. Remove the bolts and slide the driveshaft out
of the chassis.
Intermediate Driveshaft Installation:
1. Make sure the universal joint bearing caps and
transmission output yoke surfaces are clean.
Also make sure the bolts and nuts securing
the universal joint to the driveshaft yoke are
tightened to specifications.
2. Grease the slip yoke and universal joint.
3. Slide the driveshaft through the chassis with the
slip yoke toward the transmission and seat the
universal joint bearing caps into the seats on
the transmission output yoke. Figures 6 and 7.
Tighten to specifications.
5. Make sure the driveshaft is positioned so that
it will not interfere with the installation of the
center bearing and rear driveshaft.
Figure 7: Typical Transmission Output Yoke
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Removing and Installing the Front Driveshaft Make sure all grease fittings are in place and in good
Front Driveshaft Removal: condition. Replace grease fitting that are damaged
1. Loosen the four nuts securing the front driveshaft or questionable.
universal joint to the transmission output yoke.
Inspecting the Driveshaft Slip Joints:
2. Remove the bolts, slide the driveshaft yoke Check the slip yokes for excessive wear. They should
forward slightly and lower the rear of the slide easily and have no play. If there is any play,
driveshaft to the chassis. the driveshaft and yoke must be replaced.
3. Loosen the four nuts securing the forward
driveshaft universal joint to the forward axle If there is no play, but the yoke does not slide easily,
yoke. the yoke must be slid off the driveshaft to clean the
splines in the yoke and on the driveshaft.
4. Remove the bolts and lower the driveshaft to
the chassis. Use a solvent and stiff brush to clean the splines,
coat with grease and reassemble.
5. Use assistance if necessary to remove the
driveshaft from the vehicle.
Inspecting Universal Joints:
Front Driveshaft Installation: Rotate each bearing on the universal joints. The
1. Make sure the universal joint bearing caps bearing should be smooth, have no play and rotate
and axle yoke surfaces are clean. Also make easily. If one or more bearings has play, feels rough
sure the bolts and nuts securing the universal or is difficult to rotate, the universal joint must be
joints to the driveshaft yokes are tightened to replaced.
specifications.
Inspecting and Servicing the Center Bearing
2. Grease the slip yoke and universal joint.
Inspecting the Center Bearing:
3. Position the driveshaft below the vehicle with • The center bearing is isolated from the driveshaft
the slip joint facing the front axle. by a rubber isolator vulcanized to the bearing
and a bushing that slides onto the driveshaft.
4. Slide the front of the driveshaft through the The bearing is permanently sealed and does not
chassis to the front axle. Position the rear of have a grease fitting.
the shaft on the chassis near the transmission.
• Inspect the seals on each side the bearing for
5. Align the rear universal joint with the transmission signs of grease leaking from the bearing.
output yoke and seat the universal joint bearing
caps into the seats on the yoke. • Rotate the bearing. It should rotate easily and
smoothly.
Tighten to specifications. • Inspect the rubber isolator for signs of
deterioration or damage.
7. Align the front universal joint with the front axle
yoke and seat the universal joint bearing caps • Replace the bearing if there are any signs of
into the seats on the yoke. grease leaking from the seals, the bearing is
rough or if the isolator is cracked or damaged.
Tighten to specifications. Removing the Center Bearing.
1. Secure the driveshaft on safety stands or a
Inspecting rear driveshaft components workbench.
Carefully inspect each driveshaft for dents, cracks
and other damage. Also make the driveshafts are 2. Use an impact wrench to remove locknut
perfectly straight. securing the yoke to the driveshaft.
3. Use a hammer and wood block to tap the yoke
Replace the driveshaft if there are any signs of from the driveshaft.
damage or if the driveshaft is not perfectly straight.
4. Using the hammer and wood block, drive the
center bearing assembly off the driveshaft.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Installing a new center bearing:
1. Use emery paper to clean the driveshaft bearing
mount.
2. Coat the new bearing mounting bushing and
the driveshaft bearing mount with a thin coat
of grease.
3. Use the hammer and block of wood to carefully
tap the new bearing onto the driveshaft until
the bushing seats against the shoulder on the
driveshaft mount. Make sure to drive on the
bushing and not the bearing or isolator while
driving the assembly onto the driveshaft.
4. Clean the spines on the yoke and driveshaft
then coat the splines with a thin layer of grease.
5. Use a hammer and wood block to tap the yoke
onto the driveshaft.
6. Secure with the locknut tightened to
specifications.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Front and Rear Drive Axles
AXLE MOUNTS
Figure 1: Typical Axle & Axle Mounts.
General Replacement Parts (if required)

The front and rear drive axles are bolted to osculating Front Drive Axle
axle cradles that are attached to the chassis. The Rear Drive Axle
driveshafts connecting the transmission to the Differential Fluid
axles must be removed before the axles can be
removed. Use the following instructions to remove Supplies
the front or rear axle from the cradle. Floor Jacks
Safety Stands
The hydraulic brake lines will need to be disconnected
when the axle is removed. Pump the brakes and Notes
monitor hydraulic pressure displayed on the • Before performing any maintenance procedure
pressure gauge until it shows 0 pressure in the on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
system before removing the axle brake lines. shutdown and secured in the service position.
Tools • Some photos in this section show pictures of

Assorted hand tools axle components on other equipment. These
Torque Wrench photos are for reference purposes only.
• Make sure all parts are clean before final
assembly.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
CRADLE AXLE
MOUNT
AXLE BOLTS
Figure 2: Typical Axle Cradle & Axle Assembly

Note: The photo above is not necessarily the axle on your machine and is for reference purposes only.
Remove and Install Front or Rear Drive 1. Raise the chassis enough to get both tires off
Axles the ground. Support both sides of the chassis
Axles, tires and wheels and other axle components with safety stands.
are heavy and require floor jacks and/or overhead
2. Follow the instructions to remove the driveshafts
lifting equipment to remove and handle. Be
from the axles in the previous section of this
prepared. Use the following procedures to remove
chapter.
and install the axles.
3. Remove the brake system hydraulic hoses and
Remove an axle: cap the fittings.
1. Pump the brakes and monitor hydraulic pressure
displayed on the pressure gauge until the gauge 4. Make sure all harnesses, auto lube lines and
shows 0 pressure in the system. Verify that all other components are clear of the axle and
pressure is removed from the hydraulic brake cradle.
system before disconnecting any components. 5. Remove both wheels and tires.
6. Use 2 floor jacks to support each side of the axle.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
7. Raise the jacks just enough to support the Enabling Parking Brakes for Carraro 28.43
weight of the axle. 1. Connect port-a-power to the parking brake ports
(Figure 4, Item 3) and apply 190 psi.
8. Loosen and remove the 8 bolts and nuts securing
the axle to the cradle. Figure 2. 2. Hold special screws (Figure 4, Item 2) in place,
and remove three lock screws (Figure 4, Item 1)
9. Lower the axle enough for the differential
from special screws (Figure 4, Item 2). Do not
housing to clear the cradle. With a person at
remove special screws (Figure 4, Item 2).
each floor jack, move the axle out from under
the chassis. 3. Loosen three brake release bolts (Figure 5, Item
3) 1/2 turn at a time, alternating bolts, until
NOTICE:
the end of stroke has been reached.
BEFORE INSTALLATION OF CARRARO AXLES, PARKING
BRAKES MUST BE ENABLED. FOLLOW BELOW PROCEDURE
4. Apply Locktite 518 to three lock screws (Figure
TO ENABLE PARKING BRAKES. 5, Item 2), and install in special screws (Figure
5, Item 1). Tighten lock screws (Figure 5, Item
2) 1/2 turn at a time, alternating bolts, to 9
Enabling Parking Brakes for Carraro 28.60 in–lbs (60 N•m).
1. Hold special screws (Figure 3, Item 2) in place,
and remove four lock screws (Figure 3, Item 1)
from special screws (Figure 3, Item 2). Do not
remove special screws (Figure 3, Item 2).
2. Loosen four brake release bolts (Figure 3, Item
3) 1/2 turn at a time, alternating bolts, until the
end of stroke has been reached.
3. Apply Locktite 518 to four lock screws (Figure
3, Item 2), and install in special screws (Figure
3, Item 1). Tighten lock screws (Figure 3, Item
2) 1/2 turn at a time, alternating bolts, to 9 in
lbs (60 N•m).
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for both sides of the
front and rear axles.
Figure 4: Enabling Parking Brakes
Figure 3: Enabling Parking Brakes Figure 5: Enabling Parking Brakes
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
*without pressure gauge port
*with pressure gauge port
Figure 6: Pressure Reducing Valve Adjustment
3. Connect pressure gauge to regulating port

(Figure 2, Item 4) on the pressure reducing
NOTICE:
BEFORE INSTALLATION OF CARRARO AXLES, BENCH TEST valve (Figure 2, Item 3).
AND ADJUST PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE TO 300PSI.
4. Connect port-a-power to the “IN” port (Figure
6, Item 1) on the pressure reducing valve
(Figure 6, Item 3).
Pressure Reducing Valve Adjustment Carraro
Axles 5. Connect drain line on the tank port (Figure 6,
For pressure reducing valve with pressure gauge Item 5) and drain.
port, perform steps 1-2 & 4–7.
6. Apply minimum of 750 psi (maximum of 1500
1. Connect pressure gauge to the pressure gauge psi) to the “IN” port (Figure 6, Item 1) on the
port (Figure 6, Item 2) on the pressure reducing pressure reducing valve (Figure 6, Item 3) and
valve (Figure 6, Item 3). adjust jam nut on adapter stem (Figure 6, Item
6) until the gauge holds steady at 300 psi.
2. Cap off regulating port (Figure 6, Item 4) on the
pressure reducing valve (Figure 6, Item 3). 7. Tighten jam nut on adapter stem (Figure 6, Item
6) and disconnect pressure gauge and port-a-
For reducing valve without pressure gauge port, power from pressure reducing valve (Figure 6,
perform steps 3–7. Item 3).
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 12.
DRIVE TRAIN & AXLES
Installing Between Shear Blocks: Install an axle:
1. Measure the distance between the shear blocks 1. Using floor jacks on the axle, position the axle
and the width of the new axles. below the cradle.
• If the width of the new axle is greater than
the width of the distance between the blocks, 2. Raise each side of the axle to the cradle.
the blocks can be ground slightly to allow for 3. Align the mounting holes on the left side of the
the axle to slide in. axle with the holes in the cradle. Install one axle
• If the difference in size is significant, whether nut, bolt and lock washer. Tighten the nut finger
the distance between the blocks is much tight. This bolt will hold the left side of the axle
greater or smaller than the width of the axle, in position and allow the axle to pivot while the
the front or rear set of blocks must be cut and right side is aligned. Figures 1 & 2.
removed.
2. Be sure to remove either both front or both rear 4. Align the right side axle mounting holes with
shear blocks but NOT one rear and one front. the holes in the cradle. Install one axle nut, bolt
3. The axle can now be aligned against one set of and lock washer. Tighten the nut finger tight.
shear blocks and the other set of blocks can be Figures 1 & 2.
reattached to ensure appropriate distance. 5. Insert the remaining axle to cradle bolts, nuts
and lock washers. Tighten all bolts and nuts to
NOTE: When considering the placement of the specifications. Figure 2.
shear blocks or final axle placement, the axle must
be snug between the shear blocks to minimize 6. Remove the floor jacks.
unnecessary movement.
7. Install the brake hoses and tighten the fittings.
8. Properly route or reattach any harnesses, grease
lines or other components that were moved or
removed during axle removal and installation.
9. Install the tires and wheels. Torque the lug nuts
to specifications.
10. Follow the instructions in the previous section of
this chapter to install the driveshafts.
11. Raise the chassis, remove the safety stands and
lower the machine to the ground.
12. Check the fluid level in the differential and each
axle hub. Add fluid if necessary.
Move the machine a short distance in forward
and reverse. Stop the machine and check
hydraulic hose connections for leaks.
14. Test the machine to verify operation before
returning to service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

NOTES
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
SECTION CONTENTS
Brake Valve and Pedal Assembly ...................................................................................13-2
Axle Brake Disc Assembly.............................................................................................13-5
Brake Accumulator Cylinders.........................................................................................13-6
Axle Brake Conditioning (Kessler Axles Only)...................................................................13-8
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
Brake Valve and Pedal Assembly
Figure 1: Typical A64 Brake Pedal
The brake and steering systems are powered by a hydraulic pump connected to the main hydraulic tank.
The brake pedal controls valves in the brake control block that activate the disc brake pressure plates in
the axles. The valves activated by the brake pedal modulate hydraulic pressure to the front and rear brakes
to apply or release the brakes evenly to provide smooth, even braking.
This section covers the procedures to assemble, setup and test the brake pedal and valve assemblies.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QTY.
Brake Valve Assembly 1
1 Pedal And Base Assembly 1
2 Cap screw 3
3 Cap screw 2
4 Nut 2
5 Cotter Pin 1
Figure 1: Pedal Brake Valve
Tools Notes
Assorted Hand Tools • Before performing any maintenance procedure
Brake Valve Assembly • Before servicing any component in the hydraulic
Assorted Parts as Required (Figure 1) system, pump the brakes and monitor the
hydraulic system pressure gauge to ensure all
Supplies pressure is bled from the system.
Hydraulic Fluid
Blue Loctite • Make sure all parts are clean before final assembly.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
Figure 2: Brake Pedal Components for Pedal Disassembly & Assembly
Removing and Installing the Brake Pedal Brake Pedal Assembly:

Assembly Refer to Figures 1 and 2.
Brake Pedal Disassembly: 1. Attach valve assembly to base (13) using cap
Refer to Figures 1 and 2. screws (11) and washers (12). Torque cap
screws 24.4-29.8 N·m (18-22 lb·ft).
1. Separate pedal (1) from pedal base (13) by 2. Install new bushings (9 & 10) in base (13).
removing one cotter pin (4) and one e-ring (3) NOTE: Not all models use bushings (8 & 10).
from pin (5) and sliding pin from base.
3. Align pedal (1) between ears of pedal base (13)
2. Remove bushings (9 & 10) from pedal base (13). and insert pin (5). Install e-ring (2) and cotter
NOTE: Not all models use bushings (9 & 10). pin (4). NOTE: Not all models use cotter pins (4).
3. Inspect pin (2) and cam (6) to make sure cam
is in good working order and moving freely. It
is unnecessary to remove pin (2), cam (6), cap
screw (7) or nut (8) unless damaged. NOTE: Not
all models use cap screw (7) or nut (8).
4. Separate valve assembly from base (13) by
removing cap screws (11) and washers (12).
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
Axle Brake Disc Assembly
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.

ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. 11 Positive Brake Piston 2
1 Half-Shaft 2 12 Washer 6
2 Coupling Bushing 2 13 O-Ring 6
3 Hub 2 14 Pin 6
4 Brake Disc 6 15 O-Ring 6
5 Brake Counter Disc 6 16 Washer, Belleville 4
6 Brake Counter Disc 17 Negative Brake Piston 2
7 Self-Adjust Kit 2 18 Ring 2
8 O-Ring 2 19 Sleeve 2
9 O-Ring 2 20 Snap ring 2
10 O-Ring 4 21 Half-Shaft 2
Figure 1: Axle Disc Brake Assembly
General
There are wet disc brake packs for each wheel located inside the axle. The disc packs are continuously
lubricated and cooled by the lube oil. When the brake pedal is pressed, hydraulic pressure is delivered to a
piston in each disc pack that presses a pressure plate against the discs. When the brake pedal is released
and hydraulic pressure decreases, the pressure plate moves away from the disc pack to release the brakes.
All brakes wear and must be checked periodically to ensure the discs are not worn excessively. Brake
performance will be dramatically reduced if the brake discs become too thin. The best way to monitor the
condition of the brake discs is to perform a service and park brake test at the start of each shift. See the
Operation chapter in the Operation Manual for instructions on performing the brake tests.
Brake disc assemblies are unique to the axles installed in your machine. Refer to the axle manufacturer’s
service manual for additional information and procedures for checking or servicing the discs.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
Brake Accumulator Cylinders
Figure 1: Brake Accumulator Cylinders
General
Two accumulator cylinders with gas charged pistons provide reserve brake pressure and compensate for
normal pressure variations in the hydraulic circuit. When the engine is not running, the accumulators contain
enough reserve pressure to apply the brakes two or three times before running low on pressure.
A gas charged piston inside each accumulator tank maintains hydraulic pressure in excess of 1800 PSI (124
BARS) in the brake circuit when the engine and hydraulic pumps are shut down. The pistons are pre-charged
with nitrogen gas to 600 PSI when the accumulators are installed. Make sure replacement cylinders are
charged before they are installed in the brake system.
Always make sure to bleed off hydraulic pressure before servicing the hydraulic brake system. Monitor
the hydraulic pressure gauge and pump the brakes until the gauge indicates 0 pressure.
This section covers the procedures to remove, install and charge the brake system accumulator cylinders.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING
ESCAPING HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER HIGH PRESSURE CAN HAVE SUFFICIENT FORCE TO PENETRATE YOUR SKIN CAUSING
SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR INFECTION. THIS FLUID MAY ALSO BE HOT ENOUGH TO CAUSE BURNS. ALL OPERATORS AND
SERVICE PERSONAL SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THE ACCUMULATORS PROVIDE HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC FLUID TO THE
BRAKE SYSTEM EVEN WHEN THE ENGINE IS NOT RUNNING.
USE CAUTION WHEN DEALING WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE. RELIEVE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN THE SYSTEM
AND ACCUMULATORS BEFORE REMOVING HOSES, FITTINGS, GAUGES, OR COMPONENTS. NEVER USE YOUR HAND OR
ANY OTHER BODY PART TO CHECK FOR LEAKS IN A PRESSURIZED BRAKE LINE. SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY
IF YOU ARE CUT BY HYDRAULIC FLUID.
DANGER
ACCUMULATORS ARE EQUIPPED WITH PISTONS GAS CHARGED TO 600 PSI (41 BARS). THE PISTONS REMAIN CHARGED EVEN
AFTER HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS BLED FROM THE ACCUMULATORS. THE PRESSURIZED GAS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
OR DEATH TO PERSONS WORKING ON THE CYLINDERS IF THE PRESSURE IS NOT PROPERLY BLED OFF. ALL OPERATORS
AND SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD BE AWARE OF THE THIS HAZARD. ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED TECHNICIANS SHOULD
SERVICE ACCUMULATORS.
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
PRE-CHARGE
VALVE
Brake Accumulators
Brake Accumulator Mounting Bracket
Miscellaneous Hydraulic Fittings
Supplies
Hydraulic Fluid
Nitrogen Gas
Blue Loctite
Notes
• Make sure the accumulators and all related
components are thoroughly cleaned before
disassembly to prevent contamination.
• The accumulators are located on the right side of the Figure 2: Typical Brake Accumulator & Bracket
chassis in a compartment just behind the operator
compartment. Figure 1.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 13.
BRAKE SYSTEM
• Before servicing any component in the hydraulic 3. Install the new mounting bracket on the cylinder.
system, pump the brakes and monitor the Make sure the chassis mount hole is in the
hydraulic system pressure gauge to ensure all proper location and tighten the bracket to the
pressure is bled from the system accumulator. Figure 2.
• Before servicing any component in the hydraulic 4. Apply blue Loctite to the mounting bolt. Install
system, pump the brakes and monitor the the bolt and lock washer. Torque to specifications.
pressure is bled from the system. 5. Install the brake system hydraulic lines to
the fittings at the bottom of the accumulator
• Accumulator cylinders are not serviceable. They cylinder.
must be replaced if they malfunction.
• Make sure all parts are clean before final assembly. NOTE THAT IN SOME SITUATIONS, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO
ATTACH THE HYDRAULIC HOSES BEFORE THE ACCUMULATOR
IS MOUNTED TO THE CHASSIS.
Remove and Install Accumulator Cylinders

The brake system and accumulators operate at
extremely high pressures. Read and understand 6. Reactivate the machine, start the engine and
all warnings and precautions stated in this section check for leaks.
before removing an accumulator or brake system
hydraulic hose or component. 7. Verify proper service brake and parking brake
operation before returning the machine to
Removing an accumulator cylinder: service.
system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure Axle Brake Conditioning (Kessler
is bled from the system. Axles Only)
When replacing axle brake discs, the brakes must be
2. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the
conditioned prior to normal use. Conditioning should
cylinder and remove the hoses. Place caps on
take place on flat, paved ground (if possible).
fittings to prevent contamination.
3. Move the hydraulic lines so they will not interfere 1. Begin by reaching top speed in 3rd gear and then
with the removal of the accumulator. apply the brakes in a slow, smooth fashion and
come to a complete stop.
4. Support the accumulator so it will not drop
unexpectedly when the bracket bolt is removed. 2. Wait for 30 seconds to allow for cool-down.
5. Remove the bolt securing the cylinder bracket 3. Repeat process 20 times.
to the chassis. Then remove the cylinder and
bracket. Figure 2. When conditioning the brakes, do not perform any
high-speed or sudden stops under heavy loads as
Installing a replacement accumulator cylinder: this could result in glazed and/or damaged brakes.
Make sure to pre-charge the accumulator cylinder
prior to installation. Use only nitrogen gas from a
reliable supplier to the charge the accumulator.
1. Install the proper hydraulic fittings on the

bottom of the accumulator.
2. Pre-charge the accumulator cylinder with
nitrogen gas to 600 PSI (41 BARS) using the
proper connections and gauge. Monitor charging
operations closely to avoid over pressurizing the
cylinder. Figure 2.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
SECTION CONTENTS
Hydraulic System Symbols............................................................................................14-2
Preventable Premature Pump Failure..............................................................................14-3
Controlling Hydraulic System Contamination....................................................................14-5
Hydraulic Fluid & Filters................................................................................................14-8
Hydraulic Pump.........................................................................................................14-11
Hydraulic Hoses.........................................................................................................14-14
Hydraulic Cylinders....................................................................................................14-18
Mechanical Hydraulic Control Valves.............................................................................14-22
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
S1077
Lines Hydraulic Pumps Miscellaneous Units
Line, Working (Main)

Fixed Displacement Cooler
Line, Pilot or Drain
Flow Direction Variable Displacement Temperature Controller

Hydraulic
Pneumatic
Filter, Strainer
Motors and Cylinders

Lines Crossing
Pressure Switch
Hydraulic
Fixed Displacement Pressure Indicator

Lines Joining
Variable Displacement Temperature Indicator

Lines With Fixed
Restriction
Cylinder, Single-Acting Component Enclosure

Line, Flexible
Cylinder, Double-Acting Direction of Shaft
Station, Testing, Rotation (assume arrow
Measurement or Power on near side of shaft)
Single End Rod
Take-Off
Variable Component (run

arrow through symbol Double End Rod Methods of Operation
at 45°)
Adjustable Cushion
Spring
Advance Only
Pressure Compensated
Units (Arrow parallel to
short side of symbol) Differential Piston Manual
Temperature Cause or Push Button

Effect
Miscellaneous Units
Reservoir Push-Pull Lever
Electric Motor
Vented
Pedal or Treadle
Accumulator,
Pressurized Spring Loaded
Mechanical
Line, To Reservoir Accumulator,
Gas Charged
Detent
Above Fluid Level
Heater
Below Fluid Level
Pressure Compensated
Vented Manifold
Industrial Supplies and Expertise 1093
CH12_1069-1114.indd 1093 4/9/07 2:34:47 PM
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Preventable Premature Pump Failure
Cavitation
Cavitation normally develops on the suction side
of the pump, indicating that the available fluid is
insufficient to fill the pump’s internal space. The
following are typical causes of pump cavitation:
1. Hydraulic fluid level in reservoir is too low.

2. Hydraulic fluid viscosity is too high.
3. A restriction in the suction line.
4. Excessive operating speed.
5. Air in the hydraulic fluid.
In areas subject to freezing temperatures, summer

weight fluid may become heavy enough in colder
temperatures during winter to contribute to
cavitation. Winter weight fluid could become too
thin in warm temperatures during the summer, Figure 1: Typical Cavitation Marks in Pump
contributing to fluid leakage and heat. Follow the
hydraulic fluid recommendations in the equipment
maintenance manuals for specific fluid specifications
and weight for the expected temperature.
Excessive Fluid Pressure
A loose suction line fitting or a hole in the suction In gear pump systems, hydraulic relief valves can
line can allow air to be drawn into the fluid before malfunction and permit excessive hydraulic pressure
it reaches the pump, usually causing a loud, high buildup. Before using a new pump, back off the
pitched chatter. The first corrective steps are to system’s relief valve to zero, install a pressure
check all suction line fitting threads for damage gauge between pump and relief valve and start the
and to be sure they are tightened correctly. If a pump. Move a control handle to allow a cylinder to
change in fittings or hose is involved, make sure bottom out, then reset the relief valve to activate
to use the same size fittings and hose that you are at the maximum pressure stated in your vehicles
replacing. Do not modify without authorization hydraulic schematic.
from Getman Service. A suction line which is too
small in diameter can cause cavitation and severe In piston pump systems, be sure to set the
pump damage. After installing a new pump, you compensators to the setting in the hydraulic
must fill the suction line with fresh clean fluid. This schematic.
is extremely important with piston pumps. Figure 1
on this page shows an example of cavitation damage. When a hydraulic system begins to loose efficiency
and ability to do its work, some operators may want
Dirty Hydraulic Fluid to increase the pressure by screwing down the relief
As pumps wear, they release tiny metal particles valve adjustment, adjusting the pump’s compensator
into the hydraulic fluid. The abrasive action between or increase pump speed or a combination. Either of
pistons and cylinder barrels also can release metal these moves will hasten costly failures throughout
particles. These metal particles act as a grinding the hydraulic system. If someone has tampered
compound as they flow through the system. with the relief valve setting, the pump is subject to
Ordinary dirt and water are other common hydraulic immediate failure.
fluid contaminants. Any one of these will contribute
to premature failure of the hydraulic components.
It is very important to flush and clean the hydraulic
system and install new filter elements before
installing a new or rebuilt hydraulic pump.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Excessive Pump Speed General Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations
The manufacturer of your hydraulic unit has A good quality hydraulic fluid conforming to the
designed the hydraulic system so that all hydraulic characteristics listed in the Lubrications Cross
components are compatible. If the pump is driven Reference sheet in this manual and the Operation
faster than the recommended speed, hoses, valves, Manual is essential to satisfactory performance and
and filters will no longer be compatible with the long life of any hydraulic system.
greater fluid volume from the over speeded pump. Fluid should be changed and the system flushed
When installing a new or rebuilt pump, it is critical on regular schedules in accordance with the
that the technician use a tachometer to adjust the m a n u f a c t u r e ’s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s a n d t h e
engine governor to the speed recommended in the maintenance schedule in the Routine Maintenance
equipment maintenance manual or by a Getman section of this manual.
Service Representative.
Fluid temperature in reservoir must not exceed 2000 F
To ensure the hydraulic system on your machine (93.30 C) with a maximum operating temperature of
provides dependable service, avoid these common 1800 F (82.20 C) recommended. Higher temperatures
causes of hydraulic pump failure. will result in rapid fluid deterioration.
Your vehicle is equipped with a hydraulic pre-fill

system. Hydraulic fluid must be added via the pre-fill
tank. This fluid is filtered and de-watered by filters
in the bypass system.
Bypassing the pre-fill system by filling the

hydraulic tank in any other way will void the
warranty.
CAUTION
WHEN ADDING HYDRAULIC FLUID, ALWAYS USE THE PRE-
FILL TANK AND PUMP THE FLUID TO THE MAIN HYDRAULIC
TANK. DO NOT ADD FLUID DIRECTLY TO THE MAIN TANK.
ADDING FLUID DIRECTLY TO THE MAIN TANK MAY RESULT IN
CONTAMINATION THAT WILL VOID THE WARRANTY.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Controlling Hydraulic System Contamination
General
Hydraulic system cleanliness is a term used to describe the level of solid and liquid contamination found
in hydraulic systems. “Contamination” may be defined as any substance that is not part of the hydraulic
system’s working fluid. Several sources claim that over 70% of hydraulic system failures are due to
contamination. Cleanliness is becoming increasingly important to the marketplace because:
• With the introduction of more electronics in the system, pumps and valves are more sensitive to
contamination.
• Equipment users are becoming more aware of the potentially damaging affects contaminants can
have on their hydraulic systems.
• OEM’s and service centers are looking more closely at filter residue and other signs of contamination
as possible causes of hydraulic system failures. System filter residue is often analyzed to identify the
contaminants and their sources. Responsibility for failures can be costly.
Contamination of hydraulic system fluid can come from many sources, including new, unfiltered oil, particles
in the tank, abrasion wear of system components in use and chemical degradation of components. Hose
assemblies can also introduce contaminants into a hydraulic system. This document discusses some of
the major contributing factors to hose assembly contamination with suggestions of possible measures
to reduce the level of contaminates. The level of cleanliness that can be achieved with any cleanliness
program depends in large part on how well the chosen procedures are implemented.
Removing Hose Contamination

Even after concerted efforts to control hose assembly contamination during fabrication, there will still be
a certain level of contaminants present inside the hose. These contaminants should be removed prior to
attaching the couplings to the ends of the hose as they can become trapped between the hose coupling
and the hose inner tube where they are not easily removed. Later, when exposed to pressure, vibration,
flexing and the dynamics of hydraulic hose applications, they can be released into the hydraulic fluid
inside the hose. As a result, it is recommended a post fabrication cleansing process be used. Commonly
used hose assembly cleaning methods include:
• Blowing shop air through the hose bore after cutting it to length. The air should be clean, dry, and
filtered. Typically the pressure from the air supply ranges from 90 psi to 120 psi. Be aware that debris
from the cut end of a long piece of hose can be moved to somewhere in the middle without completely
removing it. The longer the hose, the more likely this is to happen.
• A fluid flush with liquid can be effective as a means of cleaning the hose bore. Usually this is not done
until after the couplings are attached which can leave contaminants trapped between the coupling and
the hose tube. It is important that the cleaning liquid must be chemically compatible with the hose
tube. It must also evaporate quickly so the cleaning fluid itself does not become a contaminant. Naptha
is one such solvent cleaner. It can also dissolve other residues such as manufacturing lubricants that
may adhere to the hose tube wall. Following the flushing process with a clean, dry, filtered air flush
can promote solvent drying and further clean the hose bore. This method involves safe, responsible
disposal of used cleaning fluid.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
• Blowing a cleaning projectile such as a sponge pellet through the cut hose with clean, dry, filtered
shop air can not only remove cutting debris, but also any mandrel lubricants or other manufacturing
residues. Soaking the projectile in a cleaning solvent can enhance the cleaning process. This is a very
fast method of cleaning. Cleaning projectiles are most effective when used before the hose couplings
are attached. As the projectile passes over the bump end of the coupling inserted into the hose bore
end it could result in wiping off the collected debris and leaving it deposited there. Blowing a cleaning
projectile through a finished assembly can possibly introduce new contamination into the system as
pieces of the projectile can be peeled off and trapped as the projectile goes past the coupling.
• Using a brush and suction at the hose end can loosen and remove debris from the inside surface at
the coupling end of a hose assembly where most contaminants are found.
None of these methods guarantee results under all conditions, which can vary considerably. The various
cleaning methods offer the potential of providing an acceptable level of cleanliness. Success depends
highly upon awareness of contamination sources, how much attention is given to detail, and how carefully
the cleaning procedure is carried out.
Avoiding Contamination Outside of the Fabrication Process

Being aware of contamination sources in your particular fabrication environment and taking steps to avoid
contamination in the first place will also assist in providing clean hose assemblies to your customers.
• Hoses and couplings should be stored in a clean, dry environment. Hoses should have the ends capped
or remain in shipping cartoons or sealed plastic wrap. Couplings should be kept in sealed bags, boxes,
or closed bin drawers until they are to be used.
• Completed, cleaned hose assemblies should have the ends capped or be placed in sealed bags or
shipping boxes until they are attached to equipment and put into use.
Controlling Hose Assembly Contamination

A major contributor to hose assembly contamination occurs during cutting of the hose to length, typically
done with a circular saw. As the saw blade cuts through the hose, particles of hose tube, reinforcement,
and cover are thrown into the open hose end. This cutting debris is typically limited to a few inches of
hose length at the ends. Different cutting processes can affect the amount of debris that is deposited in
the ends of the hose.
• Dry cutting: This method generates more dust and debris and puts debris into motion more than wet
cutting.
• Wet cutting: Water or other liquid lubricant is used and not only lengthens the service life of the saw
blade, but the liquid suppresses dust and debris movement thereby reducing the amount of cutting
contamination introduced inside the hose.
• A vacuum system aimed at the cutting site can draw dust and debris away from the ends of the hose
as well as keep the work area cleaner.
• Blowing air through hose while cutting can prevent much of the cutting debris from entering the bore
end of the hose. A possible issue with this method is cutting debris can be blown out into the work
environment.
A combination of blowing air through the hose during cutting to direct debris away from the cut hose
ends and vacuum to remove debris away from the work area can minimize contamination that occurs
during cutting. The saw blade can also make a significant difference in the amount of cutting debris that
is generated.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
• A sharp blade will cut more quickly and smoothly and generate less debris. Saw blades should be
kept sharp and clean.
• Smooth blades generate less cutting debris than scalloped, serrated, or abrasive blades. However,
smooth blades are not as effective at cutting spiral wire reinforced hose. Smooth blades become dull
quicker.
• For wire-braided hose, serrated or scalloped blades cut hose better and faster. They also remain sharp
longer since the blade can be reversed, positioning the other side of the notch for cutting. These blades
are not recommended for cutting spiral wire reinforced hoses as they become dull rather quickly.
• Abrasive blades are recommended for cutting spiral wire reinforced hoses. The drawback is that not
only do they produce more dust and hose particle debris, but also fine particles of the abrasive blade
itself are added to the mass of potential contaminants flying about.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Fluid & Filters
HYDRAULIC
TANK
LOW PRESSURE
HYDRAULIC FILTER
Figure 1: Hydraulic Tank & Filter Locations
General Drain Hydraulic Fluid, Flush the Tank and

Heat, moisture and particles from component Replace Filters
wear gradually contaminate and degrade hydraulic
fluid. Consequently, the fluid and filters must be Tools
changed at regular intervals, as stated in the Routine Assorted Hand Tools
Maintenance section of this manual and the Operation Oil Filter Wrench
Manual to ensure hydraulic systems and components
operate efficiently and receive proper lubrication. Replacement Parts
1 Intake Tube Filter Element
Always make sure to bleed off hydraulic pressure 1 or two Low Pressure Filters
before servicing the hydraulic system. Monitor the 1 Tank Inspection Plate Seal
hydraulic pressure gauge and pump the brakes until
the gauge indicates 0 pressure. Supplies
Hydraulic Fluid
WARNING Notes
ALWAYS DEPRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (HYDRAULIC
TANK, HOSES AND VEHICLE ACCUMULATORS) “BEFORE” on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
REMOVING ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS, HOSES OR shutdown and secured in the service position.
FITTINGS. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
• Make sure the hydraulic tank, filters and all
related components are thoroughly cleaned before INSPECTION
PLATE
servicing any filters or components to prevent
FILL CAP
contamination.
• Make sure all parts are clean before final assembly. HYDRAULIC
TANK
system, pump the brakes and monitor the
hydraulic system pressure gauge to ensure all LOW PRESSURE
pressure is bled from the system. SIGHT GAUGES HYDRAULIC FILTER
Drain & flush the main hydraulic tank:
NOTICE:
TO AVOID CONTAMINATION, CLEAN THE TOP OF THE TANK
BEFORE SERVICING.
1. Remove the filler cap. Figures 1. Figure 2: Hydraulic Tank Sight Gauges Inspection Plate
& Fill Cap
2. Drain the tank into a suitable container by
removing drain plug at the bottom of the tank.
Figure 2.
3. When the tank is drained, remove the inspection
plate and disconnect the sump strainer. Figure 2.
4. Remove the strainer and plug the suction port with
a 1 1/2” NPT cap to prevent contamination that
could cause damage to hydraulic components.
5. Inspect the tank for sludge buildup and other
contaminates. Steam clean and or flush the tank
with solvent as required.
6. Remove sludge and contaminates, then flush the
tank until it is clean using fresh hydraulic fluid.
7. Thoroughly clean or replace the sump strainer. Figure 3: Typical Hydraulic Tank Drain Plug
8. Remove the cap from the suction port and install Change the hydraulic system filter:
the strainer in the tank. A spin on filter in the return line removes contaminates
9. Put a new seal on the inspection plate, coat the from the hydraulic fluid as it is returned to the tank.
seal with hydraulic fluid, then install the plate. The filter should be changed whenever the hydraulic
fluid is changed or the system is serviced. Use the
10. Fill hydraulic reservoir with fresh fluid. following procedure to replace the filter.
11. Monitor the fluid level using the sight gauges.
1. Use a filter wrench and rotate the filter
Add fluid until the tank is full. Figure 2.
counterclockwise to remove it. Figure 1:
2. Lubricate the seal on the new filter with hydraulic
fluid.
3. Install the filter and hand tighten.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

NOTES
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Pump
Figure 1: Engine Driven Hydraulic Pump

General
The hydraulic pump is a direct drive pump mounted to the engine. It is supplied fluid by a hydraulic
suction hose and pickup tube in the hydraulic tank. A valve on the tank fitting provides a means to turn
off the flow of fluid to the pump when it requires service or removal. The procedure for removing and
installing the pump is outlined in this section.
Note that some trucks are equipped with two hydraulic pumps. This procedure applies to both pumps.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
Torque Wrench
Replacement Parts (if needed)

Hydraulic Pump
Supplies
Hydraulic Fluid
Dielectric Grease
Hydraulic Hoses and Fitting Caps (if required)
Notes
Figure 2: Hydraulic Pump & Suction Hose
assembly.
• To eliminate damage to the pump, always bleed
the air out of the suction hose and make sure
it is full of fluid and that the fittings are tight
before starting the engine and activating the
hydraulic pump.
Remove and Install the Pump

Use the following procedure to remove and install
the hydraulic pump.
Removing the pump:

1. Make sure the hydraulic system is not pressurized
and the fluid is cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover to provide
access to the pump.
Figure 3: Typical Suction Hose Valve
3. Close the valve for the pump suction hose at the
hydraulic tank or in the suction hose. Figure 3.
4. Label, remove and cap the pump hydraulic hoses.
Cap all fittings.
5. Remove the mounting bolts for the pump and slide
it off the engine mount. Make sure the adapter
for the pump drive shaft comes off with the pump
and keep in a safe place. You will need the adapter
when this pump or a new pump is installed.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Installing the pump: 6. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full, then open
1. Coat the pump drive shaft and drive shaft the suction hose valve at the tank. Loosen the
adapter with engine oil. suction hose fitting at the pump to purge the air
from the hose and fill the hose with hydraulic
2. Place the adapter on the drive shaft of the fluid.
hydraulic pump and slide the shaft and adapter
into the engine coupler until the pump housing 7. When all air is purged from the suction hose
is seated on the mounting boss. Figure 1. and a solid stream of hydraulic fluid is flowing,
tighten the suction hose fittings.
3. Align the mounting bolt holes, then insert the
bolts and tighten to specifications. 8. Make sure the suction hose valve is open, then
start the engine and check the pump and fittings
4. Attach the hydraulic hoses to the pump and for leaks and proper operation.
tighten the pressure hose fittings.
9. Correct any leaks or problems, then install the
5. Remove the case drain plug and fill the pump engine compartment cover.
case with clean, filtered hydraulic fluid. Replace
and tighten the plug.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Hoses
HOSE FITTINGS
Figure 1: Typical Hydraulic Hoses

General
The hydraulic systems operate at pressures of up to 6,000 PSI (414 BARS). Therefore, it is critical that the
operator and maintenance personnel inspect the hydraulic hoses, fittings and other components frequently.
A visual inspection of all hoses should be conducted each day before operating the unit. Any hose that is
questionable or shows any sign of deterioration, wear or leakage should be replaced immediately and before
operating the unit. Remember that the hydraulic system can be severely damaged if it runs low on fluid.
Check the condition of threads prior to connecting any fittings or hoses. Coat all fitting and hose threads with
hydraulic fluid to lubricate the threads and help prevent “galling.” Galling is the term for thread damage that
occurs from heat build up in the threads of fittings as they are tightened. Galling will destroy the threads and
lockup the fittings before they are tight, destroying the fittings and rendering them unusable.
Retire a hose from service if:

A) Cover is damaged and reinforcing wires are exposed to rust and corrosion.
B) Cover is loose or has blisters or bulges.
C) Hose has been chaffed, crushed or kinked.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
D) End fitting shows evidence of damage, slippage
PRESSURE HOSE
or leakage. FITTING
E) Hose has been stressed or stretched.

The procedure for removing and installing worn or
damaged hydraulic hoses is outlined in this section.
Replacing Hydraulic Hoses SUCTION HOSE

FITTING
WARNING
A LWAY S D E P R E S S U R I Z E T H E H Y D R A U L I C S Y S T E M
(HYDRAULIC TANK AND VEHICLE ACCUMULATORS) “BEFORE”
REMOVING ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS, HOSES OR
FITTINGS. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH Figure 2. Typical Pump Suction & Pressure Hose fittings
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
• To eliminate damage to the pumps, always bleed
the air out of the suction hoses and make sure
Hydraulic Hoses
the hoses are full of fluid. Also double check
Hose Anti-Chaffing
the fittings and make sure they are tight before
starting the engine and activating the hydraulic
Supplies
pumps.
Hydraulic Fluid
Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Caps • Protect the hoses from contact with sharp objects,
or kinks. If a worn hose is equipped with anti-
Notes chaffing from the factory, make sure anti-chaffing
• Before performing any maintenance procedure is added to the new hose. Apply additional anti-
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly chaffing material to protect hoses when necessary.
shutdown and secured in the service position. Never operate the hydraulic system with a
damaged hose or a hose that is questionable.
Removing suction hoses:
1. Close the valve for the suction hose at the
hydraulic tank or in the pump suction hose.
• To avoid contamination, always make sure hose Figure 3.
fittings and the area around the hose connections
2. Remove the hose fitting from the hydraulic tank
are thoroughly cleaned. Only qualified service
or in-line valve and cap the valve fitting.
technicians should replace hydraulic hoses.
3. Remove the hose fitting from the pump and cap
• When replacing damaged or worn hoses, check
the pump fitting. Figure 2.
the burst rating marked on the hose. Do not use
a high pressure hydraulic hose that does not
have a listed burst rating or with a burst rating
of less than 6,000 PSI (414 BARS). Also make
sure the hydraulic system is not pressurized
and the supply line valve at the tank or in the
pump suction hose is closed before replacing
any hoses.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Installing suction hoses:
1. Make sure the new hose is capped and sealed in
the original packaging. If not, the hose will need
to cleaned and purged of contaminants before
it is installed. Refer to Controlling Hydraulic
System Contamination in the previous section
of this chapter for information on cleaning and
purging hydraulic hoses.
2. Check the pressure rating, diameter and length
of the new hose. Make sure it is the same size
and rating as the hose being replaced.
3. If the old hose had anti-chaffing on the casing,
add anti-chaffing to the new hose. Figure 1.
4. Check the fluid level in the hydraulic tank and
make sure it is full.
5. Remove the caps on the valve end of the suction
hose and the valve fitting. Connect the suction
hose and tighten the fitting.
Figure 3: Typical Suction Hose Valve
6. Remove the cap from the pump end of the suction
hose, open the valve and allow hydraulic fluid
to flow through the hose for several seconds,
then close the valve. This will flush the hose of
contaminants and fill it with fluid. Figure 3. CAUTION
7. Remove the cap from the suction hose fitting
HYDRAULIC PUMPS WILL BE SEVERELY DAMAGED BY
on the pump and connect the hose. Tighten the CAVITATION IF THE PUMP IS ACTIVATED WITH AIR IN THE
hose fitting finger tight, then back it off one full SUCTION HOSE. MAKE SURE ALL AIR IS BLED FROM SUCTION
turn. HOSES AND THAT THEY ARE FULL OF FLUID BEFORE
ACTIVATING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP.
8. Open the suction hose valve and bleed all air
from the suction hose until a solid stream of AIR ENTERING A SUCTION HOSE FITTING WILL CAUSE
CAVITATION THAT WILL SEVERELY DAMAGE HYDRAULIC
fluid is flowing. Then tighten the fitting. Figure 3. PUMPS. ALWAYS DOUBLE CHECK SUCTION HOSE FITTINGS
AND MAKE SURE THEY ARE TIGHT BEFORE ACTIVATING THE
9. Activate the hydraulic system and check for PUMP.
leaks.
MONITOR THE PUMP CLOSELY FOR SIGNS OF AIR AND
10. Correct any problems found before returning the CAVITATION AT START UP. A LOUD, HIGH PITCHED CHATTER
machine to service. INDICATES AN AIR LEAK IN THE SUCTION HOSE OR FITTINGS.
SHUT THE SYSTEM DOWN IMMEDIATELY IF THERE IS ANY
INDICATION OF AIR ENTERING THE SYSTEM OR CAVITATION.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Removing pressure hoses: Installing pressure hoses:
1. Close the supply valve for the pump suction Make sure the new hose is capped and sealed in
hose at the hydraulic tank or in the suction the original packaging. If not, the hose will need
hose. Figure 3. to cleaned and purged of contaminants before it
is installed. Refer to Controlling Hydraulic System
2. Remove the pressure hose fitting from the pump Contamination in the previous section of this chapter
or manifold and cap the pump or manifold fitting. for information on cleaning and purging hydraulic
Figure 2. hoses.
3. Remove the hose fitting from the cylinder or
hydraulic component activated by the pressure 1. Check the pressure rating, diameter and length
hose and cap the fitting on the cylinder or of the new hose. Make sure it is the same size
component. Figure 1. and rating as the hose being replaced.
2. If the old hose had anti-chaffing on the casing,
add anti-chaffing to the new hose. Figure 1.
3. Check the fluid level in the hydraulic tank and
make sure it is full.
4. With the caps on the hose, carefully route the
new hose to the hydraulic component. Make sure
the hose is routed such that it will not become
pinched or chaffed during operation. Make sure
the caps are secure on the hose fittings so they
will not come off during this procedure. Tape the
caps to the hose fittings if necessary.
5. Remove the caps from the pump or manifold
end of the hose and the fitting on the pump or
manifold, then connect the hose. Tighten the
hose fitting.
6. Remove the caps from the cylinder or component
and the hose fitting. Connect and tighten the
fitting. Figure 1.
7. Activate the hydraulic system and operate the
cylinder or component through several full cycles
to bleed the air from the hose.
8. Check for leaks.
9. Correct any problems found before returning the
machine to service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Cylinders
1. Cap Screw
2. Cap Screw Washer
6
3. Pin
4. Pin Retainer Plate
5. Bushings
6. Cylinder
5
1
2
Figure 1: Typical Hydraulic Cylinder Pivot Pin & Retainer Assemblies
General
Hydraulic cylinders on your machine are mounted to the components they activate with pivot pins and
bushings. The instructions in the this section are general and apply to the steering cylinders and cylinders
that lift the boom and basket from the chassis. Some cylinders may require that wire harnesses, hydraulic
hoses or other components not mentioned in these instructions be moved to provide clearance to remove
the cylinders.
Hydraulic cylinders that raise and lower platforms or booms and for other optional equipment require
instructions specific to those cylinders. Instructions for servicing or removing those cylinders are covered
in other sections of this manual.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Checking Hydraulic Cylinder Pivot Pin and
Bushing Tolerance
Hydraulic cylinder pivot pin connections must be
disassembled to check the pins and bushings for
excessive wear and damage. Small cylinders can
be completely removed to check the tolerance.
The tolerance on large cylinder pivot pins should be
checked one end at a time. The following procedure
applies to most cylinder pivot pins and bushings.
Tools
Assorted hand tools
Torque Wrench
Feeler Gauges
Replacement Parts
Pivot Pins (if required) Figure 2: Typical Hydraulic Cylinder Ram Pivot Pin,
Retainer & Bushing Assembly
Pin Bushings (if required)
Hydraulic Hoses (if required)
Supplies
Grease Gun
Caps for Hoses and Fittings Disassembling the cylinder connection to
Hydraulic Fluid inspect pins and bushings:
1. When checking a lift cylinder, make sure the
Notes cylinder is lowered to the full down position or
• Before performing any maintenance procedure the component is supported by safety stands,
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly posts or the chassis to take all load off the
shutdown and secured in the service position. cylinder.
• Many cylinders are heavy and require lifting 2. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic
equipment to remove. Be prepared and have system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure
proper lifting equipment available. is bled from the system.
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently 3. Label hydraulic hoses connected to the cylinder
damage hydraulic pumps and other components and remove the hoses. Place caps on fittings to
in the system. Make sure the cylinders and prevent contamination.
hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly
cleaned before disconnecting holes and removing 4. If the machine is equipped with the optional
the cylinders. auto lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines.
• Some retainer plates are welded to the pivot 5. Support the cylinder so it will not drop
pins while other plates are separate. Pivot pin unexpectedly when the pivot pin is removed.
and retainer plate systems are unique to each
6. Remove the bolt or bolts in the pin retainer(s).
cylinder installation.
Note that some pivot pins have a retainer on
• Make sure all parts are clean before final each side of the cylinder connection while others
assembly. have a retainer on one side that is welded to
the pin.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7. If the retainers are equipped with threaded
holes, insert two 1/2” x 2” long bolts in the
threaded holes on each pin retainer plate. Turn
the bolts clockwise to pull the retainer and pin
from the joint. Use a hammer and large drift
punch or a pry bar to remove the pins the
remaining distance if necessary.
8. If there are no threaded holes in the retainer,
use a hammer and large drift punch or a pry
bar to remove the pins if necessary. Make sure
the cylinder is properly supported so it will not
drop when the pin is removed.
9. Manually extend or retract the cylinder until
it is clear of the connection bracket. Some
hydraulic fluid my flow from the cylinder during
this procedure.
Figure 3: Typical Hydraulic Cylinder Pin, Retainer & Bushing
Note the auto lube line on the hinge pin.
IF YOU ARE CHECKING THE TOLERANCE ON A SMALL

CYLINDER, YOU CAN REMOVE THE OTHER PIVOT PIN AND 3. Thoroughly clean the cylinder end and apply a
REMOVE THE CYLINDER TO CHECK THE TOLERANCE. EACH
END OF LARGE CYLINDERS SHOULD BE DONE ONE AT TIME. thin layer of grease to the outside of the new
THE PIVOT HINGE NOT BEING CHECKED SHOULD ALWAYS bushing and to the bushing seat.
BE COMPLETELY INSTALLED TO STABILIZE THE CYLINDER.
4. Tap the new bushing into the seat. Make sure
the bushing is centered in the seat.
10. Inspect the pin and bushing for excessive wear Reassembling the cylinder connection:
or damage. Once the pivot bushings are replaced or if the pins
and bushings are within tolerance and in good
11. If the bushings and pins appear to be in good condition, reassemble the connection using the
condition, insert the pin in the cylinder bushing. following procedure.
Use a feeler gauge to check the gap between
the pin and the bushing. If the gap is more than 1. Clean the pin, retainer and bushing.
.010”, the bushing and/or pin are worn and will
need to be replaced. If the gap is .010” or less, 2. Apply grease to the pin and bushing, align the
the pin and bushing are OK will not need to be cylinder with the connection bracket and insert
replaced. the pin.
Replacing Pivot Pin Bushings: 3. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite,
If the tolerance between the pivot pin and bushing then install the bolts and lock washers. Torque
is greater than .010”, the bushing and pin will need to specifications.
to be replaced. Use the following procedure to
4. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses and auto lube
replace the bushing.
lines, if the machine is equipped with the auto
lube option.
1. With the cylinder end clear of the pivot hinge
bracket and the cylinder properly supported, 5. If the machine is not equipped with the auto
use a hammer and drift punch to tap the worn lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
bushing out of the cylinder. the pins and bushings.
2. Use medium emery paper to remove any 6. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
corrosion from the bushing seat. system, manually activate the system through
two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and
bushings.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Removing and Installing hydraulic Cylinders 8. Install retainer(s) and bolts then torque to
If a cylinder is leaking or is damaged, it will have specifications.
to be removed to be serviced or replaced. Use the
9. Slide the ram out and align the ram end pivot
following procedure to remove and install hydraulic
with connection bracket on the machine.
cylinders.
10. Insert the pivot pin and install retainer(s) and
Removing a cylinder: bolts then torque to specifications.
1. Follow steps 1-9 in “Disassembling the
cylinder connection to inspect pins and 11. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses. If the machine
bushings” to remove the hydraulic hoses and is equipped with the auto lube option, also
the pivot pin from the ram end of the cylinder. reconnect the auto lube lines.
Leave the other pivot pin in place to stabilize 12. Replace all harnesses and hoses that were
the cylinder for now. moved to provide clearance for cylinder removal
2. Move all hydraulic hoses, wire harnesses or and installation.
other components that will interfere with the 13. If the machine is not equipped with the auto
removal of the cylinder. lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
3. Attach lifting equipment to the cylinder housing the pins and bushings.
and lift the cylinder just enough to take the 14. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
weight off the pivot hinge still connected. system, manually activate the system through
4. Manually extend or retract the cylinder until it is two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and
clear of the connection bracket on the end with bushings.
the pivot pin removed. Some hydraulic fluid my Test the ram and check for leaks:
flow from the cylinder during this procedure. Air will be bled from the cylinder and hoses
5. With the cylinder still supported, remove the automatically when the hydraulic circuit is activated.
other pivot pin.
6. Carefully remove the cylinder.
2. With the engine at idle, activate the hydraulic
Installing a cylinder: cylinder through several full cycles.
1. Make sure the pins, retainers and bushings are
clean. 3. Monitor the cylinder for smooth and proper
operation. Also make sure all hoses are not
2. Completely retract the ram into the cylinder to kinked, strained or being chaffed.
protect it from damage during installation.
3. If installing new pivot bushings, apply grease the service position. Then check for leaks.
to the bushings and bushing seat on each end
of the cylinder. Tap the new bushings into the 5. Correct any leaks or problems before placing
cylinder seats. the machine in service.
4. Apply grease to the pivot pin and bushing.

5. Use lifting equipment to support the cylinder and
carefully move it into position. Be very careful
not damage the cylinder during installation.
6. Align the cylinder end pivot with the connection
bracket on the machine and insert the pin.
7. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Mechanical Hydraulic Control Valves
BOOM
CONTROLS
STABILIZER
CONTROLS
CONTROL VALVE
BLOCK ASSEMBLY
Figure 1: Typical Boom & Stabilizer Chassis Mounted Control Valve Blocks & Levers.
General
Mechanical hydraulic boom and stabilizer controls
are lever type control valves. A diverter valve
near some controls enable the operator to select
the hydraulic controls and circuit to be activated.
The levers activate individual control valves that
can be replaced or serviced. The number of control
valves and levers will vary depending on the
options installed on the truck and the location of
the controls.
The instructions in the this section are general and

apply to most mechanical control valves mounted
on the chassis, boom or basket.
Specific Instructions for servicing control valves

in the basket are located in other sections of
this manual and/or in manuals supplied by the
equipment manufacturers.
Figure 2: Typical Diverter Valve
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Figure 2: Boom Control Valve Orientation
Replacing Control Valves • Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently
damage hydraulic pumps and other components
Tools in the system. Make sure the control valves,
Assorted hand tools hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly cleaned
before disconnecting hoses and removing valves
Replacement Parts or other components.
Control Valves (if required)
• Make sure all parts are clean before final assembly.
Control Levers (if required)
Hydraulic Hoses (if required) Removing a faulty control valve:
1. When servicing a control valve, make sure the
Supplies cylinder is lowered to the full down position or
Hydraulic Fluid the component is supported by safety stands to
Caps for Hoses and Fittings take all load off the hydraulic circuit.
Blue or Green Painting Tape for Labeling Hoses and
Fittings. 2. Clean the valves, hoses and fittings before
disassembly to reduce the possibility for
contamination.
Notes 3. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic
• Before performing any maintenance procedure system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly is bled from the system.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 14.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
4. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the faulty
valve or valves and remove the hoses. Place caps
on fittings to prevent contamination.
5. Loosen the bolts securing the valve control block
to the chassis or boom.
6. On multiple valve blocks, loosen the bolts and
nuts that secure the valves together in the block.
Then remove the bolts.
7. Slide the faulty valve from the block assembly.
8. Remove the knob and boot. Use a small drift
punch to drive out the dowel pin, then remove
the control lever. Figure 4.
Installing the new valve: Figure 3: Stabilizer Control Valve Orientation
1. Attach the control lever to the new valve and
tap the dowel pin into place. Figure 4.
2. Install the boot and knob. Figure 4.
3. Position the valve in the block and align the holes
for the valve block bolts
4. Insert the valve block bolts to secure the valves
together on multiple valve blocks. Tighten the
bolts to specifications.
5. Insert and tighten the bolts securing the valve
control block to the chassis or boom.
6. Coat the hydraulic hose fittings with clean
hydraulic fluid. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses
and tighten the fittings.
Test the valves and check for leaks:
Air will be bled from the valve and hoses automatically
when the hydraulic circuit is activated.

2. With the engine at idle, activate the hydraulic
circuit through several full cycles.
3. Monitor the system for smooth and proper 1. Control Knob 10. Washer
operation. 2. Rod 11. Screw (HSHC)
3. Nut 12. Bonnet
the service position. Then check for leaks. 4. Adaptor 13. Boot
5. Pin (Dowel) 14. Seal (Square Cut)
5. Correct any leaks or problems before placing
6. Screw (HSHC) 15. O-Ring Seal
the machine in service.
7. Lock Washer 16. O-Ring Seal
8. Seal Retainer 17. Seal (Special)
9. Guide
Figure 4: Typical Control Valve Block Assembly
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 15.
BOOM & BASKET
SECTION CONTENTS
Boom Inspection..........................................................................................................15-2
Replacing Boom Outer Slide and Wear Pads.....................................................................15-7
Boom Disassembly & Replacing Inner Slide and Wear Pads.............................................. 15-11
Boom Extension Cylinder Assembly..............................................................................15-18
Synchronizing Basket Leveling Cylinders.......................................................................15-23
Boom Pivot Pin and Bushing Tolerance..........................................................................15-26
Boom Removal and Installation....................................................................................15-29
Boom Turret & Gear Assembly.....................................................................................15-36
Boom Lift Cylinder.....................................................................................................15-42
Basket Lift Controls....................................................................................................15-47
Setting Boom Relief Pressures ....................................................................................15-51
Basket Engine Controls...............................................................................................15-53
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Inspection
Figure 1: Typical ANFO Truck Boom & Basket
General
The following procedure should be used to inspect the boom/basket assembly for reliability and safety
every 4000 hours or 5 years of operation. This procedure is detailed and involves the complete removal
and disassembly of the boom and basket to provide access to all components and properly evaluate their
condition.
This inspection is in addition to the regular 50 and 250 hour maintenance checks on the boom and basket
as outlined in the routine maintenance section of this manual and the operation manual. Some parts will
typically require replacement or service prior to this inspection. This inspection is extremely important
and should always be performed on booms and baskets that have been used extensively in the field.
The information and instructions in this section are general apply to most ANFO trucks. However, ANFO
trucks are available in many different configurations and some procedures may be slightly different than
those in this section. Always consult your dealer or Getman Service if you have any questions.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic System Documentation
Before completely breaking down the boom assembly, it is important to evaluate and document the
current working condition of the boom and basket. This information will be used to verify that all hydraulic
components are operating properly when the service procedures are complete.
Make sure to complete the following checklist before disassembling the boom and basket:
If any of the functions seem excessively slow or have a lack of power, some of the hydraulic components
may need to be replaced.
During the pre-inspection and after reassembly the following hydraulic system components
must be evaluated:
1. Cylinders
A. Check for leaks.
B. Check for proper boom extension and retraction speeds.
C. Check for damage or excessive corrosion.
D. Check for excessive movement in the ram.
2. Control Valves
A. Check for leaks.
B. Check for proper operation.
C. Verify that the movement corresponds with the tags at each control.
D. Check for damage or excessive corrosion.
3. Other Components and Hoses

A. Check for leaks.
B. Verify proper operation.
C. Check routing of hoses.
D. Check for damage, chaffing or excessive corrosion on fittings.
Replace damaged or questionable components. We also recommend that you replace all hydraulic hoses
and rebuild the cylinders while the boom is disassembled.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
PINS AND BUSHINGS
Throughout a Getman boom there are many different pivot pins and bushings, it is imperative that all of
them are inspected properly in order to ensure safe and correct operation of the boom. See Figure 2 for
general location of boom pins.
1. Pins
• Check pins for steps, grooves or excessive wear. The pin should not be able to move up or down
in the bushing. Note that the maximum pin to bushing tolerance is .010”.
• Have the pins tested for cracks using a Magnetic Particle test or other nondestructive testing method.
• Replace bolts that hold pins in position.
• Check bolt holes for worn threads or excessive play.
2. Bushings
• Replace all removable bushings.
• Check welded bushings for excessive pin movement. The pin should not be able to move in any
direction perpendicular to the bore.
WEAR PADS
When performing a detailed inspection of the Getman boom that involves the complete tear down of
the assembly, it is recommended that all the boom slide and wear pads and their mounting bolts be
replaced. The parts are relatively inexpensive and it is easy to do with the boom disassembled. Refer to
the instructions in this chapter when replacing pads or disassembling the boom.
Fresh wear pads should remove any excessive sag or movement in the boom and will help return it to
proper working condition. If the wear pads become worn to the point where the mounting screws are
contacting the boom, they must be replaced. If worn pads are not replaced, the bolt heads will grind into
the boom and weaken it. This will cause severe damage to the boom and lead to boom failure.
SIGNS THAT INDICATE EXCESSIVELY WORN SLIDE AND WEAR PADS
• Excessive boom sag at full extension
• Excessive bounce when moving the boom
• Unusual scraping sounds when extending or retracting the boom
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
WELDMENTS
A typical Getman Boom is composed of a turret, outer boom weldment, middle boom weldment, inner
boom weldment and the basket. (See Figure 3) These weldments should all be inspected thoroughly for
cracks, corrosion, wear, and damage. Any components exhibiting these characteristics must be replaced
or properly repaired before returning the truck to service.
Figure 2: Boom Components
CORROSION
Severe corrosion on the boom or basket structure can cause fatigue that will damage the boom or basket
beyond repair. While corrosion in some areas of the boom or basket maybe less serious than in others,
it’s important that the boom and basket be maintained relatively free of heavy corrosion.
Getman recommends that the maximum depth of corrosion within 12 inches of the boom ends and on
all pivoting components be less then .01”. In the middle sections of the boom where the stress on the
sections is less, the recommended maximum corrosion depth is .03”. However, with excessive corrosion,
the amount of material worn away maybe enough so that the depth of the corrosion maybe inaccurately
measured. A combination of excessive wear and corrosion can lead to failure. Getman recommends that
corrosion and wear be looked at carefully.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
BASKET
The basket should be inspected regularly for bent supports, cracked welds, corrosion, deformation, etc. See
Figure 4 for an example of a basket that is unsafe and should be replaced. If a basket has been deformed,
all pivot pins, cylinders and links on the boom must also be inspected for excessive wear and damage.
Figure 3: Basket in Good Condition Figure 4: Damaged Basket with Bent Rails & Supports
Must Be Retired From Service
WARNING
D-RING ANCHORAGE CONNECTORS OR RELATED COMPONENTS CAN BE WEAKENED BY
THE STRESS OF A FALL. FALL ARREST OR RESTRAINT EQUIPMENT ATTACHED TO WEAK
ANCHORAGE CONNECTORS COULD RESULT IN SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH IN THE EVENT
OF A FALL IF THE ANCHORAGE OR OTHER BASKET OR BOOM COMPONENTS FAIL.
IF THE D-RING ANCHORAGE HAS BEEN SUBJECTED TO STRESS BY A FALL, THE D-RING,
BASKET AND BOOM MUST BE THOROUGHLY INSPECTED FOR DAMAGE BEFORE PUTTING
UNIT BACK IN SERVICE.
FINAL INSPECTION
After the boom has been properly serviced and reassembled, boom and basket hydraulic components
should be carefully inspected and tested for full range of motion and proper operation with the basket
loaded to 150% of the rated capacity. When the boom and basket pass the inspection and operate as
outlined in this section, it is ready for operation and the truck can be returned to service. If the boom
and basket don’t pass the inspection and operation parameters outlined in this section, the components
are worn or damaged beyond repair and must be replaced before the truck can be returned to service.
If you have any questions, concerns or doubts about the integrity of the boom and basket during the
inspection, please contact Getman Service for further assistance.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Replacing Boom Outer Slide and Wear Pads
Figure 1: Outer Boom Slide & Wear Pad Locations
General
The wear pads on an Anfo Charger boom are sacrificial and gradually wear as the boom is extended and
retracted. Like the brake pads on an automobile, once the pads have worn down close to the head of the
recessed cap screws holding them to the boom, its time to replace the pads. If the pads are not replaced
the screw heads will cut deep grooves in the boom which will cause the boom to weaken. To reduce the
risk of damage, the pads should be inspected every 250 hours and replaced well before they wear to the
thickness of the screw heads.
There are outer and inner slide and wear pads on the outer and middle boom sections. Outer slide and
wear pads can be replaced without disassembling the boom. The boom must be disassembled to replace
the inner slide and wear pads. This section describes the replacement procedure for the outer boom pads
with the boom assembled. Inner slide and wear pad replacement is described in the next procedure in
this chapter.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Replacing the Outer Slide & Wear Pads • Make sure all parts are clean before final
assembly.
Tools
• Do not reuse wear pad mounting bolts and
Assorted Hand Tools
locknuts. Always use new bolts and locknuts
Torque Wrench
when the pads are replaced.
Overhead Lifting Equipment
Safety Stands or Jacks • Wear pads and wear pad bolts should be coated
with anti-seize before being reassembled.
Replacement Parts (If Required)
Boom Wear Pads • The parts and components described in this
Wear Pad Cap Screws, Bolts and Nuts section can be referenced in the assembly
drawing in Figure 2.
Supplies • Always refer to the part manual for the correct
Blue Loctite Thread Locker part numbers for wear pads and other parts
Anti-Seize required for this service.
Supporting the boom for outer slide and wear
Notes: pad replacement:
• Before performing any maintenance procedure 1. Make sure the boom is in the down position and
on the vehicle make sure the machine is supported such that all load is removed from the
properly shutdown and secured in the service slide and wear pads at the end of the outer and
position. middle boom sections.
• The boom sections are heavy and the boom 2. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic
must be supported properly to take the load off system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure
the wear pads. Be prepared and have proper is bled from the system.
lifting equipment and supports available.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Figure 3: Slide Pad Assembly Installed, Slide Pads & Slide Pad Bolts
Replacing outer bottom slide pads

WEAR PAD
1. Make sure there is no pressure on the bottom ASSEMBLIES
slide pads.
2. Remove the bolts in the pin retainers and
remove pins holding the slide pad assemblies
to the bottom of the outer and middle booms.
Remove the slide pad assemblies from the
booms. Figures 3 & 4.
3. Remove the bolts and locknuts securing the
pads to the slide pad assembly and remove the
pads and shims. Make sure to keep the shims
with pad assembly they were removed from.
Figures 3 & 5.
SLIDE PAD PINS
4. Inspect the shims and replace them with shims & RETAINERS
of the same thickness if they are corroded or
damaged. It is acceptable to reuse the shims if Figure 4: Slide Pad & Wear Pad Assemblies Installed
they are in good condition.
7. Align the slide pad assembly with pin holes in
5. Use new bolts and locknuts. Apply anti-seize to the middle boom and insert the pin. Adjust the
the bolts and the back of the new pads. Install boom slightly to create additional clearance
bolts, shims and pads on the assemblies. Tighten if necessary. Insert the pin retaining bolt and
the bolts and locknuts to specifications. tighten to specifications. Figure 4.
6. Apply loctite to the pin retainer bolts. 8. Align the slide pad assembly with pin holes in
the outer boom and insert the pin. Adjust the
boom slightly to create additional clearance
if necessary. Insert the pin retaining bolt and
tighten to specifications. Figure 4.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Replacing side wear pads
1. Make sure the boom is centered and there is no
pressure on the side wear pads.
2. There is a side wear pad assembly on the end
of the outer and middle booms. Remove the
two bolts securing each side plate wear pad
assembly to the side of the booms and remove
the wear pad assemblies.
3. Remove the bolts and locknuts securing the pads
to the side wear pad assembly and remove the
with the pad assembly they were removed from.
4. Inspect the shims and replace them with shims
damaged. It is acceptable to reuse the shims if
Figure 5: Wear Pads, Plates & Shims
5. Use new bolts and locknuts. Apply anti-seize to 8. Align the side wear pad assembly with the holes
the bolts and the back of the new pads. Install on the left side of the middle boom. Adjust the
bolts, shims and pads on the assemblies. Tighten boom slightly to create additional clearance if
the bolts and locknuts to specifications. necessary. Insert the mounting bolts and tighten
to specifications. Figure 4.
6. Apply loctite to the side wear pad assembly
mounting bolts. 9. Check the tolerance between the wear pads on
each side of the boom. There should be a slight
7. Align the side wear pad assembly with the holes
gap between the boom and the wear pad on
on the right side of the middle boom. Adjust the
each side. Add or remove shims if necessary.
boom slightly to create additional clearance if
necessary. Insert the mounting bolts and tighten 10. Repeat steps 7 thru 8 to install the wear pad
to specifications. Figure 4. assemblies on the outer boom.
The shims in slide and wear pad assemblies provide adjustment to center the middle boom in the outer
boom or center the inner boom in the middle boom. They are also used keep the boom assemblies
straight. If the factory shims are in good shape they can be reused. When shims are to be reused,
their location should be marked and reused in the original location with the new wear pad. If the
shims are damaged or badly corroded, they will need to be replaced.
Whenever new pads and shims are installed, the boom must be checked for free movement and proper
alignment. The boom sections must be centered side to side with the proper tolerance between the
pads and booms. The boom should also extend straight with very little sag. If the wear pads are too
tight they will cause the boom to extend or retract slowly or, in extreme cases, prevent movement
of the boom. Always check the boom for proper alignment and operation before returning the truck
to service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Disassembly & Replacing Inner Slide and Wear Pads
Figure 1: Typical Boom Components
Boom Disassembly and Inspection Notes:

The middle boom and the inner boom have four • Before performing any maintenance procedure
wear pads on the end of them. The wear pads on on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
the middle boom run on the inside of the outer shutdown and secured in the service position.
boom. The wear pads on the inner boom run on the
inside of the middle boom. In order to inspect and • Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently
replace these pads the boom must be taken apart. damage hydraulic pumps and other components
The use of overhead lifting equipment is essential in the system. Make sure the cylinders, hydraulic
in completing the following procedure. hoses and fittings are thoroughly cleaned before
disconnecting hoses and removing the boom
Tools sections.
Assorted Hand Tools • The boom is heavy and requires lifting equipment
Torque Wrench to disassemble. Be prepared and have proper
Feeler Gauges lifting equipment available.
Safety stands and Jacks • Make sure all parts are clean before final
assembly.
• There are outer and inner slide and wear pads
Extension Cylinder Seal Kits
on the outer and middle boom sections. Outer
Hydraulic Cylinder Pins
slide and wear pads can be replaced without
Hydraulic Cylinder Bushings
disassembling the boom. The boom must be
Boom Slide and Wear Pads
disassembled to replace the inner slide and wear
Slide and Wear Pad Bolts and Locknuts
pads. Inner slide and wear pad replacement is
Hydraulic Hoses
described in this section. Outer slide and wear
pad replacement is described earlier in this
Supplies
chapter.
Grease Gun and Grease • Do not reuse wear pad mounting bolts and
Caps for Hoses and Fittings locknuts. Always use new bolts and locknuts
Hydraulic fluid when the pads are replaced.
Grease
Anti-Seize • Wear pads and wear pad bolts should be coated
Blue or Green Painting Tape for Labeling Hoses and with anti-seize before being reassembled.
Fittings. • The parts and components described in this
section can be referenced in the assembly
Always refer to the part manual for the correct drawing in Figure 1 & 2.
part numbers for wear pads and other parts
required for this service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY
1 PIN (LEVELING CYLINDER) 2
2 CYLINDER (LEVELING) 1
3 TURRET 1
4 PIN (LIFT CYLINDER) 1
5 BUSHING (TURRET) 2
6 BOLT 8
7 BOLT 20
8 COVER 1
9 KEEPER 1
10 OUTER BOOM 1
11 LIFT CYLINDER 1
12 PIN (TURRET) 1
13 PIN 1
(EXTENSION CYLINDER)
14 TRUNNION 2
15 ALLEN HEAD 2
16 PIN RETAINER 1
17 ALLEN HEAD (FLAT) 24

NUT 24
18 EXTENSION CYLINDER ASSEMBLY 1
20 PIN (SLIDE PAD) 1
21 WEAR PAD 12
SHIM A/R
22 SLIDE PAD 2
23 WEAR PAD 4
SHIM A/R
24 PAD ASSEMBLY 4
25 MIDDLE BOOM 1
26 INNER BOOM 1
27 ALLEN HEAD (FLAT) 8 8

NUT
30 PIN (EXTENSION CYLINDER) 1
31 PIN (BASKET) (REF.) 1
32 BUSHING 2
33 ROTATOR 1
34 BOLT 3
35 WASHER 3
37 PIN (LEVELING) 1
38 LEVELING LINK 1
39 LEVELING LINK 1
40 BASKET 1
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
INNER BOOM
MIDDLE BOOM
BASKET
OUTER BOOM
Figure 3: Typical Boom Sections & Basket
Preparing the boom for Disassembly: 2. If the machine is equipped with the optional
1. Make sure the boom is in the down position and auto lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines.
that the outer boom is supported with safety
stands and overhead lifting equipment. Make 3. Support the basket with safety stands then
sure the boom is supported such that all load is remove the retaining bolts for the basket hinge
removed from the basket and pivot pins. and leveling cylinder pivot pins.
2. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic 4. Make sure all pressure is bled from the system
system pressure gauge in the operator and there is no load on the leveling cylinder,
compartment to ensure all pressure is bled then remove the pins.
from the system. 5. Label hydraulic hoses connected to the basket
Separating the basket from the boom: hydraulic controls and the air hoses on the
1. Use straps to attach the basket to overhead pneumatic control valves. Then remove the
lifting equipment and lift the basket just enough hoses. Place caps on fittings to prevent
to take the weight off the basket hinge and contamination.
leveling cylinder pivot pins.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
6. Disconnect the wire harness for the engine
restart and emergency lowering system switch
panel. (If the truck is equipped with these
options).
7. Remove the manual discharge button and cable
for the automatic fire extinguishing system from
the basket and secure it to the boom so it is out
of the way. (If the truck is equipped this option)
8. Move the basket away from and off to the side
of the boom.
Separating the boom sections and replacing
the inner wear pads:
1. Label all hydraulic hoses connected to the
bulkhead plates on the inner boom and the
middle boom and remove them. Place caps on
fittings to prevent contamination. Figure 6.
NOTICE:
Figure 4: Basket Hinge, Leveling Cylinder Pivot Pins & Basket
PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO THE BOOM SECTIONS AS THE
Hydraulic Hose Bulkhead Plate
HYDRAULIC HOSES ARE DISCONNECTED. BOOM SECTIONS
MOVE EASILY AND COULD SLOWLY SLIDE OUT WHEN THE
HOSES ARE DISCONNECTED.
2. Secure the hoses so they are out of the way and

will not be damaged when the boom sections
are separated or installed.
3. Remove all hangers and wire harnesses
connected to the inner or middle booms. Figure
6.
4. Remove the outer slide and wear pads from
the outer and middle boom sections. Refer to
Replacing Boom Outer Slide and Wear Pads
earlier in this chapter.
5. The hydraulic cylinders that extend and retract
the boom are bolted to the inside of the middle
boom. The ends of the cylinders are connected
to the forward end of the outer boom and the
basket end of the inner boom. Remove the
retainer bolts and pivot pins that connect the
cylinder ends to the boom sections. Figures 5,
7 & 8.
6. With the cylinder pivot pins removed, use
overhead lifting equipment to slide the inner and
middle boom sections out of the outer boom.
Keep the sections together and remove them
as a unit.
Figure 5: Outer Boom Extension Cylinder Pivot Pin
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
OUTER SLIDE
& WEAR PADS
OUTER SLIDE
& WEAR PADS
HYDRAULIC HOSE
BULKHEAD
HOSE & WIRE

HARNESS HANGER
Figure 6: Boom Hose & Wire Harness Hanger & Hydraulic Hose Bulkhead / Outer Slide & Side Wear Pads
NOTICE
IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO TIE THE MIDDLE AND INNER BOOM
SECTIONS TOGETHER TO PREVENT THEM FROM SEPARATING
DURING REMOVAL.
7. Place the boom sections on steel horses, stands

or a long table capable of carrying the weight of
the boom sections.
8. Use overhead lifting equipment to slide the
inner boom section out of the middle boom. The
inner wear pads on the middle and inner boom
sections will be exposed and accessible.
inner wear pads to the boom and remove the Figure 7: Inner Boom Extension Cylinder Pivot Pin
with the pad assembly they were removed from.
Figure 9.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
10. Inspect the shims and replace them with shims
damaged. It is acceptable to reuse the shims if
11. Use new bolts and locknuts and apply anti-seize
to the bolts and the back of the new pads.
Install the bolts, shims and inner pads on both
boom sections. Tighten the bolts and locknuts
to specifications.
Reassembling Boom Sections and Installing

the Basket
Reassembling the boom:

1. With all wear pads replaced, use overhead
lifting equipment to slide the inner boom into
the middle boom. Check the tolerance between
the inner wear pads and the middle boom. The
fit should be tight with just a small gap between Figure 8: Outer Boom Extension Cylinder Pin Retainer
the boom and the wear pads. Add or remove
shims if necessary.
2. Use overhead lifting equipment to slide the OUTER MIDDLE
middle and inner booms into the outer boom as BOOM BOOM
a unit. Check the tolerance between the inner
wear pads and the outer boom. The fit should
tight with just a small gap between the boom
and the wear pads. Add or remove shims if
necessary.
3. Install new outer slide and wear pads on the
outer and middle booms. Refer to Replacing INNER
WEAR PADS
Boom Outer Slide and Wear Pads in this chapter
Figure 9: Middle Boom Removed From Outer Boom &
4. Make sure the extension cylinder pins, retainers Inner Wear Pads
and bushings are clean. 10. Align the inner boom cylinder end with the
5. If installing new pivot bushings, apply grease connection hole in the boom and insert the
to the bushings and bushing seat on each end pivot pin.
of the cylinders. Tap the new bushings into the 11. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite.
cylinder seats. Refer to Hydraulic Cylinders in
Section 14 for instructions on replacing cylinder 12. Install pivot pin, retainer(s), lock washers and
bushings. bolts then torque to specifications.
6. Apply grease to the pivot pin and bushing. 13. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses. If the machine
is equipped with the auto lube option, also
7. Align the middle boom extension cylinder end reconnect the auto lube lines.
with the connection hole in the boom and insert
the pivot pin. 14. Replace all hangers, electrical harnesses and air
hoses that were moved to provide clearance for
8. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite. boom removal and installation.
9. Install pivot pin, retainer(s), lock washers and 15. If the machine is not equipped with the auto
bolts then torque to specifications. lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
the pins and bushings.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
16. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube Test The Boom And Basket For Proper
system, manually activate the system through Operation And Check For Leaks
two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and Air will be bled from the cylinder and hoses
bushings. automatically when the hydraulic circuit is activated.
Install the basket:
1. Use lifting equipment to move the basket and 1. Activate the Stabilizer and Boom/Basket
align it with the boom. hydraulic circuit.
2. Make sure the hinge and cylinder pivot pins, A. Engine Hydraulic System: With the engine
retainers and bushings are clean. running activate the stabilizer and boom
hydraulic circuits by raising the Accessory
3. If installing new pivot bushings, apply grease Control Lever in the operator’s compartment.
to the bushings and bushing seat on each end The steering will not function and tramming
of the cylinders or hinge. Tap the new bushings controls are locked out.
into the seats. Refer to Hydraulic Cylinders in
Section 14 for instructions on replacing cylinder B. Mine Air Hydraulic System: With the truck
bushings. connected to mine air and the engine off, push
the AIR HYDRAULIC button in to activate the
4. Apply grease to the pivot pin and bushing. air powered hydraulic pump.
5. Align the basket hinge holes with the connection 2. Do a final check above and around the lift area
hinge in the boom and insert the pivot pin. to confirm there are no hazards above.
6. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite. 3. Move the STABILIZER/BOOM diverter valve to
the BOOM position to activate the boom and
7. Install pivot pin, retainer(s), lock washers and
basket hydraulic system.
bolts then torque to specifications.
4. Use the lower boom controls to activate the
8. Align the basket leveling cylinder end with the
boom and basket hydraulic system through
connection holes in the basket and insert the
several full cycles.
pivot pin.
5. Monitor the extension cylinders for smooth and
proper operation. Also make sure all hoses are
10. Install pin, retainer(s), lock washers and bolts not kinked, strained or being chaffed.
then torque to specifications.
6. If necessary, synchronize the basket leveling
11. Install the manual discharge button and cable cylinders. Refer to Synchronizing the Basket
for the automatic fire extinguishing system on Leveling Cylinders in this section of the manual
the basket. (If the truck is equipped this option) for the procedure to synchronize the cylinders.
12. Install the wire harness for the engine restart 7. Shutdown the machine and make sure it is in
and emergency lowering system switch panel. the service position. Then check for leaks.
(If the truck is equipped with these options).
8. Reactivate the machine and repeat the hydraulic
13. Connect the hydraulic hoses and air hoses to the system test using the basket controls.
basket hydraulic control levers and pneumatic
9. Shutdown the engine and correct any leaks or
control valves.
problems before placing the machine in service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Extension Cylinder Assembly
Figure 1: Boom Extension Cylinder
General
The boom extension cylinder assembly is located inside the outer, middle and inner boom sections. The
ram ends of the upper and lower extension cylinders are attached to the basket end of the inner boom
and forward end of the outer boom. Because of the size and length of the cylinder, it is recommended
that the cylinder be removed with the middle and inner boom sections. Once the extension cylinder and
middle boom sections are removed, the bolts that secure the extension cylinder assembly to the middle
boom can be accessed to remove the assembly. Use the following procedure to remove the extension
cylinder from the boom.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
3 TURRET 1
5 BUSHING (TURRET) 2
6 BOLT 8
7 BOLT 20
8 COVER 1
9 KEEPER 1
10 OUTER BOOM 1
11 LIFT CYLINDER 1
12 PIN (TURRET) 1
13 PIN 1
(EXTENSION CYLINDER)
14 TRUNNION 2
15 ALLEN HEAD 2
16 PIN RETAINER 1
17 ALLEN HEAD (FLAT) 24

NUT 24
18 EXTENSION CYLINDER ASSEMBLY 1
21 WEAR PAD 12
SHIM A/R
22 SLIDE PAD 2
23 WEAR PAD 4
SHIM A/R
24 PAD ASSEMBLY 4
25 MIDDLE BOOM 1
26 INNER BOOM 1
27 ALLEN HEAD (FLAT) 8 8

NUT
30 PIN (EXTENSION CYLINDER) 1
31 PIN (BASKET) (REF.) 1
32 BUSHING 2
33 ROTATOR 1
34 BOLT 3
35 WASHER 3
37 PIN (LEVELING) 1
38 LEVELING LINK 1
39 LEVELING LINK 1
40 BASKET 1
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Figure 3: Typical Boom Components
Remove and Service the Extension Boom Notes:

Cylinder Assembly • Before performing any maintenance procedure
Tools shutdown and secured in the service position.
Assorted Hand Tools
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently
Torque Wrench
Feeler Gauges
in the system. Make sure the cylinders, hydraulic
hoses and fittings are thoroughly cleaned before
Safety Stands and Jacks
disconnecting hoses and removing the boom
sections and cylinders.
Extension Cylinder Seal Kits • The extension cylinder assembly and boom
Hydraulic Cylinder Pins sections are heavy and require lifting equipment
Hydraulic Cylinder Bushings to remove. Be prepared and have proper lifting
Boom Slide and Wear Pads equipment available.
Wear Pad Bolts and Locknuts
Hydraulic Hoses • Make sure all parts are clean before final
assembly.
Supplies • There are outer and inner slide and wear pads on
Blue Loctite Thread Locker the outer and middle boom sections. These pads
Grease Gun and Grease should replaced whenever the boom sections
Caps for Hoses and Fittings are separated.
Hydraulic fluid
Grease • Do not reuse wear pad or extension cylinder
Anti-Seize assembly mounting bolts and locknuts. Always
Blue or Green Painting Tape for Labeling Hoses and use new bolts and locknuts when pads are
Fittings. replaced.
• Always check extension cylinder pins and
bushings for excessive wear. Replace worn or
damage shims and bushings.
• The parts and components described in this
section can be referenced in the assembly
drawings in Figures 2 & 3.
• Always refer to the part manual for the correct
part numbers for wear pads and other parts
required for this service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Removing the middle and outer boom sections
and the extension cylinder assembly:
1. Access to the extension cylinder assembly
and the Allen head bolts that secure extension
cylinder to the middle boom is provided
by removing the middle and inner boom
sections from the outer boom. Refer to Boom
Disassembly and Replacing Inner Slide and Wear
Pads in this chapter for instructions on removing
the boom sections.
2. Once boom sections are removed, place them
on steel horses, stands or a long table capable
of carrying the weight of the boom sections.
3. Use overhead lifting equipment to slide the inner
Figure 4: Allen Head Bolts & Trunnion for Extension Cylinder
boom section out of the middle boom. Assembly in Middle Boom Section
4. Use wooden blocks to support the extension Install the Extension Cylinder Assembly
cylinder and ram ends so they will not drop and Reassemble Boom Sections
when the trunnion bolts are removed from the
middle boom. Figure 2. Installing the extension cylinder and
assembling the boom sections:
5. Remove the Allen head bolts securing the 1. With the extension cylinder assembly serviced
extension cylinder and trunnions to each side and all wear pads inspected or replaced, use
of the middle boom. Figure 2. overhead lifting equipment and assistants to
6. Use assistants and overhead lifting equipment slide the extension cylinder into the middle
to slide the cylinder assembly out of the middle boom.
boom. 2. Use wooden blocks to support the extension
7. Place the boom on a long table or steel horses. cylinder and ram ends so they will not drop and
Then thoroughly clean the cylinders to prepare be damaged as the extension cylinder moved
them for disassembly. into position and aligned with the mounting holes
in the middle boom.
8. Inspect the pivot pins and bushings for excessive
wear or damage. Also inspect the ram seal for 3. Coat the new Allen head trunnion bolts with
leakage. blue Loctite.
9. If the bushings and pivot pins appear to be in 4. Align the extension cylinder mounting holes with
good condition, insert the pins in the cylinder the trunnion holes in the middle boom. Insert
bushings. Use a feeler gauge to check the gap the trunnions and Allen head mounting bolts.
between the pins and the bushings. If the gap Figures 2 & 3.
is more than .010” the bushing and/or pin are 5. Torque the Allen bolts to specifications to secure
worn and will need to be replaced. If the gap is the extension cylinder assembly to the middle
.010” or less, the pin and bushing are OK will boom.
6. With the extension cylinder secured to the
10. Service the cylinder and/or pivot pins and middle boom, the boom sections can be
bushings as required. Refer to Hydraulic reassembled and the basket installed. Refer to
Cylinders in Section 14 for instructions on the Boom Disassembly and Replacing Inner Slide
servicing hydraulic cylinders. and Wear Pads in this chapter for instructions
11. Inspect all boom wear pads and replace if on reassembling the boom sections.
they show any sign of wear. Refer to Boom 7. When the boom and basket are completely
Disassembly and Replacing Inner Slide and Wear reassembled, the boom and extension cylinder
Pads for instructions on replacing wear pads. must be tested for proper operation.
A64 ANFO CHARGER
SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Test The Boom And Basket For Proper 5. Monitor the extension cylinders for smooth and
Operation And Check For Leaks proper operation. Also make sure all hoses are
Air will be bled from the cylinders and hoses not kinked, strained or being chaffed.
automatically when the hydraulic circuit is activated.
6. If necessary, synchronize the basket leveling
cylinders. Refer to Synchronizing the Basket
1. Activate the Stabilizer and Boom/Basket
Leveling Cylinders in this section of the manual
hydraulic circuit.
for the procedure to synchronize the cylinders.
A. Engine Hydraulic System: With the engine
running activate the stabilizer and boom
the service position. Then check for leaks.
Control Lever in the operator’s compartment. 8. Reactivate the machine and repeat the hydraulic
The steering will not function and tramming system test using the basket controls.
controls are locked out.
B. Mine Air Hydraulic System: With the truck problems before placing the machine in service.
connected to mine air and the engine off, push
air powered hydraulic pump.
2. Do a final check above and around the lift area
to confirm there are no hazards above.
3. Move the STABILIZER/BOOM diverter valve to
boom and basket hydraulic system through
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Synchronizing Basket Leveling Cylinders
Figure 1: Basket Leveling Cylinder
General
The basket is self leveling as the boom raises and lowers by hydraulically interconnected, counterbalancing
(leveling) cylinders attached to the boom and basket. A control lever in the basket overrides the leveling
cylinders to allow the operator to adjust the angle of the basket.
After servicing leveling cylinders or the interconnecting hydraulic lines, air must be bled from the system
and the cylinders synchronized to provide smooth and consistent leveling adjustments as the boom is
raised or lowered. The procedure to bled the air from the system and synchronize the cylinders is described
in this section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Bleeding The System and Synchronizing
The Leveling Cylinders
Tools
Assorted hand tools
Supplies
Hydraulic Fluid
Notes
secured in the service position and prepared for
the following operations.
• The engine will need to be running or the truck
connected to optional mine air to bleed the air
from the system and synchronize the leveling
cylinders.
Bleeding the air from the system:

hydraulic circuit. Figure 2: Boom Leveling Cylinder
running activate the stabilizer and boom
Control Lever in the operator’s compartment.
The steering will not function and tramming 7. Slightly loosen one of the hydraulic hose fittings
controls are locked out. on basket leveling cylinder until air and hydraulic
fluid begins flow from cylinder. Figure 1.
B. Mine Air Hydraulic System: With the truck
connected to mine air and the engine off, push 8. Tighten the fitting as soon as the flow stops.
BOOM position to activate the boom and basket
2. Do a final check above and around the lift area hydraulic system.
10. Use the tilt control lever to slowly tilt the basket
3. Move the STABILIZER/BOOM diverter valve to in until it stops. Then move the STABILIZER/
the BOOM position to activate the boom and BOOM diverter valve to STABILIZER position to
basket hydraulic system. divert hydraulic pressure away from the boom
and basket circuits.
4. Make sure no one is on or near the boom chassis.
11. Slightly loosen one of the hydraulic hose fittings
5. Raise the basket just enough to provide on basket leveling cylinder until air and hydraulic
clearance between the bottom of the basket and fluid begins flow from cylinder. Figure 1.
the chassis as the basket is tilted.
12. Tighten the fitting as soon as the flow stops.
6. Use the tilt control lever to slowly tilt the basket
out until it stops. Then move the STABILIZER/ 13. Repeat steps 3 thru 12 until all air is bled from
BOOM diverter valve to STABILIZER position to the system.
divert hydraulic pressure away from the boom
and basket circuits.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Synchronize the cylinders and test the system: 5. Again, the basket should move smoothly. If the
1. Make sure all hydraulic fittings are tight, then basket movement is not smooth, there could
use the tilt lever to level the basket. be a problem with one of the cylinders or the
basket hinge.
2. Slowly raise the boom to the full up position,
then lower the boom to chassis. The basket 6. When basket operation is smooth and the
should move smoothly and maintain the level leveling system is operating properly, lower the
position throughout the full motion of the boom. basket and shutdown the engine or air hydraulic
system. Check all boom and basket hydraulic
3. If the basket doesn’t remain level or movement components for leaks.
is not smooth, there is still air in the system.
Repeat the bleeding process until smooth 7. Correct any leaks or problems before placing
predictable basket movement is achieved. the machine in service.
4. If the basket remains level and moves smoothly
as the boom is raised and lowered, lower the
basket to just above the chassis and use the
basket tilt control lever to tilt the basket through
the full range of motion.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Pivot Pin and Bushing Tolerance
Figure 1: Boom & Pivot Pin Location

General Supplies
To maintain boom stability, the boom turret gear Blue Loctite
and base should be completely assembled before Grease Gun
checking the boom pivot pin and bushing tolerance. Caps for Hoses and Fittings
Also make sure the boom lift cylinder is attached and Blue or Green Painting Tape for Labeling Hoses and
that the boom is lowered to the full down position Fittings.
with basket supported in the tramming brackets. Hydraulic Fluid
Prepare the Boom for Pivot Pin Inspection Notes:

Tools on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
Assorted hand tools shutdown and secured in the service position.
Torque Wrench
• The boom is heavy and requires lifting equipment
Feeler Gauges
to move it. Be prepared and have proper lifting
equipment available.
Replacement Parts (if required) • Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently
Pivot Pin damage hydraulic pumps and other components
Boom Pin Bushings in the system. Make sure the cylinders and
Frame Pivot Bushings hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly
cleaned before disconnecting hoses and
removing the cylinders.
A64 ANFO CHARGER
SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Disassembling the boom pivot assembly to
check tolerance:
1. Make sure the boom is lowered to the full down
position with the basket resting on the chassis
in the tramming brackets.
2. Use overhead lifting equipment to take all load
off the lift cylinder and boom pivot hinge.
system pressure gauge in the operator
compartment to ensure all pressure is bled
from the system.
4. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the
boom extension cylinder and remove the hoses.
Place caps on fittings to prevent contamination.
Figure 2.
5. If the machine is equipped with the optional
auto lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines
from the boom pivot pin and the leveling cylinder
boom pivot pin. Figure 3 & 4. Figure 2: Boom Extension Cylinder Hoses
6. Remove the retainer bolts from the boom end

of the leveling cylinder. Remove the leveling
cylinder pivot pin and carefully lower the cylinder
to the turret base. Figure 3.
7. Remove the bolt in the pin retainer on the right BOOM PIVOT PIN
side of the pivot pin. Figure 4.
8. Make sure all pressure is off the pivot pin and
use a hammer and drift punch to tap pin from
the joint. Pay attention and be ready to stop if
the boom shifts or the pin begins to bind. Adjust
lifting equipment as necessary to keep the load
off the pin. Figure 3
9. Make sure the lift cylinder is attached to the
boom for stability and use overhead lifting
equipment to raise the pivot end of the boom
until it is clear of the joint. Then support the
boom with blocks and the overhead lift.
10. Inspect the pin and bushings for excessive wear
or damage.
11. If the bushings and pin appear to be in good
condition, insert each pin in the pivot bushings.
Use a feeler gauge or shim stock to check the
gap between the pin and the bushings. If the gap BOOM LEVELING CYLINDER
is more than .010” the bushings and/or pin are PIVOT PIN & RETAINER
worn and will need to be replaced. If the gap is
.010” or less, the pin and bushing are OK they Figure 3: Left Side Boom Pivot Pin & Leveling Cylinder
will not need to be replaced.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Replace Worn or Damaged Pivot Pins or
Bushings and Reassemble the Joint
If the pivot pin and/or bushing are excessively worn
or cracked they will need to be replaced using the
Replacing worn or damaged bushings:

1. Use a hammer and drift punch to tap out the old
bushings from the boom and the turret frame
joint.
2. Use emery paper to remove all corrosion from
the bushing seats and thoroughly clean the seat
areas.
3. Apply grease to the bushings and bushing seats.
Tap the new bushings into the seats.
Reassembling the boom pivot joint:
After the bushings have been replaced or if the
pin and bushings are within tolerance and in good
condition, reassemble the connection using the
1. Clean the pin, retainer and bushing. Figure 4: Boom Pivot Pin & Retainer
2. Make sure the boom pivot bushing is centered

in the boom pivot.
5. Reconnect the boom extension cylinder hydraulic
3. Apply grease to the pin and bushings, raise the hoses.
boom, remove the blocks supporting the boom
and align the boom pivot joint with the joint on 6. Reconnect auto lube lines, if the machine is
the turret. equipped with the auto lube option.
4. Insert the pin on the left side of the boom hinge. 7. If the machine is not equipped with the auto
Tap with a hammer and wood block if necessary lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
until the retainer is completely seated. Figure 4. to pivot and turret joints.
5. Coat the retainer bolt with blue Loctite. 8. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
6. Install retainer bolt and lock washer. Tighten to two complete cycles to lubricate the turret and
specifications. Figure 4. pivot joints.
Final boom assembly:
1. Raise the leveling cylinder and align the cylinder
ram with the hole in the joint.
2. Apply grease to the cylinder pivot pin and insert
it into the joint until the retainer is completely
seated. Tap with a hammer wood block if
necessary to fully seat the pin.
3. Coat the retainer bolts with blue Loctite.
4. Install retainer bolts and lock washers. Tighten
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Removal and Installation
Figure 1: Typical Boom & Basket Assembly
General
The following procedure should be used to completely remove the boom for repair or replacement if
it becomes damaged or severlely corroded. The procedures in the this section include instructions to
disconnect the basket from the boom before removing the boom from the chassis. This is an important
step that should not be overlooked. The basket is heavy and will make the boom assembly off balance
and hard to handle if it remains attached.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Removing the Boom From Turret and
Chassis
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
Torque Wrench
Feeler Gauges
Safety Stands and Jacks

Boom Pivot Pin
Boom Pin Bushings
Frame Pivot Bushings
Hydraulic Cylinder Pins
Hydraulic Cylinder Bushings
Hydraulic Hoses
Supplies
Figure 2: Basket Hinge, Leveling Cylinder Pins & Basket
Grease Gun and Grease Hydraulic Hose Bulkhead Plate
Hydraulic fluid
Grease
Fittings.
Separating the Basket From the Boom &
Preparing the Boom for Removal
Notes:
• Before performing any maintenance procedure Preparing the boom for Disassembly:
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly 1. The boom should be the down position and
shutdown and secured in the service position. supported with safety stands and overhead lifting
equipment. Make sure the boom is supported
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently such that all load is removed from the basket
damage hydraulic pumps and other components and hinge pins.
in the system. Make sure cylinders, hydraulic
hoses and fittings are thoroughly cleaned before 2. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic system
disconnecting hoses and removing the boom. pressure gauge in the operator compartment to
ensure all pressure is bled from the system.
• The boom is heavy and requires overhead lifting
equipment remove. Be prepared and have Separating the basket from the boom:
proper lifting equipment available. 1. Use straps to attach the basket to overhead lifting
equipment and lift the basket just enough to
• Make sure all parts are clean before final take the weight off the basket hinge and leveling
assembly. cylinder pins.
lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines.
3. Support the basket with safety stands then
remove the retaining bolts for the basket hinge
and leveling cylinder pivot pins. Figure 2.
4. Make sure all pressure is bled from the system
and there is no load on the leveling cylinder, then
remove the pivot pins. Figure 2.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
HYDRAULIC HOSES, AIR HOSES

& ELECTRICAL CABLES
BOOM
LIFT CYLINDER
PIVOT PIN RETAINER
BOOM
LIFT CYLINDER
Figure 3: Boom Lift Cylinder, Hydraulic Hoses, Air Hoses & Electrical Cables
5. Label hydraulic hoses connected to the basket 3. Attach ropes or long straps to each side of the
hydraulic controls and the air hoses on the boom that assistants can use to guide the boom
pneumatic control valves. Then remove the hoses. and prevent it from spinning or hitting components
Place caps on fittings to prevent contamination. as it is lifted.
Figure 2.
4. With the boom properly supported with safety
6. Disconnect the wire harness for the engine stands or jacks, attach straps to each end of the
restart and emergency lowering system switch boom. Then attach the straps to a sling, spreader
panel. (If the truck is equipped with these bar or two overhead cranes such that the boom
options). can be lifted in the level position when it is
removed from the chassis.
7. Remove the manual discharge button and cable
for the automatic fire extinguishing system from 5. With the straps and overhead lifting equipment
the basket and secure it to the boom so it is out attached to the boom, apply some lifting pressure
of the way. (If the truck is equipped this option) to the boom for safety.
8. Move the basket away from and off to the side Removing the boom:
of the boom. 1. Use overhead lifting equipment to take all load
off the lift cylinder and boom pivot hinges.
Preparing the boom for removal:
1. Use overhead lifting equipment to raise the 2. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the
boom until it is level. Then support it with safety boom extension cylinder and remove the hoses.
stands or jacks for stability. Place caps on fittings to prevent contamination.
Figure 3.
2. Secure the extending boom sections together so
they can’t slide out as the boom is lifted from 3. Remove all hydraulic hoses, air hoses and
the chassis and turret. electrical cables connected to the boom. Place
caps on hydraulic and air hose fittings to prevent
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Figure 4: Boom Extension Cylinder Hoses Figure 5: Boom Pivot Pin & Retainer

lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines on
the boom and the leveling cylinder pivot pins.
BOOM PIVOT PIN
Figures 4, 5 & 6.
5. Remove the pivot pin retainer bolts from the
boom end of the leveling cylinder. Remove the
leveling cylinder pivot pin and carefully lower
the cylinder to the turret base. Figure 6.
6. Make sure the boom is properly supported
and that there is no weight on the lift cylinder.
Figure 3.
7. Support the lift cylinder with overhead lifting
equipment so the cylinder will not drop
unexpectedly when the pivot pin is removed.
Also make sure the lower lift cylinder pivot pin
is completely installed and secured with the
retainer bolt.
8. Remove the upper lift cylinder pivot pin retainer
bolt on the right side of the boom. Figure 3.
9. Use a hammer and large drift punch to tap out
the pivot pin from the left side of the boom. BOOM LEVELING CYLINDER
PIVOT PIN & RETAINER
10. Place a 4” x 4” wood beam across the chassis
and carefully lower the cylinder until it rests on
Figure 6: Left Side Boom Pivot Pin & Leveling Cylinder
the beam.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
11. Remove the bolt in the pin retainer on the right 5. With the straps and overhead lifting equipment
side of the boom pivot pin. Figure 5. attached to the boom, apply some lifting pressure
to the boom for safety.
12. Adjust the overhead lift if necessary to take all
pressure off the pivot pin. Then use a hammer 6. Install safety stands or jacks on the chassis
and drift punch to tap pin from the joint. Pay to support and help stabilize the boom during
attention and be ready to stop if the boom installation.
shifts or the pin begins to bind. Adjust lifting
equipment as necessary to keep the load off the Installing the boom on the chassis:
pin as it is removed. Figure 6. 1. Use assistants on each guide rope or strap
to help guide the boom and prevent it from
13. With the pivot pin removed, slowly lift the boom swinging or spinning as it is lifted. Slowly lift the
until it is clear of the turret. Make sure the boom boom into position just above the chassis safety
stays level. Use assistants and the guide ropes stands and turret.
or straps to help stabilize the boom and prevent
it from spinning or swinging. 2. Slowly lower the boom to the safety stands
or jacks on the chassis and the turret. Use
14. Set the boom on wood blocks or steel horses. assistants guide the boom into position as it is
Make sure no wires hoses or other components lowered.
are damaged as the boom is lowered to the
supports. 3. Clean the pin, retainer and bushing.
15. Inspect the boom pivot pin and bushings for 4. Make sure the boom pivot bushing is centered
excessive wear or damage. Replace pin and in the boom pivot.
bushings if necessary. Refer to Boom Pivot 5. Apply grease to the pin and bushings then align
Pin and Bushing Tolerance in this chapter for the boom pivot joint with the joint on the turret.
instructions on checking the pin and bushings.
6. Insert the pin on the left side of the boom hinge.
16. Inspect the boom turret and gear assembly for Tap with a hammer and wood block if necessary
wear or damage. Repair as required. Refer to until the retainer is completely seated.
Boom Turret and Gear Assembly in this chapter
for instructions and additional information on 7. Coat the retainer bolt with blue Loctite.
the boom turret and gear. 8. Install retainer bolt and lock washer. Tighten to
Installing the Boom and Basket specifications. Figure 5.
9. With pivot pin completely installed, lower the
Preparing the boom for installation: boom until it resting firmly on the safety stands
1. Attach the straps to a sling, spreader bar or two or jacks on the chassis.
overhead cranes such that the boom can be lifted
in the level position when it is lifted and moved 10. Reposition the overhead lifting equipment so
to the chassis. that the basket end of the boom can be raised
or lowered. Apply some lifting pressure to the
2. Secure the extending boom sections together so boom for safety.
they can’t slide out as the boom is lifted.
11. Raise the lifting cylinder and extend the ram
3. Attach ropes or long straps to each side of the as required to align the cylinder pivot with the
boom that assistants can use to guide the boom connection bracket on the boom. Figure 3.
and prevent it from spinning or hitting components
as it is lifted. 12. Insert the pivot pin through the hole on the right
side of the boom connection bracket and through
4. Make sure all hoses and cables on the boom are the cylinder. Figure 3.
secured so they will not be damaged as the boom
is lifted and installed. 13. Push the pivot pin until the retainer is flush
against the side of the boom. Tap the pin with
a hammer and wood block if necessary to fully
seat the pin.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
14. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite, 9. Install pin, retainers, lock washers and bolts
then install the bolt and lock washers. Torque then torque to specifications. Figure 2.
10. Install the manual discharge button and cable
15. Raise the leveling cylinder and align the cylinder for the automatic fire extinguishing system on
ram with the hole in the pivot joint. the basket. (If the truck is equipped this option)
16. Apply grease to the cylinder pivot pin and insert 11. Install the wire harness for the engine restart
it into the joint until the retainer is completely and emergency lowering system switch panel.
seated. Tap with a hammer and wood block if (If the truck is equipped with these options).
necessary to fully seat the pin.
12. Connect the hydraulic hoses and air hoses to the
17. Coat the retainer bolts with blue Loctite. basket hydraulic control levers and pneumatic
control valves.
18. Install retainer bolts and lock washers. Tighten
to specifications. Figure 6. 13. Use overhead lifting equipment to raise the
boom slightly and remove the safety stands or
19. Reconnect the boom extension cylinder hydraulic jacks from the chassis. Then lower the basket
hoses. to the ground or chassis.
20. Reconnect auto lube lines, if the machine is
Test The Boom And Basket For Proper
equipped with the auto lube option.
Operation and Check For Leaks
21. If the machine is not equipped with the auto Air will be bled from the cylinder and hoses
lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease automatically when the hydraulic circuit is activated.
pivot and turret joints.
22. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube hydraulic circuit.
two complete cycles to lubricate the turret and A. Engine Hydraulic System: With the engine
pivot joints. running, activate the stabilizer and boom
Install the basket: Control Lever in the operator’s compartment.
1. Use lifting equipment to move the basket and The steering will not function and tramming
align it with the boom. controls are locked out.
2. Make sure all pivot pins, retainers and bushings B. Mine Air Hydraulic System: With the truck
are clean. connected to mine air and the engine off, push
3. Apply grease to the pivot pins and bushings. the AIR HYDRAULIC button in to activate the
4. Align the basket hinge holes with the connection
hinge in the boom and insert the pivot pin. 2. Do a final check above and around the lift area
Figure 2. to confirm there are no hazards above.
5. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite. 3. Move the STABILIZER/BOOM diverter valve to
6. Install pivot pin, retainer(s), lock washers and basket hydraulic system.
bolts then torque to specifications.
7. Align the basket leveling cylinder end with the boom and basket hydraulic system through
connection holes in the basket and insert the several full cycles.
pivot pin. Figure 2.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
5. Monitor the extension cylinders for smooth and
proper operation. Also make sure all hoses are WARNING
not kinked, strained or being chaffed.
BOOM MOVEMENTS MAY BE ERRATIC AND UNPREDICTABLE
6. If necessary, synchronize the basket leveling AS AIR IS PURGED FROM THE SYSTEM WHICH COULD CAUSE
cylinders. Refer to Synchronizing the Basket SEVERE INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE EQUIPMENT.
Leveling Cylinders in this section of the manual MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL ARE WELL CLEAR OF THE
for the procedure to synchronize the cylinders. BOOM DURING INITIAL OPERATION AND PURGING AIR.
NEVER ATTEMPT TO LIFT A LOAD WITH THE BOOM OR ALLOW
7. Shutdown the machine and make sure it is in PERSONNEL IN THE BASKET UNTIL ALL AIR IS PURGED AND
the service position. Then check for leaks. THE BOOM IS OPERATING SMOOTHLY.
8. Reactivate the machine and repeat the hydraulic

system test using the basket controls.
problems before placing the machine in service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Turret & Gear Assembly
Figure 1: Typical Boom & Turret Mounted on Chassis
General
The boom is heavy and typically operates in a harsh environment. Consequently, the turret motor, bearings,
gears and other components must be inspected frequently. Turret gears, components and the boom hinge
can be inspected or serviced with the boom mounted. However, proper procedures must be followed when
the boom and turret needs to be removed to service the motor, gears or other turret components. You
should read and understand the instructions this section completely before servicing the boom turret.
The boom must be supported completely by overhead lifting equipment before the boom and turret and
pivot is disassembled and lifted from the chassis. Additionally, it is extremely Important that the lifting
equipment support the boom such that it does not tilt or swing when the turret bolts are removed and
will lift straight up and off the turret plate.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Turret Inspection and Service
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
Torque Wrench
Feeler Gauges
Lifting Straps and Hardware
Safety Stands
Hydraulic Jack Stands

Rotation Gear Assembly
Bearing Assemblies
Orbit Motor
Cap screws, Nuts and Washers
Figure 2: Turret Base Plate
Supplies & Turret Base Plate Gear Cap Bolts
Hydraulic fluid Preparing the boom for service:
Grease 1. Make sure the boom is lowered so that it is level
Blue or Green Painting Tape for Labeling Hoses and with chassis deck.
Fittings. 2. Support the boom to overhead lifting equipment.
Make sure the boom is supported such that all
Notes: load is removed from the turret and that the
• Before performing any maintenance procedure boom will lift straight up from the turret plate
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly without tilting or swinging in any direction.
3. Attach ropes or long straps to each side of the
• Never reuse cap bolts or retaining bolts. Always boom and turret that assistants can use to guide
replace. the boom and prevent it from spinning or hitting
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently components as it is lifted. Figure 2.
damage hydraulic pumps and other components 4. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic
in the system. Make sure the cylinders and system pressure gauge in the operator
hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly compartment to ensure all pressure is bled
cleaned before disconnecting hoses and from the system.
removing the cylinders.
Removing the boom and rotation gear:
• Make sure all parts are clean before final 1. Clean the area around the turret and boom
assembly. hydraulic lines.
• The boom is heavy and requires lifting equipment 2. Label each hydraulic hose at the rear of the
to remove or install it. Be prepared and have boom and corresponding fitting, then remove
proper lifting equipment available. the lines and install caps on all fittings to prevent
3. Label air hoses and electrical harnesses running
from the chassis to the boom that will need to be
disconnected. Then disconnect them and secure
them out of the way.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
1 CAP SCREW 4
2 ORBIT MOTOR 1
3 ROTATION GEAR BOX 1
4 GREASE ZERK 1
5 TURRET ASSEMBLY 1
6 HHCS 23
7 WASHER 23
8 ROTATION GEAR & 1

BEARING ASSEMBLY
9 WASHER 18
10 10 HHCS 18
11 HHCS 4
12 WASHER 4
13 NUT 4
14 PIN ASSEMBLY 1
15 PIN ASSEMBLY 1
16 O-RING 1
17 BUSHING 2
18 ORIFICE, BOOM 2
ROTATION MOTOR
19 GREASE ZERK -
Figure 3: Boom Rotation Gear & Base Installation
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
lube system, disconnect the auto lube lines and
cap them to prevent contamination.
5. Apply enough lifting pressure with the overhead
lifting equipment to stabilize the boom as the
mounting bolts are loosened. Figure 2. BOOM
GEAR BOLTS
6. Loosen each of the 23 cap bolts (item # 6 & 7)
securing the turret to the turret plate and gear
in a crisscross pattern. Figure 2 & 3. Loosen the
bolts as follows:
• Loosen each bolt 1/2 turn, following a
crisscross pattern (1 round only).
• When you return to the 1st bolt it may tight Figure 4: Boom Gear & Base Bolt Torque Sequence
again. Repeat the previous step and loosen
each bolt 1/2 turn until all the bolts are loose.
• Monitor the turret base closely as the bolts are
loosened and adjust lift pressure as required WARNING
to take the load of all bolts.
THE BOOM IS HEAVY AND WILL CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR
• Once the bolts are loose and the boom is EVEN DEATH IF IT DROPS OR HITS SOMEONE DURING LIFTING
adjusted such that there is no load on any OPERATIONS. ALL PERSONNEL ASSISTING IN LIFTING
bolts, remove all but four bolts. Leave the OPERATIONS SHOULD REMAIN WELL CLEAR OF THE BOOM
AS IT IS BEING LIFTED FOR REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION.
bolts in place at the 12 o’clock, 6 o’clock, 3
o’clock and 9 o’clock positions to stabilize the
boom and turret.
13. With the boom and turret removed, remove
7. Make sure safety stands and/or jacks are ready the 3/4” cap screws and flat washers, from the
to support the boom if it is not balanced on bottom side of the rotation gear and bearing
the lift and begins to tip as the final bolts are mounting plate. Figure 3.
removed.
14. Lift the rotation gear and bearing assembly from
8. Loosen the bolt at the 9 o’clock position while the mounting plate. Figure 3.
monitoring the turret base closely for movement.
If the boom begins to tip, support it with jack Boom and boom rotation gear installation:
stands or jacks. 1. Remove all paint, grease or dirt from all mating
surfaces.
9. Repeat step 8 with the bolt at the 12 o’clock
position. 2. Apply medium strength lock tight on new grade 8
¾” cap screws (item #10),bolt threads. Figure 3.
10. When you are confident the boom is supported
so it will not tip, remove the remaining mounting 3. Place the rotation gear and bearing assembly on
bolts. to the chassis mounting plate. Install the 3/4”
cap screws (item #10), with the hardened flat
11. With all mounting bolts removed, slowly lift the washer (item #9) cap screws. Do not reuse old
boom and turret until it is clear of the turret cap screws. Figure 3.
base. Use assistants and the guide ropes or
straps to help stabilize the boom and prevent it
from spinning or swinging. Notice:
When installation the rotation gear and bearing
12. Support the boom on the chassis out of the way it’s recommended to only use new grade 8 bolts.
of the turret with the overhead lift and safety
stands and/or jacks .
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
4. Use a torque wrench and tighten cap screws 16. Use a torque wrench and tighten cap screws
using an alternating sequence as shown in using a similar alternating sequence as described
figure 4. in steps 4 and 5. Again first torque all cap screws
to 100 LB/FT (135.6 Nm). Then final torque to
5. Torque the bolts in proper sequence as follows: 300 LB/FT (406.7 Nm).
• Sequence 1 - Torque cap screws to 100 LB/ 17. Remove the guide ropes or straps and the
FT (135.6 Nm) overhead lift from the boom. Then remove the
• Final Sequence (sequence 2) - Torque cap straps or ropes.
screws to 300 LB/FT (406.7 Nm) 18. Remove the caps from the hydraulic hose
6. Inspect the O-ring seal, item #16, located in the fittings. Connect and tighten the fittings to
groove at the bottom edge of the turret base specifications.
(item #5). Be sure it’s free of cuts and wear. 19. Reconnect all air hoses and wiring taking care to
Replace if necessary. Figure 3. route them the same as prior to removal.
7. Thoroughly grease the O-ring and outer surface Reactivate and test the boom:
of the rotation gear and bearing mounting plate Air will be bled from the boom hydraulic cylinders
to ease installation of the turret assembly onto and hoses automatically when the hydraulic circuit
the mounting plate. and controls are activated.
8. Use the overhead lift to raise the boom and
slowly move it into position 1/2” to 1/4” above 1. Activate the Stabilizer and Boom/Basket
the turret base. Use assistants on each guide hydraulic circuit.
rope or strap to help guide the boom and prevent A. Engine Hydraulic System: With the engine
it from swinging or spinning as it is lifted. running at idle speed, activate the stabilizer
9. Apply medium strength lock tight on new grade and boom hydraulic circuits by raising the
8, 3/4” cap screw bolt threads (item #6). Figure Accessory Control Lever in the operator’s
3. compartment. The steering will not function
and tramming controls are locked out.
10. Insert 4 3/4” cap screws with flat washers into
the turret base at the 12 o’clock, 6 o’clock, 3 B. Mine Air Hydraulic System: With the truck
o’clock and 9 o’clock positions. connected to mine air and the engine off, push
11. Align turret base holes with the holes in the air powered hydraulic pump.
base. Align the 4 cap screws with the threaded
holes in the base and hand tighten to maintain 2. Do a final check above and around the lift area
alignment. to confirm there are no hazards above.
12. Lower the boom and turret assembly down onto 3. Move the STABILIZER/BOOM diverter valve to
the rotation gear and bearing assembly. the BOOM position to activate the boom and
13. Maintain enough lifting pressure to stabilize the
boom. Use safety stands and/or jacks to level 4. Use the boom hydraulic controls to raise and
the boom to the base if necessary. extend the booms and rotate the boom through
14. Insert the remaining 3/4” cap screws and hand
tighten.
15. Install all remaining 3/4” cap screws (item #6),
with hardened flat washer (item #7), into the
turret, rotation gear and bearing assemblies.
Figure 3.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
6. Check all boom electrical and pneumatic
WARNING components for proper operation.
BOOM MOVEMENTS MAY BE ERRATIC AND UNPREDICTABLE 7. When boom movement becomes normal, lower
AS AIR IS PURGED FROM THE SYSTEM WHICH COULD CAUSE the boom to the full down position on the
SEVERE INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE EQUIPMENT. chassis.
MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL ARE WELL CLEAR OF THE 8. Check maximum hydraulic pressure to the
BOOM DURING INITIAL OPERATION AND PURGING AIR.
NEVER ATTEMPT TO LIFT A LOAD WITH THE BOOM OR ALLOW
boom. It should be set to the maximum weight
PERSONNEL IN THE BASKET UNTIL ALL AIR IS PURGED AND capacity of the basket. Contact Getman for
THE BOOM IS OPERATING SMOOTHLY. assistance if necessary.
5. Monitor the cylinders for smooth and proper the service position. Then check for leaks.
operation. Also make sure all hoses are not
kinked, strained or being chaffed. 10. Correct any leaks or problems before placing
After installation the following suggestion will assure longer life and service
A. Bolts should be checked periodically and retightened to proper torque. The possibility exists that
due to the stresses applied to the rotation system, the bolts could work loose.
B. Regular periodic lubrication is the most effective way to increase the life and serviceability of
rotation bearings. Most large diameter bearings used in extremely humid or wet conditions are
likely to produce internal condensation. Also, when bearings are heavily loaded and/or in harsh,
dirty environments, frequent and plentiful lubrication is helpful.
A. Lubricate the bearing daily if the unit is used daily.
A. Lubricate the bearing every 30 days if it is used intermittently.
A. Rotate the bearing through two or more rotations during the lubrication process.
C. Gear – The chart below shows several lubricants for the gear. It is recommended that the teeth
be lubricated with a small amount of grease every 8 hours if the unit is used daily. The grease is
purged from the teeth by the very nature of this type gear drive being exposed to the elements.
Therefore, close attention to the gear lubricant will provide longer tooth life. Grease the gear at
the location of the pinion.
D. If the bearing has been stored for a long period of time before installation, it should be lubricated
before installation.
Below are several lubricants which are acceptable for both rust inhibiting and extreme
pressure characteristics. There are several others not mentioned on the market that may
also be used.
MOBILE TEXACO SUNOCO PURE SOHIO
Bearing & Race Mobilplex EP #2 Marfax MP #2 Presitge 742 EP Poco HT EP #2 Sohitran EP #1
Gear Mobilcote-S Crater Compound 407 Compound B Poco Gearshield Sohitac #1
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Boom Lift Cylinder
Figure 1: Boom Lift Cylinder
General
The boom is attached to the turret at the boom pivot hinge and at the hydraulic lift cylinder just forward of
the turret. The boom is heavy and typically operates in a harsh environment. The pivot pins and bushings
for the lift cylinder must be inspected frequently for signs of wear or damage. Additionally, the bushing
to pin tolerance must be checked at regular intervals as stated in the Routine Maintenance section of this
manual.
The pivot pins and bushings for the lift cylinder can be inspected or serviced with the boom installed.
However, proper procedures must be followed to support the boom and prevent it from moving suddenly
when the lift cylinder pivot pins are removed. You should read and understand the instructions in this
section completely before servicing the boom lift cylinder pivot pins.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Removing and Installing the Boom Lift
Cylinder
Tools
Assorted hand tools
Torque Wrench
Feeler Gauges

Retainer Pins
Pin Bushings
Hydraulic Hoses
Supplies
Grease Gun
4” x 4” wood beam
Hydraulic Fluid
Fittings.
Figure 2: Boom Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin & Retainer
Notes:
Boom Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin and Bushing
• The lift cylinder is heavy and requires lifting Tolerance
equipment to remove. Be prepared and have The lift cylinder pivot pin connections must be
proper lifting equipment available. disassembled to check the pins and bushings for
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently excessive wear and damage.
in the system. Make sure the cylinders and The lift cylinder is heavy so it is much easier and
hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly safer to check the pivot pin/bushing tolerance
cleaned before disconnecting hoses and one end at a time. Also make sure the cylinder is
removing the cylinders. supported so it cannot swing or drop when a pivot
pin is removed.
assembly. Use the following procedures to check the tolerance
or service the lift cylinder pin and bushings.
Preparing the Boom and lift cylinders for
service:
Disassembling the lower cylinder connections
1. Make sure the boom is in the full down position
to inspect pin and bushing:
and the basket is resting in the tramming
1. Make sure the boom is properly supported and
brackets on the chassis.
that there is no weight on the lift cylinder.
2. Make sure the boom, lift cylinder and the area
system pressure gauge in the operator
around the hydraulic hose fittings are clean.
compartment to ensure all pressure is bled
from the system. 3. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the
cylinder and remove the hoses. Place caps on
fittings to prevent contamination.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
4. If the machine is equipped with the optional auto Reassembling the lower cylinder connection:
lube system, remove and cap the auto lube lines. Once the bushing is replaced or if the pin and
bushing are within tolerance and in good condition,
5. Support the cylinder so it will not drop reassemble the connection using the following
unexpectedly when the pivot pin is removed. procedure.
Also make sure the boom end lift cylinder pivot
pin is completely installed and secured with the 1. Clean the pin, retainer and bushing.
pin retainer bolt.
2. Apply grease to the pin and bushing, align the
6. Remove the retainer bolt on the lower cylinder cylinder with the connection bracket and insert
pivot pin bracket. Figure 2. the pin.
7. Use a hammer and large drift punch to tap out 3. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite.
the pivot pin, if necessary.
4. Install the bolts and lock washers. Torque to
8. Manually retract the cylinder until it is clear of specifications. Figures 2.
the connection bracket. Some hydraulic fluid my
flow from the cylinder during this procedure. 5. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses and auto lube
lines, if the machine is equipped with the auto
9. Inspect the pin and bushing for excessive wear lube option.
or damage.
6. If the machine is not equipped with the auto
10. If the bushing and pin appear to be in good lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease
condition, insert the pin in the cylinder bushing. the pins and bushings.
Use a feeler gauge to check the gap between
the pin and the bushing. If the gap is more than 7. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
.010”, the bushing and/or pin are worn and will system, manually activate the system through
need to be replaced. If the gap is .010” or less, two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and
the pin and bushing are OK will not need to be bushings.
replaced.
Disassembling the upper cylinder connection
Replacing pivot pin bushings: to inspect pin and bushing:
If the tolerance between the pivot pin and bushing 1. Make sure the boom is properly supported and
is greater than .010”, the bushing will need to be that there is no weight on the lift cylinder.
replaced. Use the following procedure to replace
the bushing. 2. Make sure the boom, lift cylinder and the area
1. With the cylinder end clear of the pivot hinge around the hydraulic hose fittings are clean.
bracket and the cylinder properly supported, 3. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the
use a hammer and drift punch to tap the worn cylinders and remove the hoses. Place caps on
bushing out of the cylinder. fittings to prevent contamination.
2. Use medium emery paper to remove any 4. If the machine is equipped with the optional auto
corrosion from the bushing seat. lube system, remove and cap the auto lube lines.
3. Thoroughly clean the cylinder pivot and apply 5. Support the cylinder with overhead lifting
a thin layer of grease to the outside of the new equipment so the cylinder will not drop
bushing and to the bushing seat in the cylinder. unexpectedly when the pivot pin is removed.
4. Tap the new bushing into the seat. Make sure Also make sure the lower lift cylinder pivot pin
the bushing is centered. is completely installed and secured with the pin
retainer bolt.
6. Remove the pivot pin retainer bolt on the right
side of the boom. Figure 1.
7. Use a hammer and large drift punch to tap out
the pivot pin from the left side of the boom.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
8. Place a 4” x 4” wood beam across the chassis Removing and Installing the Lift Cylinder
and carefully lower the cylinder until it rests on If the lift cylinder is leaking or is damaged, it will
the beam. have to be removed to be serviced or replaced.
9. If the bushing and pin appear to be in good
Removing the lift cylinder:
condition, insert the pivot pin in the cylinder
1. Follow steps 1-8 in “Disassembling the upper
bushing. Use a feeler gauge to check the gap
cylinder connection to inspect pins and
between the pin and the bushing. If the gap is
bushings” to remove the hydraulic hoses and
more than .010”, the bushing and/or pin are
the pivot pin from the boom end of the cylinder.
worn and will need to be replaced. If the gap is
The lower pivot pins should still be attached to
.010” or less, the pin and bushing are OK will
stabilize the cylinders for now.
2. With the cylinder resting on the 4” x 4” beam,
If the bushings need to be replaced, follow the
move all hydraulic hoses, wire harnesses or
instructions in “Replacing pivot pin bushings”
other components that will interfere with the
in this section of the manual.
removal of the cylinder.
Reassembling the upper cylinder connections: 3. Attach lifting equipment to the cylinder housing
Once the bushing are replaced or if the pins and and lift the cylinder just enough to take the
bushings are within tolerance and in good condition, weight off the lower pivot hinge still connected.
reassemble the connection using the following
procedure. 4. With the cylinder supported, remove the lower
pivot pin.
1. Clean the pin, retainer and bushing. 5. Carefully remove the lift cylinder from the
2. Apply grease to the pin and bushing. chassis.
3. Raise the cylinder and align it with the connection Installing the lift cylinder:
bracket on the boom. 1. Make sure the pins, retainers and bushings are
clean.
4. Insert the pivot pin through the hole on the
right side of the boom connection bracket and 2. Completely retract the ram into the cylinder to
through the cylinder. protect it from damage during installation.
5. Push the pivot pin until the retainer is flush 3. Apply grease to the lower pivot pin and bushing.
against the side of the boom. 4. Use lifting equipment to carefully move the
6. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite, cylinder into position. Be very careful not
then install the bolt and lock washers. Torque damage the cylinder during installation.
to specifications. Figure 1. 5. Align the lower cylinder end pivot with the
7. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses and auto lube connection bracket on the turret, then insert
lines, if the machine is equipped with the auto the pin.
lube option. 6. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite.
8. If the machine is not equipped with the auto 7. Install the bolt and lock washer then torque to
lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease specifications. Figure 2.
the pins and bushings.
8. Carefully lower the cylinder until it rests on the
9. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube 4 x 4 beam.
two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and 9. Raise the cylinder and extend the ram as
bushings. required to align the cylinder pivot with the
connection bracket on the boom.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
10. Insert the pivot pin through the hole on the 3. Move the STABILIZER/BOOM diverter valve to
right side of the boom connection bracket and the BOOM position to activate the boom and
through the cylinder. basket hydraulic system.
11. Push the pivot pin until the retainer is flush 4. Use the boom hydraulic controls to raise and
against the side of the boom. extend the booms and rotate the boom through
12. Coat the retainer bolt threads with blue Loctite,
then install the bolt and lock washers. Torque to
specifications. Figure 1. WARNING
13. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses and auto lube BOOM MOVEMENTS MAY BE ERRATIC AND UNPREDICTABLE
AS AIR IS PURGED FROM THE SYSTEM WHICH COULD CAUSE
lines, if the machine is equipped with the auto SEVERE INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE EQUIPMENT.
lube option.
MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL ARE WELL CLEAR OF THE
14. If the machine is not equipped with the auto BOOM DURING INITIAL OPERATION AND PURGING AIR.
lube pump system, use a grease gun to grease NEVER ATTEMPT TO LIFT A LOAD WITH THE BOOM OR ALLOW
the pins and bushings. PERSONNEL IN THE BASKET UNTIL ALL AIR IS PURGED AND
THE BOOM IS OPERATING SMOOTHLY.
15. If the machine is equipped with the auto lube
two complete cycles to lubricate the pins and 5. Monitor the cylinders for smooth and proper
bushings. operation. Also make sure all hoses are not
Test the cylinder and check for leaks kinked, strained or being chaffed.
6. Check all boom electrical and pneumatic
1. Activate the Stabilizer and Boom/Basket components for proper operation.
hydraulic circuit.
7. When boom movement becomes normal, lower
A. Engine Hydraulic System: With the engine the boom to the full down position on the
running at idle speed, activate the stabilizer chassis.
and boom hydraulic circuits by raising the
Accessory Control Lever in the operator’s 8. Check maximum hydraulic pressure to the
compartment. The steering will not function boom. It should be set to the maximum weight
and tramming controls are locked out. capacity of the basket. Contact Getman for
assistance if necessary.
connected to mine air and the engine off, push 9. Shutdown the machine and make sure it is in
the AIR HYDRAULIC button in to activate the the service position. Then check for leaks.
2. Do a final check above and around the lift area the machine in service.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Basket Lift Controls
Figure 1:Basket Control Panel Showing Basket Controls & ANFO Control Valves
Note that the control panel in the basket on your truck may be slightly different, depending on the options selected.
General
Mechanical hydraulic boom and basket controls are lever type control valves. If your truck is equipped
with mine air, a button near the controls activates the air powered hydraulic pump that provides hydraulic
pressure to circuits controlled by the valves.
The levers activate individual control valves that can be replaced or serviced. The number of control valves
and levers will vary depending on the options installed on the truck and the location of the controls.
The instructions in the this section are general and apply to most mechanical control valves mounted on
the basket.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
BOOM BOOM BOOM BASKET BASKET
SWING EXTENSION LIFT TILT ROTATE
Figure 2: Man Basket Boom & Basket Control Levers Figure 3: Typical Basket Control Valve Layout
Servicing Basket Hydraulic Control Valves Replacing Control Valves

Specific Instructions for servicing control valves Removing a faulty control valve:
in the basket are located in other sections of 1. When servicing a control valve in the basket,
this manual and/or in manuals supplied by the make sure the boom is lowered to the full down
equipment manufacturers. position on the chassis to take all load off the
hydraulic circuit.
Tools
Assorted hand tools 2. Clean the valves, hoses and fittings before
disassembly to reduce the possibility for
Replacement Parts contamination.
Control Valves (if required) 3. Pump the brakes and monitor the hydraulic
Hydraulic Hoses (if required) system pressure gauge to ensure all pressure
Supplies
Hydraulic Fluid 4. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the faulty
Caps for Hoses and Fittings valve or valves and remove the hoses. Place caps
on fittings to prevent contamination.
Notes 5. Loosen the bolts securing the valve control valve
• Before performing any maintenance procedure on to the panel. Figure 4.
the controls, make sure the machine is properly
shutdown and secured in the service position. 6. Slide the faulty valve from the panel assembly.
in the system. Make sure the control valves and
hydraulic hoses and fittings are thoroughly cleaned
before disconnecting hoses and removing valves
or other components.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
1. MOUNTING BRACKET 7. 90 DURO O-RING

2. 90 DURO O-RING 8. UNC HEX NUT
3. THREADED ROD 10. HEX HEAD CAP SCREW
4. LOCK WASHER 11. LOCK WASHER
5. SPRING CENTERED CONTROL 12. HEX NUT
6. VALVE BODY 13. LEVER BOOT
Figure 4: Basket Control Valve - Typical 5 Section
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Installing the new valve: 2. Do a final check above and around the lift area
1. Position the valve in the panel and align the to confirm there are no hazards above.
holes for the valve mounting bolts.
2. Insert the bolts and tighten to specifications. the BOOM position to activate the boom and
Figure 4. basket hydraulic system.
3. Coat the hydraulic hose fittings with clean 4. Use the lower boom controls to activate the
hydraulic fluid. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses boom and basket hydraulic system through
and tighten the fittings. several full cycles.
Test the valves and check for leaks: the service position. Then check for leaks.
Air will be bled from the valve and hoses automatically
when the hydraulic circuit is activated. 6. Reactivate the machine and repeat the hydraulic
system test using the basket controls.
1. Activate the Stabilizer and Boom/Basket 7. Shutdown the engine and correct any leaks or
hydraulic circuit. problems before placing the machine in service.
running at idle speed, activate the stabilizer
and boom hydraulic circuits by raising the
Accessory Control Lever in the operator’s
compartment. The steering will not function
and tramming controls are locked out.
connected to mine air and the engine off, push
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Setting Boom Relief Pressures Pressure Settings
The boom control valve is located on the side of the Set pressures according to the table below. When
boom near the turret. The reliefs for each boom adjusting pressures, turn the set screw clockwise/
function are located at the top and bottom of each right to increase pressure or counterclockwise/left
valve bank, as shown in figure 1. to decrease pressure.
*NOTE: Contact Getman Technical Support at
(269) 427-5611 x313 or service@getman.com for
NOTE: PRIOR TO BEGINNING THIS PROCEDURE, THE BASKET
MUST HAVE ALL LOOSE ITEMS SECURED AND BE VACATED appropriate pressures for your vehicle
BY ALL PERSONNEL. THE WORK AREA MUST BE CLEARED
AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE TO ALLOW FOR FULL BOOM
AND BASKET RANGE OF MOTION.
Figure 1. Boom Reliefs
Setting Pressures
Boom Rotate:
1. Rotate the boom fully in the direction to be set
2. Hold lever in place while reading pump pressure
Figure 2. Setting Lower Relief
3. Adjust appropriate set screw as needed; repeat
Boom Lift:
1. Lift or lower boom fully in direction to be set
Basket Rotate:
1. Rotate the basket fully in the direction to be set
Basket Lift:
1. Lift or lower basket fully in the direction to be set
Figure 3. Setting Upper Relief
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
NO. FUNCTION SETTING
1 BOOM ROTATE LEFT 1800 PSI
2 BOOM ROTATE RIGHT 1800 PSI
3 BOOM EXTEND N/A
4 BOOM RETRACT N/A
5 BOOM LIFT *See note
6 BOOM LOWER 1500 PSI
7 BASKET LIFT 1500 PSI (2-500ER, 2-500L)
1800 PSI (2-500, EXC3000)
8 BASKET LOWER 1500 PSI
9 BASKET ROTATE LEFT 1200 PSI
10 BASKET ROTATE RIGHT 1200 PSI
Figure 4. Pressure Settings Table Figure 5. Set Screw Orientation/Functions
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Basket Engine Controls
Figure 2: Typical Engine Start, Stop & Emergency Lowering Switches
General Supplies
Engine controls are optional equipment on ANFO Electrical Connectors (if required)
charger baskets. The control switches are simple
and generally easy to replace when necessary. Notes
The following provides instructions for removing and on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly
replacing basket engine control switches. shutdown and secured in the service position.
• Make sure the main battery switch is turned
Tools
OFF before servicing any electrical components.
Assorted hand tools
Wire Tools • Make sure all parts are clean before final
assembly.
Replacement Parts
Start/Stop Switches (if required)
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 15.
BOOM & BASKET
Replacing the Start Stop Buttons
Removing a faulty ENGINE START/STOP switch:

1. Turn the Main Battery Switch to the OFF position.
battery post. Be careful not let the wrench
touch any positive terminal while removing the
ground cable.
3. Remove the four screws securing the switch
panel to the box.
4. Remove the boot on the front of the switch.
5. Loosen the locknut securing the switch to the
panel.
Figure 2: Typical Engine Start & Stop Switches
6. Pull the switch away from the panel and
remove the wire connectors from the terminal
connections.
Installing the switch:
1. Use medium grit sandpaper to remove any 5. Attach the panel to the box with the four
corrosion on the wire connectors and coat the mounting screws.
them with die electric grease.
6. Install the boot on the new switch.
2. Remove the boot from the new switch.
3. Attach the wire connectors to the terminals on main battery switch ON.
the new switch. Make sure the terminal screws
or nuts are tight.
4. Push the switch through the hole in the panel. THE IGNITION SWITCH IN THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT
Adjust the switch depth with the rear nut and CONTROL PANEL MUST BE IN THE ON POSITION BEFORE
secure it by tightening the front nut. THE ENGINE CAN BE STARTED BY THE BASKET CONTROL
ENGINE START SWITCH
A64 ANFO CHARGER

Section 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
17469
PLATFORM INSTALLATION
Page 1 of 3
Updated:
03/22/12
SECTION CONTENTS
Automatic Fire System Inspection..................................................................................16-2
Air Compressor Hydraulic Motor and Drive Belt................................................................16-5
Compressed Air System...............................................................................................16-9
Anfo Pot Sealing Cap..................................................................................................16-17
Earth Grounding System.............................................................................................16-19
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Automatic Fire System Inspection
Figure 1. Typical Ansul Automatic Fire System Components
General
The automatic fire extinguishing system is an important safety feature on your machine. You should inspect
the system components for damage, debris buildup and corrosion that could prevent the system from
operating properly as outlined in the routine maintenance section. Any components that are damaged
or if the monitor is not operating properly, a certified Ansul technician should be contacted to repair the
system.
Other than the inspection, cleaning dirty nozzles and replacing missing or damaged nozzle blow off caps
are the only service items that can be performed by someone other than an Ansul technician. Use the
following procedures to clean the nozzles or replace caps.
For trucks equipped with the Checkfire 210, the PAD (9334-00038) has a 10-year shelf life and a 5-year
in-service life. Also, the internal battery (9334-00043) should be replaced annually, after a discharge,
or when low power is indicated on the display module.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
DISCHARGE
E NOZZLE
HOS
Figure 2: Typical Agent Supply Hose, Discharge Nozzle & Blow-Off Figure 3: Typical Discharge Nozzle & Blow Off Cap
Cap in Engine Compartment
Tools Servicing Nozzles and Blow Off Caps

Hammer
Misc. Hand Tools Inspecting and cleaning the nozzles:
1. Remove the blow off cap. Figure 2.
Blow Off Caps 2. Check that the nozzle opening is not obstructed
and appears to be properly aimed. Figure 4.
Supplies 3. If the nozzle is loose in the bracket or not
Degreasing and Cleaning Solution aimed properly, move the nozzle to the correct
position and tighten the fitting nut. Make sure
Notes the blow off cap is positioned such that it does
• Before performing any maintenance procedure not interfere with the discharge pattern during
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly activation. Figure 2.
4. If the blow off cap was missing or there is dirt
• The discharge nozzles are in the engine buildup on the nozzle, it should be cleaned
compartment. Make sure the engine is allowed using a soft brush and a non corrosive cleaning
to cool before servicing the nozzles. solution.
• If nozzles are removed to replace the blow off 5. Make sure the nozzle and nozzle orifice is
caps, make sure they are positioned to provide completely clean and place the blow off cap on
proper discharge coverage when reinstalled. the nozzle. Figure 3.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Replacing blow off caps:
The blow of caps are secured to each nozzle with
a tether to prevent the cap from being lost if it is
accidently knocked off. If a blow off cap is damaged
or missing, it will need to be replaced using the
1. Remove the agent supply hose from the nozzle.

Figure 2.
2. Cap the hose fitting to prevent contamination.
3. Loosen and remove the nut securing the nozzle
to the bracket. Remove the nozzle.
4. Remove the tether and cap from the nozzle and
install the new cap and tether. Figure 3.
5. Attach the nozzle to the bracket and tighten the
nut finger tight.
6. Rotate the nozzle so the discharge pattern
covers the target area. Position the tether such
that the blow off cap will not interfere with the
discharge pattern. Use an end wrench to hold
the nozzle and tether in that position and tighten
the nut. Figure 4.
7. While holding the nozzle with the end wrench,
attach the discharge hose and tighten the fitting.
8. Insert the blow off cap on nozzle. Figure 2.
Figure 4: Typical Nozzle Discharge Patterns
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Air Compressor Hydraulic Motor and Drive Belt
Figure 1: Typical Hydraulically Drive Air Compressor
General
An optional hydraulically driven air compressor could be mounted to the chassis. The compressor provides
compressed air to the ANFO loading system when the truck engine is running or the truck is equipped
with the mine air option and connected to a mine air supply.
Many different types of compressors are available. Most maintenance instructions and service procedures
for the air compressor are unique to the compressor installed and are covered in the manuals provided
by the air compressor manufacturer. These manuals are included in the literature package.
This section is limited to the removal and installation of the hydraulic motor and drive belt that powers the
compressor, since these components may not be covered in the compressor manufacturer’s manuals. The
information and instructions in this section are general and will apply to most air compressor installations.
However, some procedures may be slightly different for your unit. Always consult your dealer or Getman
Service if you have any questions.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Removing and Replacing Hydraulic Motor
and Drive Belt
The drive belt will need to removed and replaced 4 5
whenever the hydraulic motor is serviced or
replaced. The procedure for replacing the drive
belt is integrated into the procedure to remove and
replace the motor. 6
Tools
Assorted hand tools
Torque Wrench
1
Belt Tension Gauge
1

3
Hydraulic Motor
Hydraulic Hoses 8
Drive Belt
7
Supplies
Hydraulic Fluid
Figure 2: Hydraulic Motor Adjustment Stud & Mount Bolts
Fittings. 1. Air Compressor 5. Hydraulic Motor
2. Hyd Motor Pivot Bolt 6. Hydraulic Motor Pulley
3. Air Compressor Pulley 7. Adjustment Stud & locknut
Notes:
4. Drive Belt 8. Hyd Motor Base Plate bolts
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly Hydraulic Motor/Drive Belt Removal and
Installation
damage hydraulic pumps, motors and other Removing the hydraulic motor:
components in the system. Make sure the motor, 1. Make sure the truck is in service position
compressor and hydraulic hoses and fittings are and locked and tagged out. Make sure the
thoroughly cleaned before disconnecting hoses. compressor is cool.
• Make sure all parts are clean before final 2. Open the air compressor shroud.
assembly.
3. Loosen the locknut on the adjustment stud and
• Make sure the compressor and hydraulic motor back it off 3 full turns. Figure 2.
are cool before performing any maintenance
4. Loosen the hydraulic motor pivot mount bolt lock
procedure.
nut enough to allow the motor to pivot. Figure 2.
5. Rotate the adjusting stud counterclockwise until
there is enough slack in the drive belt to remove
it. Figure 2.
6. Remove the drive belt.
7. Label the hydraulic hoses connected to the motor
and remove the hoses. Place caps on fittings to
prevent contamination and secure the hoses
out of the way.
A64 Boom TRUCK A64 ANFO CHARGER

16-6
SERVICE MANUAL Copyright © 2016 SERVICE MANUAL
SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
8. Remove the lock nut and flat washer from the too tight. Additionally, if the belt is too loose it will
pivot bolt. slip on the pulleys causing slow compressor speed,
low air pressure and damage to the belt and pulleys.
9. Support the pump so it will not drop when the
pivot bolt is removed and remove the pivot bolt. Depending on the air compressor installed on this
Figure 2. truck, the belt tension for your unit may be different
10. Remove the hydraulic motor from the base plate than the tension stated in these instructions. Make
and place on a work bench. sure you follow the instructions in this section and
in the air compressor operating and service manuals
11. Remove the pulley and mounting bracket from when adjusting the drive belt. Always set the tension
the motor shaft and housing. to proper specifications and never overtighten the
belt.
Installing the hydraulic motor and drive belt:
1. Make sure the belt tension adjusting stud and CAUTION
lock nut are installed in the mounting bracket.
AN OVERTIGHTENED DRIVE BELT CAN CAUSE SEVERE
2. Apply blue Loctite on the mounting bracket bolts. DAMAGE TO PULLEYS, SHAFTS AND BEARINGS IF IT IS
Then install the mounting bracket on the motor ADJUSTED TOO TIGHT OR THE PULLEYS ARE MISALIGNED.
and tighten the bolts to specifications. ALWAYS MAKE SURE THE PULLEYS ARE PROPERLY ALIGNED
AND BELT TENSION IS SET TO PROPER SPECIFICATIONS
3. Install the pulley on the motor shaft. Figure 2. WHEN IT REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT AND NEVER OVERTIGHTEN
THE BELT.
4. Align the holes in the mounting bracket with the
holes in base plate on the compressor frame and
insert the pivot bolt. Figure 2. The proper way to check or set belt tension is to use
a belt tension tester. A simple spring scale gauge
5. Install the flat washer and lock nut on the pivot type tester will do the job. Figure 4.
bolt and tighten snug.
New belts should be rechecked for tension after 50
6. Check the pulley alignment with a straight edge
hours of operation. Then check the tension at least
against the outside face of the compressor
once every 250 hours.
and motor pulleys. The pulley faces should be
parallel.
Refer to the belt manufacturer’s manual for
7. If the pulleys are not parallel, align the hydraulic additional maintenance information on drive belt
motor by loosening the four mount bolts in the installation and tension.
slotted base plate holes and slide the motor as
required. Then tighten the mounting bolts. Note Spring Scale Tester - Force Deflection Method:
that the motor pulley may have to be moved in The spring scale type tester is used by measuring
or out on the shaft if proper alignment cannot how much force is required to deflect the belt at
be achieved by adjusting the base plate. the center of its span by a specified distance (force
deflection method) as shown in figure 3.
8. Install the hydraulic hoses and tighten the
fittings. Drive Belt Adjustment Procedure:
9. Install a new drive belt and adjust the belt 1. Make sure the truck is in service position
tension as described in the following section. and locked and tagged out. Make sure the
compressor and hydraulic motor are cool.
Installing The Drive Belt and Setting Belt
2. Loosen the locknut on the adjustment stud and
Tension back it off 3 full turns.
Adjusting Dive Belt Tension: 3. Rotate the adjusting stud clockwise to tighten
Proper belt tension is extremely important. The the belt.
belt is strong enough to cause severe damage to
bearings, shafts and other components if it is set
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
4. Monitor belt deflection at the center of the span
between the pulleys. Continue tightening the
DRIVE BELT DEFLECTION
belt until it is snug with approximately 1” of 0.39” (.99 cm) @ 12-13 lbf
deflection. Then use a belt tension gauge to set
the final belt tension. Figure 3.
5. At the center of the span use the tension
gauge to apply a deflection force of 12-13 lbf
perpendicular to the span. At least one pulley
should be free to rotate. Be sure the force is
applied evenly across the entire belt width.
Figure3.
6. Monitor the scale on the tension gauge closely
and rotate the adjustment stud to set the
tension. A properly tensioned belt will deflect
0.39” (.99 cm) at 12-13 lbf. Figure 3. Figure 3: Compressor Belt Deflection
(Force Deflection Method)
7. If it the deflection is more than the recommended
distance, the belt should be tightened. If it is
less than the recommend distance, the belt
should be loosened.
8. When proper tension in achieved and alignment
is verified, tighten the locknut on the adjustment
stud, pivot bolt and base mounting bolts to
proper specifications.
9. Recheck belt tension and alignment. Readjust
if necessary.
10. Close the compressor shroud.
12. Engage the hydraulic system and set engine
speed. Air will automatically be bled from the
compressor hydraulic motor when fluid begins Figure 4: Typical Spring Tension Belt Tension Gauge
to flow.
13. Activate and run the compressor for 30 seconds
to verify proper operation and belt alignment.
14. If operation is normal and there are not leaks,
the air compressor is ready for operation.
NOTICE
R E F E R TO A I R C O M P R E S S O R M A I N T E N A N C E I N T H E
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE SECTION OF THIS MANUAL AND
THE OPERATION MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ON DRIVE BELT TENSION AND MAINTENANCE.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Compressed Air System
Figure 1: Typical Compressed Air Components
General
The optional mine air system uses air driven motors to run a hydraulic pump that supplies pressurized
fluid to the stabilizer jacks, the boom/basket and to an alternator that maintains the batteries while the
engine is not running. This saves fuel and reduces emissions during operations.
The ANFO material delivery system is also air powered and can be supplied compressed air from an
onboard air compressor or the optional mine air system. Other than the air driven motors that power the
hydraulic pump and alternator in the mine air system, the components in both compressed air systems
are similar and require the same routine maintenance.
Refer to the Routine Maintenance section of this manual and the Operation manual for daily and other
routine maintenance procedures for the compressed air systems.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Servicing Compressed Air Components
Most serviceable components in the mine air
and ANFO compressed air systems are similar
and generally require the same maintenance
procedures. Those components will be combined in
the procedures outlined in this section.
Components requiring service procedures unique to

that component will either be mentioned separately
with additional instructions in the procedure or
covered in a separate section with instructions
specifically for that component.
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
Torque Wrench

Air Motor (if required)
Seals & O-Rings (as required)
Replacement Air Filter (if required)
Lubricator or Filter/Drier Bowls
Bowl Seals
Misc Lubricator or Filter Parts
Supplies
Figure 2: Typical Tree Oiler Bowl
SAE 10 weight Detergent Automotive Engine Oil
Gast #AH255B Spray Solvent
Teflon Pipe sealer Servicing the Mine and ANFO Pilot Air
Caps for Hoses and Fittings Lubricator (oiler)
Blue Loctite Thread Locker Note that the procedure to service the mine air
Blue or Green Painting Tape for Labeling Hoses and and ANFO pilot air lubricators is very similar, even
Fittings. though the appearance of the units is different. The
main difference is the bowl assembly. Separate
Notes instructions for the removal and installation of the
• Before performing any maintenance procedure bowls are incorporated into the following procedure.
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly All other instructions apply to both lubricators.
Cleaning and Adjusting the Lubricators:
• Before servicing any component in the pneumatic The lubricator should remain trouble-free while
system, open the air inlet valves to ensure all operating in clean operating conditions. When
pressure is bled from the system. operating in dirty conditions the oil in the lubricator
• Even the slightest amount of dirt will permanently may become contaminated. Figure 2. Contaminants
damage air powered motors, valves and other from dirty oil can collect on bottom of bowl or on the
components in the system. Make sure the air siphon tube inlet filter. Use the following procedure
hoses and fittings are thoroughly cleaned before to clean and adjust the in-line lubrication system:
disconnecting hoses and removing components
for service. Clean and Inspect the Lubricator Bowl:
1. Before performing routine maintenance on any
• Make sure all parts are clean before final component in the pneumatic system, open the
assembly. air drain ball valves to ensure all pressure is bled
from the system. Also make sure compressed air
components are cool.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
3
8
6 7
1. Air Motor
2. Inlet Plumbing
3. Pressure Regulator
4. Long Grease Hose
5. Motor/Pump Coupler
(Behind Guard)
6. Lubricator
7. Filter/Dryer
8. Air Inlet Valves
Figure 3: Typical Mine Air Hydraulic Motor & Compressed Air Inlet Components
2. Remove the bowl using the following procedure

for each type of lubricator. SIGHT GLASS
• Mine Air Lubricator - Remove the bowl by

turning the clamping ring counterclockwise
until the bowl is released from the clamping
ring. Figure 6.
• ANFO Pilot Air Lubricator - Remove the bowl
by turning it counterclockwise until the bowl is
free of the upper housing. Figure 5.
3. Turn the bowl upsidedown to drain the oil.
Then tap lightly on a hard surface to loosen
contaminates. Be careful not to damage the bowl.
4. Use an air gun to blow out residual dirt and
contaminated oil.
5. Use solvent and clean rag to thoroughly clean
the inside of the bowl and blow dry.
SIPHON TUBE
6. Inspect bowl and seals. Replace if damaged or
cracked.
7. Make sure the oiler siphon tube is not clogged. Figure 4: Typical Pilot Air Lubricator Sight Glass
Remove and clean if necessary. Figure 4. & Siphon Tube
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
ADJUSTING
SIGHT SCREW
GLASS
Figure 5:Typical ANFO Pilot Air Oiler Bowl
8. Remove flow-guide variable orifice screw and

clean the passage with a small wire. Figure 6.
9. Check the orifice screw’s bore for contaminants
and clean it if necessary.
CLAMPING
• Be sure that the passage downward from sight RING
dome cavity into the flow guide variable orifice
post is open. Clean as required.
Figure 6: Typical Mine Air Lubricator Sight Glass
9. Remove the flow adjusting screw, clean the & Adjusting Screw
needle and seat in the body. Inspect and clean
2. The adjusting screw should be set so that there
the passage from needle seat to the siphon tube
is one drop of oil in the site gauge every three
adapter. Figure 6.
seconds. If the flow of oil is more or less, the oiler
10. Reassemble the flow control valve. will need to be adjusted.
11. Refill the bowl and coat the bowl seal with SAE • If there is too much oil delivery, excess oil could
10 weight detergent motor oil. Then install and cause the air motor to gum up and run slower.
tighten the bowl or clamping ring. Figure 5 & 6. A gummed up motor will require flushing.
12. Pressurize the compressed air system and • If the oil delivery is too low, a lack of oil will
activate the air motors. Monitor the oiler sight cause the air motor to run hot and slow.
glass for proper oil flow. Flow should be 1 drop
3. The rate of oil delivery is controlled by turning
every 3 seconds. Using the adjustment screw,
the adjusting screw near the sight glass
adjust flow of oil until the proper flow rate is
counterclockwise to increase flow and clockwise
achieved. Figure 6.
to reduce the flow. Monitor flow careful while
Adjusting oil delivery: turning the screw until proper flow achieved.
1. The rate of oil delivery should be adjusted every Figure 6.
8 hours of service use or every time lubricator is
4. Check the oil level in the bowl frequently and refill
cleaned. Figure 6.
it at least once each shift with Gast #AD220 or
SAE 10 weight motor oil.
A64 ANFO CHARGER
SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Inspecting and servicing the filter/dryer 12. Coat the bowl seal with SAE 10 weight detergent
Note that the procedure to service the mine air motor oil. Then install and tighten the bowl or
and ANFO air filter/dryers is very similar, even retaining ring.
though the appearance of the filters is different.
13. Make sure the bowl is tight or the clamp ring is
The main difference is the bowl assembly. Separate
securely locked in position and the drain valve
instructions for the removal and installation of the
is closed before returning the system to service.
bowls are incorporated into the following procedure.
All other instructions apply to both filters. Flushing the Air Motors
Flushing the motors to remove excessive dirt,
Cleaning and servicing the filter/dryer: foreign particles, moisture or excessive oil gumming
1. Before performing routine maintenance on any that occurs in the operating environment will help
component in the pneumatic system, open the to maintain proper vane performance.
from the system. Also make sure compressed air The procedure for flushing the air motors for the
components are cool. mine air hydraulic pump, mine air alternator and
2. Open the drain valve at the bottom of the filter ANFO pot vibrator is similar and covered by the
bowl to drain accumulated water from the bowl. instructions in this section. An air motor that is
operating slowly or inefficiently is an indication that
3. Remove the bowl using the following procedure it requires flushing using the following procedure.
for each type of air filter/dryer.
• Mine Air Filter - Remove the bowl by turning the CAUTION
clamping ring counterclockwise until the bowl is
released from the clamping ring. Figure 6. DEBRIS FROM THE MOTOR CAN EXIT THROUGH THE MUFFLER
AND INTO THE EYES OF PERSONNEL NEAR THE MOTOR.
• ANFO Pilot Air Filter - Remove the bowl by ALWAYS WEAR SAFETY GLASSES WHILE FLUSHING AN AIR
turning it counterclockwise until the bowl is free MOTOR.
of the upper housing.
ONLY USE GAST #AH225B FLUSHING SOLVENT. NEVER USE
4. Turn the bowl upsidedown and tap lightly on a KEROSENE OR ANY OTHER COMBUSTIBLE SOLVENTS TO
FLUSH AN AIR MOTOR.
hard surface to loosen contaminates. Be careful
not to damage the bowl.
5. Use an air gun to blow out residual dirt and 1. Before performing routine maintenance on any
moisture. component in the pneumatic system, open the
6. Use a solvent and clean rag to thoroughly clean from the system. Also make sure compressed
the inside of the bowl and blow dry. air components are cool.
7. Inspect bowl and seals. Replace if damaged or 2. Disconnect air inlet hose or plumbing and muffler/
cracked. silencer. Figure 7.
8. Inspect seals and replace crazed, cracked, 3. Add flushing solvent directly into the motor.
damaged or deteriorated seals and bowls with
original manufacturer’s approved seals or bowl. • If using liquid Gast #AH255B solvent, pour
several tablespoons directly into the intake
9. The unit has a rigid filter element, remove and port.
clean periodically by tapping on hard surface
and blowing off with an air gun. • If using Spray Gast #AH255B solvent, spray
into the motor intake port for 5-10 seconds.
10. Use a bright light to carefully inspect the filter
element for damage and impeded debris. 4. Rotate the shaft on the hydraulic pump or
Replace the element if it still appears to be dirty alternator by hand in both directions for a few
or if it is damaged. minutes.
11. Replace the filter element on the filter housing. • Allow the solvent to soak for a few minutes in
the vibrator motor.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
MINE AIR CONNECTION

LUBRICATOR
FILTER/DRYER
HYDRAULIC PUMP
AIR MOTOR
Figure 7: Mine Air Powered Hydraulic Pump System
5. Cover exhaust with a cloth and reconnect the Replacing an Air Hydraulic Pump or
air inlet line or plumbing. Slowly apply pressure Alternator Motor
until to turn the motor at low RPM until there is If the air motor is badly worn, damaged or corroded
no trace of solvent in the exhaust air. Keep hands it will have to be removed for service or replaced
and face away from the exhaust air flow during using the following procedure. See Figure 3.
this process.
Removing the air motor:
6. Listen for changes in the sound of the motor.
1. Make sure the machine is properly shutdown
• If the motor sounds smooth, you are finished. and secured in the service position.
• If the motor does not sound like it is running 2. Open the air inlet valves to ensure all pressure is
smoothly, it will require the installation of a bled from the system. Also make sure compressed
service kit or need to be replaced. Contact air components are cool.
Getman Corporation for additional information
3. Disconnect the air supply hose from the motor.
on service kits.
Cap the hose and motor fittings to prevent
7. Remove the air supply line from the motor and contamination. Figure 7.
Place 10 to 20 drops of SAE 10 weight motor oil
4. Remove the motor coupler guard and loosen
into the intake port for lubrication. Be careful
the coupler.
not to get oil on the inlet fitting threads. Then
reinstall the air hose and tighten to specifications. 5. Use a wood block to support the mine air
lubricator and filter so they don’t drop when
8. Install the muffler/silencer.
the regulator is loosened from the air motor
9. Make sure the lubricator is full of oil and the plumbing.
regulator valve is set to the proper operating
pressure. Then activate the compressed air
system and fully test the motors for proper
operation.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
6. Loosen the pipe coupler from the motor
plumbing to the pressure regulator and lower
the lubricator/filter assembly to the wood
block. Place caps on the fittings to prevent
7. Loosen and remove the four bolts securing the
air motor to the chassis.
8. Carefully slide the motor out of the coupler and
remove it from the compartment.
9. Remove the muffler from the air motor.
Installing the air motor:

Figure 8: Typical Mine Air Alternator Motor
1. Make sure the air inlet plumbing is clean and
not damaged.
2. Place 10 to 20 drops of SAE 10 weight motor oil
into the intake port of the motor for lubrication.
Be careful not to get oil on the inlet fitting
threads.
3. Rotate the shaft by hand in both directions for a
few minutes to ensure initial lubrication.
4. Coat the threads of the short nipple on the motor
inlet plumbing with Teflon pipe sealer. Then
thread the nipple into the motor and tighten
the fitting.
5. Coat the threads of the muffler fitting with Teflon
pipe sealer, thread into the motor and tighten.
6. Place the air motor on the mount in the
compartment. Make sure it is properly aligned
with hydraulic pump or alternator coupler.
7. Secure the motor to pump or alternator coupler. Figure 9: ANFO Pot Vibrato Motor
8. Place blue loctite on the motor mounting bolts

and tighten to specifications. Recheck coupler 13. Attach mine air and make sure the pressure
alignment and adjust as required. regulator valve is set to the proper operating
pressure.
9. Rotate the inlet plumbing as required to align
the pipe coupler to the pressure regulator fitting. 14. Slowly apply pressure to motor. Monitor the
Then tighten the coupler nut. sound of the motor for normal operation.
10. Install the air motor coupler guard and tighten 15. When the motor reaches normal operating RPM,
the bolts to specifications. activate the hydraulic system or alternator and
test for normal operation.
11. Fill the lubricator with SAE 10 weight motor oil
and make sure the filter/dryer is clean and free 16. Check all systems for leaks and monitor the
of water. lubricator sight glass for proper operation and
oil flow.
12. Double check all fittings and make sure all inlet
valves are closed. 17. Correct any leaks or problems before placing
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Replacing the ANFO Pot Vibrator Motor Installing the vibrator motor:
If the air motor is badly worn, damaged or corroded 1. Make sure the air inlet plumbing is clean and
it will have to be removed for service or replaced not damaged.
using the following procedure. See Figure 9.
2. Place 10 to 20 drops of SAE 10 weight motor oil
Removing the vibrator motor:
into the intake port of the motor for lubrication.
1. Make sure the machine is properly shutdown
and secured in the service position. 3. Install the muffler/silencer.
2. Open the air inlet valves to ensure all pressure is 4. Align the motor mount holes with the holes on
bled from the system. Also make sure compressed the welded bracket on the ANFO pot.
air components are cool.
5. Install the bolts and locknuts. Tighten to
3. Disconnect the air supply hose from the motor. specifications.
Cap the hose and motor fittings to prevent
contamination. 6. Fill the lubricator with SAE 10 weight motor oil
and make sure the filter/dryer is clean and free
4. Remove the bolts and lock nuts securing the of water.
vibrator motor to the welded bracket on the ANFO
pot. Then remove the motor. 7. Double check all fittings and make sure the air
supply valve to the vibrator is closed.
5. Remove the muffler/silencer from the air motor.
8. Make sure the pressure regulator valve is set to
the proper operating pressure.
9. Activate the compressor or mine air. Slowly
apply pressure to motor. Monitor the sound of
the motor for normal operation.
10. When the motor reaches normal operating RPM,
activate the hydraulic system and test for normal
operation.
11. Check all systems for leaks and monitor the
lubricator sight glass for proper operation and
oil flow.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Anfo Pot Sealing Cap
SEALING CAP
Figure 1: Sealing Cap Location
General
The sealing cap in the ANFO pot is the primary
pressure seal for the unit. If the seal becomes
damaged, worn or stiff, it will not seal properly
causing low pressure in the pot.
Figures 1 and 2 show the location of the sealing

cap and ANFO pot lid. Figure 3 contains sealing cap
replacement instructions and component locations.
Replacing the Sealing Cap
Tools
Assorted Hand Tools
Torque Wrench
Figure 2: ANFO Pot Tank Lid & Top of Pot
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
1
12 3
10
5
8
Closure Bolt
7
Tightening Pattern
6 9
4 11
Figure 3: ANFO Pot Sealing Cap Replacement Instructions

Sealing Cap
Closure Cap Seal • Before servicing any component in the pneumatic
system, open the air inlet valves to ensure all
Supplies pressure is bled from the system.
Blue Loctite Thread Locker • Apply blue Loctite thread locker to the closure
bolts when reinstalling the assembly.
Notes
on the vehicle make sure the machine is properly THE CLOSURE SEAL WILL BE DAMAGED IF THE CLOSURE
BOLTS ARE OVERTIGHTENED. ALWAYS TIGHTEN CLOSURE
shutdown and secured in the service position. BOLTS TO SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT GETMAN FOR
ASSISTANCE IF YOU ARE UNSURE OF THE BOLT TORQUE
SPECIFICATIONS.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Earth Grounding System
GROUNDING
CABLE
GROUNDING REEL
Figure 1: Earth Ground Bonding Cable & Grounding Reel
General
To prevent a build up of static electricity, all ANFO chassis are equipped with a grounding system that
connects ANFO delivery components to the chassis and an external earth ground. A grounding reel equipped
with a retractable heavy duty electrical cable is mounted to the chassis. The cable and reel assembly
are electrically connected to the chassis and the working end of the cable is equipped with clamp that
connects to an approved earth ground connection near the work area.
ANFO material is corrosive and material buildup on the chassis, ANFO pots and earth grounding connections
could cause corrosion that will result in a poor connection to the external earth ground. It is important
to have the continuity of the earth ground connections tested at least weekly by a qualified electrician or
technician to make sure all components are electrically connected.
To ensure a good connection, the cable connections for the earth grounding system should be removed
and cleaned periodically or whenever continuity testing indicates a poor connection. It is also important
to replace the cables or reel assembly if they become badly corroded or damaged. The procedure to clean
connections or replace grounding system components is outlined in this section.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Tools
REEL
Assorted Hand Tools GROUNDING STRAP
Replacement Parts (if needed

Ground Cables
Grounding Reel
Supplies
Medium Grit Sandpaper
Die-Electric Grease
Notes
• Coat all electrical connectors with die-electric
grease during assembly.
assembly.
Earth Ground Electrical Connections

There is a heavy duty green grounding (bonding)
cable that connects the ANFO pot to the chassis.
Another grounding cable connects the grounding
cable reel to the chassis. The terminal ends, bolts
and chassis surfaces must be cleaned periodically to Figure 2: Earth Grounding Reel & Grounding Strap
ensure a good electrical connection. Figures 2 & 3.
Cleaning the earth ground bonding cable

connections:
green grounding cable connecting the ANFO pot
to the chassis. Figure 3.
2. Inspect the wire to terminal end connections and
the cable insulation. Replace the cable if there
is any sign of corrosion in the connections or if
the insulation is cracked or damaged. Figure 3.
3. If the cable and terminal connections are in good
condition, use medium grit sandpaper to clean
the terminal eye ends on the cable.
4. Use medium grit sandpaper to clean the cable
connection locations on the chassis and ANFO
pot.
5. Make sure the terminal mounting bolts are clean REEL
and corrosion free. Clean or replace if necessary. GROUNDING STRAP
ANFO POT
6. Coat the terminals, terminal connection points GROUND BONDING CABLE
and bolts with die-electric grease.
Figure 3: Earth Ground Bonding Cable
A64 ANFO CHARGER

SECTION 16.
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
7. Align the cable terminal eyes with the mounting
holes in the chassis and ANFO pot. Figure 3.
8. Install the bolts and lock washer, then tighten
to specifications.
Cleaning the earth grounding cable reel ground
strap connections:
grounding strap that connects the reel to the
chassis. The strap is usually located on the back
side of the grounding reel. Figures 2, 3.
2. Inspect the strap to terminal end connections.
Replace the strap if there is any sign of corrosion
in the connections or if the strap is damaged.
Figure 2.
3. If the grounding strap and terminal connections
are in good condition, use medium grit sandpaper
to clean the terminal eye connections.
4. Use medium grit sandpaper to clean the
grounding strap connection locations on the
Figure 4: Earth Grounding Cable Reel & Mounting Bolts
chassis and the reel.
5. Apply blue Loctite to the mounting bolt threads.
5. Make sure the terminal mounting bolts are clean
and corrosion free. Clean or replace if necessary. 6. Make sure the reel is facing in the proper
direction and align the holes in the base with
6. Coat the terminals, terminal connection points the holes in the chassis.
and bolts with die-electric grease.
7. Install the bolts, washers and locknuts. Tighten
7. Install the strap and tighten the bolts to to specifications. Figure 4.
specifications.
8. Inspect the grounding strap to terminal end
Replacing the Grounding Reel connections. Replace the strap if there is any
If the grounding reel or grounding reel cable become sign of corrosion in the connections or if the
badly corroded or damaged, the reel assembly will strap is damaged. Figure 2.
need to be replaced.
9. If the grounding strap and terminal connections
Removing and replacing the grounding reel: are in good condition, use medium grit sandpaper
1. Remove the bolts and locknuts securing the to clean the terminal eye connections.
grounding strap that connects the reel to the 10. Use medium grit sandpaper to clean the
chassis. The strap is usually located on the back grounding strap connection locations on the
side of the grounding reel. Figures 2 & 3. chassis and the reel.
2. Remove the four bolts and locknuts securing the 11. Make sure the terminal mounting bolts are clean
grounding real base to the chassis and remove and corrosion free. Clean or replace if necessary.
the damaged grounding reel. Figure 4
12. Coat the terminals, terminal connection points
3. Thoroughly clean the reel mounting location and bolts with die-electric grease.
on the chassis with medium grit sandpaper to
remove all corrosion. 13. Install the strap and tighten the bolts to
4. Coat the base of the new reel and the chassis
mounting location with die-electric grease.
A64 ANFO CHARGER

NOTES
A64 ANFO CHARGER

C O R P OR ATI O N U.S .A .
59750 34 th Ave n u e
Ba n go r, Mi c h i g a n 4901 3

100-10073 - Service Manual, A64 ANFO Charger

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

100-10073 - Service Manual, A64 ANFO Charger

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A64 ANFO CHARGER

read introduction and safet y section thoroughly

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Getman Corporation - Bangor Facility/Corporate Headquarters

Getman Corporation - Kalamazoo Facility

A64 ANFO CHARGER

MODEL SERIAL NO.

BANGOR, MICHIGAN U.S.A.

A64 ANFO CHARGER

• Truck model and serial number

MODEL SERIAL NO.

A64 ExC 3000 ANFO Charger 100-10073

BANGOR, MICHIGAN U.S.A.

A64 ANFO CHARGER

PLEASE READ THOROUGHLY

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

WEAR PROPER HAND AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN SEARCHING

KEEP ALL COMPONENTS IN GOOD REPAIR.

SEE OPERATOR’S MANUAL. • IF MANUAL IS LOST, CONTACT YOUR NEAREST DEALER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

DANGER • CHECK AROUND THE TRUCK AND MAKE SURE ALL

EXPLOSIVES • ALERT ALL PERSONNEL TO STAND CLEAR BEFORE

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Typical A64 Operator Field of Visibility

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Frequently inspect to ensure all engine intake and

Your machine is capable of generating noise levels

A64 ANFO CHARGER

95 dB 4.0 hours • Do not operate equipment while under the

Operation Safety & Hazards • Check operation of brake circuit prior to

A64 ANFO CHARGER

The articulation zone is located on each side of

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Articulation Zone on Each Side of Truck

on level ground and/or the basket is overloaded.

A64 ANFO CHARGER

• All personnel in the man basket must wear a

A64 ANFO CHARGER

The handling of ANFO material and operation of ANFO WARNING

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Carbon monoxide is normally not a problem when

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Hydraulic System Hazard Manual and automatic fire suppression equipment

A64 ANFO CHARGER

3. Chock wheels. WARNING

Vehicle Out of Service

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Lockout Procedure Padlock Method

A64 ANFO CHARGER

Synthetics may be an option.

A64 FLUSH/FLAT DECK

A64 ANFO CHARGER

14.00*24 28 LCM 1 2 0 - 8.3-

A64 ANFO CHARGER